Skip to main content

Full text of "The food and game fishes of New York: notes on their common names, distribution, habits and mode of capture. "

See other formats


THE 


FOOD  AND  GAME  FISHES 


OF  NEW  YORIt 


TARLETON  H.  BEAN 

Chief,  Department  FisK  and  Game,  "World's  Fair,   St.   Loui* 


ALBANY 

J.  B.  LYON  COMPANY.  PRINTERS 
19O3 


Richard  H.  Backus 

August,  1988 


of  New 
Forest,  Fisl)  and  dame  Commission 


Tf)e   Food 


and 


Game  Fishes  of  Nev 


Notes  on  tfyeir  Common  Names,  Distribution,  Habits 
and  Aode  of  Capture 


ru 


[WitI)  9  Plates  and  132  Text  Figures] 


=  ru 

ij  OJ 

:  o 
I  o 

vq 
0 
rn 

o 


Tarteton  M.  ^ean,  A.  3.,  n.  D. 

Department  of  Fisl)  and  ciame,  World's  Fair, 


ALBANY 

J.  B.  LYON  COMPANY,  PRINTERS 
1903 


97. 


THE 


Common  Names  of  Fishes. 


Num- 
ber. 


106. 

99- 
114 

105. 

112. 
III. 
130. 

93' 
103. 

85- 

139- 
96. 

35- 
19. 
10. 
1 1. 

13- 
16. 

18. 
14. 

12. 

87. 

137. 

37- 
94. 

97- 
91. 
126. 

142. 

33' 
144. 


Anchovy,  Mitchill's, 

Anchovy,  striped, 

Bass,  calico,    . 

Bass,  large  mouth  black, 

Bass,  rock, 

Bass,  sea, 

Bass,  small  mouth  black, 

Bass,  striped, 

Bass,  white,     . 

Bergall, 

Blackfish, 

Bluefish, 

Blue-gill, 

Bonito,    .... 

Bullhead,  black, 

Burbot, 

Butter  Fish,    . 

Carp, 

Carp,  lake, 

Catfish,  channel,     . 

Catfish,  lake, 

Catfish,  long-jawed, 

Catfish,  marbled,    . 

Catfish,  stone, 

Catfish,  white, 

Catfish,  yellow, 

Cero, 

Cod, 

Conger, 

Crab-eater, 

Crappie, 

Crevalle, 

Croaker, 

Cusk, 

Cutlips, 

Dab,  rough,    . 


Page. 

Num- 
ber. 

311 

148. 

3IO 

128. 

384 

129. 

396 

124. 

386 

36. 

411 

28. 

394 

JI5' 

406 

147. 

4°5 

146. 

437 

i45- 

439 

149. 

377 

34- 

39° 

138. 

368 

140. 

276 

141. 

449 

143- 

38i 

95- 

290 

44- 

277 

45- 

270 

53- 

271 

41. 

273 

32. 

276 

29. 

277 

*5- 

273 

127. 

272 

88. 

37° 

i, 

447 

55- 

294 

83. 

379 

82. 

382 

86. 

374 

90. 

43  1 

76. 

453 

78. 

288 

77- 

455 

47- 

Dab,  sand, 

Drum, 

Drum,  fresh-water, 

Drum,  red, 

Eel, 

Fallfish, 

Flasher, 

Flounder,  four-spotted, 

Flounder,  southern, 

Flounder,  summer, 

Flounder,  winter, 

Goldfish, 

Haddock, 

Hake,       . 

Hake,  squirrel, 

Halibut, 

Harvest  Fish, 

Herring,  branch, 

Herring,  glut, 

Herring,  lake, 

Herring,  sea, 

Horned  Chub,         .  / 

Horned  Dace, 

Horned  Pout, 

Kingfish, 

Kingfish,  Sierra, 

Lamprey,  great  sea, 

Long  Jaw, 

Mackerel,  chub, 

Mackerel,  common, 

Mackerel,  Spanish, 

Mackerel,  yellow, 

Mascalonge,    . 

Mascalonge,  barred, 

Mascalonge,  northern, 

Menhaden, 


Page. 
459 
433 
436 
428 
292 
285 
414 
458 
457 
456 
460 
289 
448 
45i 
452 
454 
38i 
302 

3°4 
317 
298 
288 
286 
274 
432 
37i 
261 

3'9 
366 

365 
369 
373 
359 
360 
360 
3°9 


COMMON    NAMES    OF    FISIIKS. 


Num- 
ber. 

31.   Minnow,  lake, 

38.  Moon-Eye, 

54.  Moon-Eye,  Cisco, 

39.  Moon-Eye,  northern, 

80.  Mullet,  striped, 

8 1.  Mullet,  white, 
6.  Paddle-fish,     . 

no.   Perch,  yellow, 
113.   Perch,  white, 

72.  Pickerel,  banded,    . 

74.  Pickerel,  chain, 

73.  Pickerel,  little, 

117.  Pig  Fish, 

75.  Pike,  common, 
109.   Pike,  gray,      . 

107.  Pikeperch 
135.   Pollack, 

92.  Pompano,  common, 

27.  Red  Horse, 

116.  Red  Snapper, 

133.  Rosefish, 

69.  Saibling, 

119.  Sailor's  Choice, 

58.  Salmon,  Atlantic, 

59.  Salmon,  landlocked, 
57.  Salmon,  king, 

1 08.  Sauger, 

118.  Scup, 
46.  Shad, 

40.  Shad,  gizzard, 
43.  Shad,  hickory, 

120.  Sheepshead,    . 
79.  Silversides, 

5.  Skate,  barn  door,    . 

4.  Skate,  clear-nosed, 

2.  Skate,  common, 

3.  Skate,  spotted, 
42.  Skipjack, 

52.   Smelt, 


Page. 

Num- 
ber. 

288 

71- 

296 

132. 

318 

I25. 

297 

61. 

363 

7- 

365 

8. 

265 

9 

403 

21. 

409 

22. 

353 

2O. 

355 

24. 

354 

23- 

4i7 

25- 

356 

26. 

402 

IO4. 

398 

IOI. 

444 

IO2. 

376 

89. 

284 

30- 

415 

136. 

442 

68. 

347 

62. 

421 

63- 

324 

67- 

327 

60. 

323 

64. 

401 

65- 

419 

70. 

3°5 

66. 

297 
301 
422 

56. 
84. 

362 

IOO. 

264 

121. 

264 

122. 

262 

51- 

263 

.   5°- 

300 

134- 

316 

I23. 

Smelt,      . 
Spade  Fish,     . 
Spot, 

Steelhead, 
Sturgeon,  common, 
Sturgeon,  lake, 
Sturgeon,  short-nosed, 
Sucker,  common,    . 
vSucker,  hog, 
Sucker,  long-nosed, 
Sucker,  northern  chub, 
Sucker,  southern  chub, 
Sucker,  striped, 
Sucker,  white-nosed, 
Sunfish, 
Sunfish,  green, 
Sunfish,  long-eared, 
Sword  Fish,    . 
Tench,     . 
Tomcod, 

Trout,  brook, 
Trout,  brown, 

Trout,  hybrid, 

Trout,  lake,     . 

Trout,  Lake  Tahoe, 

Trout,  Lochleven, 

Trout,  rainbow, 

Trout,  Sunapee,     . 

Trout,  Swiss  lake, 

Tullibee, 

Tunny,    . 

Warmouth, 

Weakfish, 

Weakfish,  spotted, 

Whitefish,  common, 

Whitefish,  round, 

Whiting, 

Yellowtail, 


Page. 

351 

440 

429 

33° 
266 
267 
269 
278 
280 

277 
281 
281 
282 
283 
392 
388 

389 
372 
287 

445 
344 
332 
335 
342 

329 
336 
338 
349 
34° 
321 

367 
388 
424 
426 
3T3 
311 
443 
427 


Pood  and  dame  Pfef)es  of  Rev 

BY  TARLETON  H.  BEAN, 

CHIEF,  DEPARTMENT  OF  FISH  AND  GAME,  WORLD'S  FAIR,  ST.   LOUIS. 


Introdactor^  Chapter. 

THE  most  recent  catalogue  of  New  York  fishes  includes  375  species,  but  this 
is  to  some  extent  a  compilation,  and  the  number  is  liable  to  change  after 
systematic  investigations  of  the  inland  waters  have  been  made. 

The  food  and  game  fishes  mentioned  in  this  article  number  149  species.  These 
belong  to  36  families,  of  which  the  most  important  in  the  number  of  species  repre- 
sented are  the  Catfish,  the  Sucker,  the  Minnow,  the  Herring,  the  Salmon,  the  Pike, 
the  Mackerel,  the  Sunfish,  the  Weakfish,  the  Cod,  and  Flatfish  families. 

The  State  is  greatly  diversified  in  contour  and  has  an  extensive  water  area.  Its 
drainage  systems  are  the  Great  Lakes,  Lake  Champlain,  the  St.  Lawrence,  the  Ohio 
Basin,  the  Susquehanna,  the  Delaware,  the  Hudson,  with  such  adjacent  small 
streams  as  the  Passaic,  Hackensack,  Walkill  and  Bronx,  and  the  great  inland  lakes, 
nearly  all  of  which  communicate  with  Lake  Ontario. 

Long  Island  is  richer  in  fishes  than  the  rest  of  the  State,  but  its  species  are 
chiefly  marine  ;  its  fresh  waters  contain  few  kinds  and  of  those  about  one-half  are 
recent  introductions. 

The  only  extended  systematic  series  of  observations  upon  the  occurrence  of  the 
fishes  in  any  part  of  the  State  appears  to  be  recorded  by  the  writer  in  the  Bulletin 
of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  volume  IX,  1897,  pages  374  to  375. 
This  is  the  record  of  Mr.  W.  I.  DeNyse  at  Gravesend  Beach,  Long  Island,  for  1895 
to  1897.  The  following  table  is  copied  from  the  publication  referred  to  as  far  as  it 

relates  to  the  food  and  game  fishes  of  the  present  article  : 

251 


252         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


\\.  I.  DENYSE'S  RECORD  OF    SHIPMENTS   OF    FISH   FROM  GRAVESEND  BAY  TO  THE   N.  Y. 
AQUARIUM,  1895-97,  SHOWING  THE  MONTHS  WHEN  THE  SPECIES  WERE  CAUGHT. 


JANUARY. 

1 

FEBRUARY. 

MARCH. 

APRIL. 

> 

< 
~. 

M 

X 
5 

•—  > 

> 
f) 

•—  > 

AUGUST. 

SEPTEMBKR. 

OCTOBER. 

NOVEMBER. 

DECEMBER. 

Sea  Lamprey, 

X 

X 

X 

Common  Skate, 

eggs 

X 

X 

Barn  Door  Skate,  - 

X 

Common  Sturgeon,     - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Short-nosed  Sturgeon,    - 

X 

Fel 

x 

x 

x 

x 

Conger, 

X 

Sea  Herring, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Ale  wife, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Shad, 

X 

X 

Menhaden,     - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Smelt, 

X 

X 

X 

Silversides,     - 

X 

X 

X 

Striped  Mullet,  - 

X 

Mackerel, 

X 

Bonito, 

X 

Yellow  Mackerel,  - 

X 

X 

Crevalle?,    - 

X 

X 

Common  Pompano, 

X 

X 

X 

Bluefish, 

X 

X 

Butter  Fish,   - 

X 

X 

X 

Striped  Bass, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

White  Perch, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Sea  Bass,   - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Scup,      .... 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Sheepshead, 

X 

Weakfish,        .... 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Yellowtail,          ... 

X 

X 

X 

Spot,      

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


253 


W.  I.   DENYSE'S  RECORD  —  Continued. 


a; 

. 

•^ 

2 

CO 

a: 

u 

2 

HVHNV 

EBRUA 

ARCH. 

« 

QL, 

> 

w 

s 

UGUST 

EPTEM 

CTOBE: 

OVEMB 

ECEMB 

—  > 

fc 

5 

< 

* 

~^ 

1  —  , 

< 

C/2 

o 

£ 

Q 

Kingfish,    - 

X 

X 

X 

Drum,     - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Bergall, 

X 

X 

Blackfish, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Whiting,     - 

X 

Tomcod, 

\ 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Cod,  - 

X 

X 

Common  Hake, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Squirrel  Hake,  - 

X 

Flatfish, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

The  above  record  is  not  intended  to  show  the  full  period  during  which  the 
species  are  present  in  Gravesend  Bay,  as  a  glance  at  its  contents  will  indicate.  Any 
one  familiar  with  the  habits  of  the  migratory  and  resident  fishes  will  observe  this 
fact.  It  is  important,  however,  in  the  respect  that  it  marks  the  duration  of  the 
stay  of  many  valuable  fishes  in  that  body  of  water.  It  is  interesting  to  note  how 
many  of  them  are  present  in  the  early  winter  months. 

Mr.  Eugene  Smith  of  Hoboken  has  given  me  a  list  of  fishes  observed  by  him  in 
Wawayanda  Creek,  small  streams  at,  Warwick,  Greenwood  Lake,  Ramapo  River, 
head  streams  of  Saddle  River  and  Hackensack  streams.  The  food  and  game  fishes 
obtained  in  these  waters  by  Mr.  Smith  are  :  Horned  Pout,  Common  Sucker,  Chub 
Sucker,  Brook  Trout,  Chain  Pickerel,  Eel,  Rock  Bass  (introduced),  -Long-eared  Sun- 
fish,  Common  Sunfish,  Small-mouth  Black  Bass,  Large-mouth  Black  Bass  and 
Yellow  Perch. 

The  general  distribution  of  the  food  and  game  fishes  of  New  York  is  shown  in 
the  following  table,  which  is  based  chiefly  upon  recent  investigations,  but  partly 
upon  records  which  have  not  lately  been  verified  : 


2 54        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


RECORDED  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  FOOD  AND  GAME  FISHES  OF  NEW  YORK. 


<f. 

jzj 

a 

00 

H 

oo' 

g 

33 

fe 

OO 

W 
M 

w 

oo' 

< 

00 

fc 

00 

M 

<; 

o 

M 

(X 

55 

PQ 

oo 

Q 

J3 

J 

55 

<J 

g 

2* 

2 

< 

2 

o 

<: 

H 
W 

FERIOR 

LAWRE 

IRONDA 

a 

0 

w 

00 

n 
o 

SQUEHA 

LAWARF 

pa 

o 

00 

Q 

j 

00 

C 
^ 

K 
g 

5 

ADROM( 

pq 

^ 

(H 

Q 

^ 

5 

>-j 

M 

^D 

C 

^1 

Z 

o 

•- 

J 

0 

00 

Q 

S 

s 

* 

i.  Great  Sea  Lamprey, 

X 

X 

2.  Common  Skate, 

X 

3.  Spotted  Skate, 

X 

4.  Clear-nosed  Skate, 

X 

5.  Barn  Door  Skate,  - 

X 

6.  Paddle-fish, 

X 

X 

7.  Common  Sturgeon, 

X 

X 

X 

8.  Lake  Sturgeon,  - 

X 

X 

X 

9.  Short-nosed  Sturgeon,    • 

X 

X 

X 

10.  Channel  Cat, 

X 

ii.  Lake  Catfish, 

X 

X 

X 

12.  Yellow  Cat, 

X 

X 

13.  Long-jawed  Catfish, 

X 

X 

X 

14.  White  Cat, 

X 

X 

X 

15.  Horned  Pout, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

1  6.  Marbled  Cat,      - 

X 

17.  Black  Bullhead, 

X 

X 

X 

1  8.  Stone  Cat, 

X 

19.  Lake  Carp,     - 

X 

X 

X 

20.  Long-nosed  Sucker,    - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

21.  Common  Sucker,*  - 

X 

"X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

22.  Hog  Sucker, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

23.  Southern  Chub  Sucker,  f 

X 

24.  Northern  Chub  Sucker, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

25.  Striped  Sucker,  - 

X 

X 

*  Recorded  also  from  the  Walkill,  Passaic  and  Hackensack. 
f  Recorded  also  from  the  Passaic  and  Hackensack. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


255 


RECORDED  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  FOOD  AND  GAME  FISHES  OF  NEW  YORK —  Continued. 


GO' 

fc 

% 

00 

w 

GO' 

W 

2 

<t; 

m 

g 

oo 

H 

w 

GO' 

<c 

w 

< 

_1 

0 

^ 

«» 

o 

PL, 

s 

2;; 

z 
% 

pa 

00 

o 
^ 

GO 

o 

H 

tiA 

o 

2 

w 
& 

& 

<jj 

< 

P 

z 

o 

< 
K 
o 

00 

< 
m 

<; 

w 

w 

J3 

w 
^ 

< 

* 

PQ 

o 

< 
J 

00 

H 

o 
g 
o 

p< 

W 

H 

H 

_I 

£ 

M 

*: 

o 

<y 

00 

< 
J 

00 

Q 

o 
£ 

5 

p 
< 

P^ 

r* 

s 

<jj 

5 

w 

f-^ 

o 

•<J 

£7 

O 

>-" 

GO 

~ 

o 

00 

Q 

ffi 

hJ 

g 

^ 

26.  White-nosed  Sucker,  - 

X 

X 

27.   Red  Horse,    - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

28.   Fallfish, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

29.   Horned  Dace, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

30.  Tench, 

X 

31.   Lake  Minnow, 

X 

32.  Horned  Chub,    - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

33.  Cutlips, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

34.   Goldfish,    - 

X 

X 

35.   Carp, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

36.   Eel* 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

37.  Conger, 

X 

38.   Moon  -Eye, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

39.   Northern  Moon-Eye, 

X 

X 

40.  Gizzard  Shad,    - 

X 

X 

41.  Sea  Herring,  - 

X 

X 

42.  Skipjack,    - 

X 

X 

43.   Hickory  Shad, 

X 

44.  Branch  Herring, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

45.  Glut  Herring, 

X 

46.   Shad, 

X 

X 

X 

47.  Menhaden, 

X 

48.  Striped  Anchovy, 

X 

49.  Mitchill's  Anchovy, 

X 

50.  Round  Whitefish, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

51.   Common  Whitefish, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

52.  Smelt,  New  York  Lakes, 

X 

*  Recorded  also  from  the  Walkill,  Passaic  and  Hackensack. 


256        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


RECORDED  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  FOOD  AND  GAME  FISHES  OF  NEW  YORK — Continued. 


g 

L 

/. 

u 

f. 

g 

03 

g 

^ 

u 
M 

pd 

co 

u 

< 

3J 

K 

c^ 

w 

-- 

o 

0. 

z 

a 

tf. 

Q 

^ 

J 

y. 

•^ 

o 

s 

g 

2 

< 

u 

^ 

0 

j 
H 

ft 

o 

5 

x. 

* 
< 

a 
g 
o 

£ 
o 

00 

a 

ac 

H 

& 

a 

< 

^ 

o 

7 

M 

g 

~. 

o 

M 

a 

i 

M 

u 

U! 

o 

O1 

t/2 

•< 

Q 

£ 

5 

Q 
< 

o£ 

Jr 

;_J 

a 

<^ 

5 

^; 

^ 

c 

*t; 

/ 

o 

ifi 

ij 

0 

M 

Q 

z 

s 

** 

53.   Lake  Herring, 

X 

X 

54.  Moon-Eye  Cisco, 

X 

55-   Lor>g  Jaw.      - 

X 

56.  Tullibee,    - 

X 

57.  King  Salmon, 

X 

58.  Atlantic  Salmon, 

X 

\ 

X 

X 

59.  Landlocked  Salmon, 

X 

X 

X 

60.  Lake  Tahoe  Trout,     - 

X 

61.  Steelhead, 

X 

62.  Brown  Trout,*  - 

X 

63.  Hybrid  Trout, 

X 

64.  Lochleven  Trout, 

X 

65.  Rainbow  Trout,  f   - 

X 

X 

X 

66.  Swiss  Lake  Trout,  f    - 

X 

67.  Lake  Trout,   - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

68.  Brook  Trout,!    - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

\ 

69.  Saibling,§ 

70.  Sunapee  Trout.  f 

71.  Smelt,     - 

X 

X 

72.  Banded  Pickerel, 

X 

X 

X 

73.  Little  Pickerel, 

X 

X 

74.  Chain  Pickerel,  J 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

75.  Common  Pike, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

76.  Mascalonge, 

X 

X 

X 

*  Introduced  into  many  trout  waters. 

f  Introduced  into  Lake  George. 

|  Recorded  also  in  the  Walkill  and  Passaic. 

£  Introduced  into  Sterling  Lake. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


257 


RECORDED  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  FOOD  AND  GAME  FISHES  OF  NEW  YORK  —  Continued. 


GO' 

Lc 

W 

• 

55 

"^ 

^ 

pi 

W 

15 

pa 

oo 

• 

H 

GO 

C/2 

W 

cn 

w 

<j 

u 

PH 

Iz; 

M 

CO 

O 

S 

)_J 

S3 

u 

pj 

hr 

^j 

^ 

^^ 

H 
W 

rERIOR 

LAWRK 

IRONDA 

ffi 

U 

w 

m 

o 

3QUEHA 

LAWARF 

CG 

SB 

0 

o 

GO 

O 

RINE. 

ADROMC 

Pi 

L. 

-j 

Q 

<l 

s 

£j 

M 

ID 

c 

< 

55 

O 

" 

Efl 

•* 

J 

o 

w 

O 

S 

'S. 

77.   Northern  Mascalonge,    • 

X 

X 

X 

78.  Barred  Mascalonge,  - 

X 

79.  Silversides, 

X 

80.  Striped  Mullet,  - 

X 

8  1.  White  Mullet, 

X 

82.  Common  Mackerel,    - 

X 

83.  Chub  Mackerel, 

X 

84.  Tunny, 

X 

85.  Bonito,  - 

X 

86.  Spanish  Mackerel, 

X 

87.  Cero, 

X 

88.   King  Fish  ;  Sierra,     - 

X 

89.   Sword  Fish,    - 

X 

90.  Yellow  Mackerel, 

X 

91.  Crevalle^ 

X 

92.   Common  Pompano,    • 

X 

93.  Bluefish, 

X 

X 

94.   Crab-eater, 

X 

X 

95.   Harvest  Fish, 

X 

96.   Butter  Fish, 

X 

97.  Crappie, 

X 

98.  Calico  Bass, 

X 

X 

• 

99.  Rock  Bass, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

100.  Warmouth, 

X 

101.  Green  Sunfish, 

X 

X 

102.   Long-eared  Sunfish,  - 

X 

103.   Blue-gill, 

X 

X 

X 

17 

258        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 
RECORDED  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  FOOD  AND  GAME  FISHES  OF  NEW  YORK  —  Continued. 


55 

£ 

GO 

u 

00 

H 

55 

09 

55 

35 

3! 

H 
oo 

to 

54 

H 

en 

j 

^3 

*j* 

55 

w 

M 

_] 
H 

W 

3 

0 

a 

EH 

LAWRENC 

IRONDACK 

KE  CHAMP! 

IO  BASIN. 

5QUEHANN 

LA  WARE  B 

tfl 

» 

z 
o 

CO 

Q 

NG  ISLAND 

RINE. 

ADROMOUS 

X 

EH 

Q 

<£ 

K 

£3 

W 

D 

O 

55 

O 

-" 

GO 

< 

>J 

O 

* 

Q 

K 

* 

104.  Sunfish,*    - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

105.  Small-mouth  Black  Bass,f 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

106.  Large-mouth  Black  Bass,J 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

107.  Pike  Perch,    - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

108.  Sauger, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

109.  Gray  Pike, 

X 

X 

no.  Yellow  Perch,  §  - 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

in.  White  Bass,  || 

X 

X 

112.  Striped  Bass, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

113.  White  Perch, 

X 

X 

X 

114.  Sea  Bass,    - 

X 

115.  Flasher, 

X 

1  1  6.  Red  Snapper, 

X 

117.   Pig  Fish, 

X 

118.  Scup, 

X 

119.  Sailor's  Choice, 

X 

120.  Sheepshead, 

X 

121.  Weakfish, 

X 

\ 

122.  Spotted  Weakfish, 

X 

123.  Yellowtail, 

X 

124.  Red  Drum, 

X 

125.  Spot, 

X 

126.  Croaker, 

X 

127.  Kingfish, 

X 

*  Recorded  also  from  the  Walkill,  Passaic  and  Hackensack. 

f  Introduced  into  the  Passaic, 

\  Recorded  from  the  Walkill,  Passaic  and  Bronx. 

§  Recorded  also  from  the  Passaic  and  Hackensack. 

|  Introduced  into  Greenwood  Lake. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  259 

RECORDED  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  FOOD  AND  GAME  FISHES  OF  NEW  YORK  —  Concluded. 


So 

w 

W 

fe 

SQ 

fe 

a 

j 

r/5 

H 

C/"1 

W 

c/i 

j 

<; 

^ 

g 

C/2 

w 

H 

< 
_) 

A 

o 
2 

AWRENC 

ONDACK 

CHAMP: 

BASIN. 

LJEHANN 

WARE  B. 

tfl 

< 

C 

ISLAND 

g 

iROMOUS 

W 

w 

(H 

-1 

£ 

w 

US 

0 

O1 

C/5 

<: 
ij 

O 

C 
£ 

5 

w 
<; 

3 

£ 

(H 

Q 

S 

fcd 

ID 

o 

<; 

o 

C/3 

*" 

J 

O 

in 

Q 

a 

S 

* 

128.   Drum, 

X 

129.  Fresh-water  Drum, 

X 

X 

130.   Bergall,       - 

X 

131.  Blackfish, 

X 

132.  Spade  Fish, 

X 

133.  Rosefish, 

X 

134.  Whiting, 

X 

135.   Pollack, 

X 

136.  Tomcod,    - 

X 

X 

X 

137.  Cod, 

X 

138.   Haddock, 

X 

139.  Burbot, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

140.   Hake, 

X 

141.  Squirrel  Hake, 

X 

142.  Cusk, 

X 

143.   Halibut, 

X 

144.   Rough  Dab, 

X 

145.  Summer  Flounder, 

X 

146.  Southern  Flounder,    - 

X 

147.  Four-spotted  Flounder,  - 

X 

148.  Sand  Dab, 

X 

149-   Flatfish, 

X 

26O         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,     FISH     AND    c.AMK    COMMISSION. 

The  names  employed  in  this  catalogue  are  essentially  the  same  as  those  used  in 
"Fishes  of  North  and  Middle  America"  by  Jordan  &  Evermann.  Some  of  the 
specific  names  differ  from  those  given  by  Jordan  &  Evermann  for  reasons  which  are 
fully  explained  in  the  author's  "Catalogue  of  the  Fishes  of  New  York,"  forming 
Bulletin  60  of  the  Nc\v  York  State  Museum. 

The  references  to  the  literature  are  purposely  limited  to  the  writings  of  Mitchill, 
DeKay,  and  a  fe\v  more  recent  authors  who  have  written  especially  about  the  fishes 
of  the  State,  or  whose  works  contain  descriptions  of  all  the  species. 

Illustrations  of  the  fishes  have  been  freely  introduced  in  order  to  furnish  the 
easiest  method  of  identification  by  the  non-scientific  reader.  The  use  of  these  illus- 
trations was  made  possible  by  the  courtesy  of  Hon.  George  M.  Bowers,  U.  S.  Com- 
missioner of  Fish  and  Fisheries. 


98.    THE  CALICO   BASS. 


Notes  on  Common  Names,  Distribution,  Habits  and  Captare 

of  New 


i.     Great  Sea  Lamprey  (Pctroinyson  viarinns  Linnaeus). 

Petromvzon  niarinus  MITCHILI.,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  461,  1815  ;  DEK.AY, 
N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  379,  pi.  LXVI,  fig.  216,  1842  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull. 
47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  10,  1896,  pi.  I,  fig.  3,  1900. 

The  Sea  Lamprey,  or  Lamprey  Eel,  inhabits  the  North  Atlantic,  ascending 
streams  to  spawn.  The  species  ranges  southward  on  our  coast  to  Virginia.  In  the 
Delaware,  Susquehanna,  and  their  tributaries,  this  is  a  common  fish.  Its  larval 
form,  which  is  blind  and  toothless,  is  extremely  abundant  in  muddy  sandflats  near 
the  mouths  of  small  streams  and  is  a  very  important  bait  for  hook  and  line  fishing. 


GREAT   SEA   LAMPREY. 

The  Sea  Lamprey  grows  to  a  length  of  3  feet.  It  is  dark  brown  in  color, 
mottled  with  black  and  white.  In  the  breeding  season,  in  spring,  the  males  have  a 
high  fleshy  ridge  in  front  of  the  dorsal.  The  spawning  is  believed  to  take  place  in 
May  or  June.  The  eels  cling  to  the  rocks  by  means  of  their  suctorial  mouths  and 
the  eggs  are  deposited  in  shallow  water  on  a  rough  bottom  where  the  current  is 
swift.  Some  observers  state  that  they  make  nests  by  heaping  up  stones  in  a  circle 
and  deposit  the  eggs  under  the  stones.  The  ovaries  are  large,  but  the  eggs  are 
very  small.  \ 

The  food  of  the  Lamprey  is  chiefly  animal  matter  and  the  fish  is  somewhat  of  a 
parasite,  burrowing  into  the  side  of  shad,  sturgeon  and  some  other  species.  The 
teeth  are  adapted  for  this  method  of  feeding.  The  tooth  bearing  bone  of  the  upper 
side  of  the  mouth  contains  two  teeth  which  are  placed  close  together.  On  the  bone 
corresponding  with  the  lower  jaw  there  are  seven  or  nine  stout  cusps.  There  are 

numerous  teeth  around  the  disk;  the  first  row  on  the  side  of  the  mouth  containing 

261 


262 


SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


bicuspid  teeth,  the  others  are  simple.  The  tooth  on  the  front  of  the  tongue  has  a 
deep  median  groove.  The  species  is  adapted  for  fastening  itself  to  other  fishes  and 
extracting  from  them  their  blood. 

The  Lamprey  is  considered  a  good  food  fish  in  some  localities,  but  in  other  places 
it  is  rarely  eaten.  In  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts  the  species  is  highly  esteemed. 
It  is  preserved  by  salting  for  several  weeks  before  using.  The  fish  are  sometimes 
caught  with  the  hands  or  by  means  of  a  pole  armed  with  a  hook  in  the  end.  As  it 
is  found  in  shallow  water  and  will  not  usually  relinquish  its  hold  on  the  bottom,  its 
capture  is  easily  effected. 

2.     Common    Skate   (Raja   erinacea   Mitchill). 

Raja  erinaceus    MITCHILL,  Am.  Jour.   Sci.  Arts,   IX,  290,  pi.  6  (male),  1825  ;  DEK.AY, 

N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  372,  pi.  LXXVIII,  fig.  246,  1842. 
Raja  erinacea  JORDAN    &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  68,   1896,  pi.  IX, 

fig.  29,  1900. 


COMMON   SKATE. 

A  very  common  species  on  our  coast,  from  Maine  to  Virginia.  It  is  one  of  the 
small  rays  and  is  not  much  valued  for  food.  Eggs  of  this  Skate  have  been  obtained 
in  Gravesend  Bay  in  March.  In  captivity  eggs  have  been  deposited  in  winter.  The 
species  will  endure  captivity  during  the  spring,  fall,  and  part  of  the  winter,  but  not 
at  all  in  summer. 

Mitchill  had  the  ray  from  Barnegat  and  from  off  Sandy  Hook.  DeKay  did  not 
see  the  fish,  but  copied  the  description  and  figure  of  Mitchill.  Smith  refers  to  it  as 
the  "Summer  Skate"  or  "Bonnet  Skate.1'  It  is  found  at  Woods  Hole  from 
June  to  October.  The  names  "  Hedgehog  Ray  "  and  "  Bonnet  Skate  "  are  given  in 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  263 

allusion  to  its  habit  of  rolling  itself  up  when  caught.     At  Southampton,  L.  I.,  this 
species  was  taken  in  small  numbers  August  3,  1898. 


3.     Spotted    Skate    (Raja   ocellata    Mitchill). 

• 
Raja  ocellata  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  477,   1815. 

Raia  ocellata  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  369,   1842  (not  pi.  65,  fig.   212). 

The  Spotted  Skate  reaches  a  length  of  nearly  3  feet ;  its  egg  cases  are  more  than 
twice  as  large  as  those  of  R.  crinacca.  The  species  is  found  from  New  York  to 
Massachusetts  and  northward. 


SPOTTED    SKATE. 

Dr.  Mitchill  described  a  specimen  which  was  30  inches  long  and  19  inches  wide. 
Dr.  DeKay  calls  this  species  the  Spotted  Ray.  He  found  the  stomach  of  one  filled 
with  rock  crabs  (Cancer  irroratus).  To  the  fishermen  this  and  allied  species  are 
known  as  Skate.  It  has  no  commercial  value  in  Great  South  Bay.  In  the  traps  at 
Islip  Skates  reappear  on  October  I  on  their  fall  migration.  A  female  was  caught 
near  the  inlet,  at  Fire  Island,  September  29,  1898.  The  species  was  more  abundant 
later  in  the  fall. 

At  Woods  Hole,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  this  is  the  Big  Skate  or  Winter  Skate. 
It  is  common  from  February  to  June  and  from  October  15  to  the  end  of  the  trap 
fishing;  it  is  absent  or  very  rare  in  summer. 


264        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

4.     Clear-nosed  Skate  (Raja  cglantcria  Bosc). 

Raja  eglanteria  Bosc  in   LACE"PEDE,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  II,   104,   109,   1800;  JORDAN  & 

EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  71,  1896. 
Raja  diaphanes  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  478,  1815. 

The  Clear-nosed  Skate,  sometimes  called  Briar  Ray,  reaches  a  length  of  2  feet 
or  more.  It  inhabits  the  Eastern  Coast  of  the  United  States  from  Cape  Cod  to 
Florida ;  it  has  been  found  moderately  common  in  Great  South  Bay  in  and  near 
Fire  Island  Inlet.  Early  in  September  both  males  and  females  were  caught  at  Fire 
Island  Inlet  and  Wigo  Inlet,  but  in  October  the  species  appeared  to  be  scarce.  It 
has  no  commercial  value  in  the  bay  and  is  usually  thrown  away. 

At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  it  is  not  common.  A  few  are  taken  every  year  in  traps 
at  Menemsha,  Martha's  Vineyard. 


BARN   DOOR   SKATE. 

5.     Barn  Door  Skate  (Raja  lavis  Mitchill). 

Raja  Icevis  MITCHILL,  Am.  Month.  Mag.,  II,  327,  1818. 
Raia  lavis  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  370,  1842. 

The  Barn  Door  Skate  reaches  a  length  exceeding  4  feet;  it  is  used  to  some 
extent  for  food.  The  species  has  been  taken  in  Gravesend  Bay  in  October.  It 
suffers  in  captivity  for  the  want  of  sand  and  mud  and  because  of  the  lack  of  suitable 
food,  its  average  duration  of  life  being  3  or  4  months. 

Mitchill  described   an   individual   measuring  49    inches  which   was    caught   at  a 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  265 

wharf  in  the  East  River,  November  5,  1815.     At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  it  is  common 
in  spring  and  fall,  rare  in  summer. 

6.     Paddle-Fish   (Polyodon  spat  hula  Walbaum). 

Polyodon  folium  MITCHILL,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  Arts,  XII,  201,  1827. 

Polyodon  spathula  JORDAN  &  E  VERM  ANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  101,  1896. 

This  is  known  as  the  Paddle-fish,  Spoonbill  or  Spoon-billed  Sturgeon,  Shovel 
Fish,  Bill  Fish,  and  Duck-billed  Cat.  It  is  called  "  Salmon  "  in  some  Western  hotels. 
The  names  are  derived  from  the  remarkable  snout,  which  is  produced  into  a  long 
spatula-shaped  process,  covered  above  and  below  with  an  intricate  network  and  with 
very  thin  flexible  edges.  The  head  and  snout  form  nearly  half  of  the  entire  length 
of  the  fish.  The  fish  cannot  be  confounded  with  anything  else  in  the  waters  of  the 
United  States.  There  is  in  China  a  similar  fish,  which,  however,  belongs  to  a  differ- 
ent genus. 

The   Paddle-fish  is  usually  confined  to   the  Mississippi  Valley,  but  it  has  been 


PADDLE-FISH. 

recorded  in  Chautauqua  Lake,  and  it  is  common  in  the  Alleghany  and  the  Monon- 
gahela  Rivers.  It  grows  to  a  length  of  6  feet,  and  a  weight  of  30  pounds  or  more. 
The  species  frequents  muddy  bottoms,  but  does  not  feed  on  the  mud  and  slime,  as 
many  persons  have  supposed.  The  long  snout  is  useful  in  procuring  its  food, 
which  consists  chiefly  of  entomostraca,  water  worms,  aquatic  plants,  leeches,  beetles 
and  insect  larvae. 

Prof.  S.  A.  Forbes,  director  of  the  Illinois  Laboratory  of  Natural  History,  has 
published  the  first  and  most  satisfactory  account  of  the  feeding  habits  of  this 
shark-like  fish.  He  found  very  little  mud  mixed  with  the  food.  Prof.  Forbes  was 
informed  by  the  fishermen  that  the  Paddle-fish  plows  up  the  mud  in  feeding  with  its 
spatula-like  snout  and  then  swims  slowly  backward  through  the  water. 

"  The  remarkably  developed  gill-rakers  of  this  species  are  very  numerous  and 
fine,  in  a  double  row  on  each  gill-arch,  and  they  are  twice  as  long  as  the  filaments  of 
the  gill.  By  their  interlacing  they  form  a  strainer  scarcely  less  effective  than  the 


266         SEVKXTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

fringes  of  the  baleen  plates  of  the  whale,  and  probably  allow  the  passage  of  the  fine 
silt  of  the  river  bed  when  this  is  thrown  into  the  water  by  the  shovel  of  the  fish, 
but  arrest  everything  as  large  as  the  Cyclops.  I  have  not  found  anything  recorded 
as  to  the  spawning  habits  of  the  Paddle-fish.  The  young  have  the  jaws  and  palate 
filled  with  minute  teeth,  which  disappear  with  age." 

The  flesh  of  the  Paddle-fish  is  frequently  considered  tough  and  shark-like,  but 
individuals  of  8  or  10  pounds  are  skinned,  and  sold  in  some  of  the  western  markets 
freely,  and  are  thought  by  some  persons  to  be  fairly  good  for  the  table. 

7.     Common  Sturgeon  (Acipenscr  sturio  Linnaeus). 

Acipenser  sturio  LINNAEUS,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  x,  I,  237,   1758;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull. 

47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  105,  1896. 
Acipenser  oxyrhincus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  346,  pi.  58,  fig.  189  (young),  1842. 

The  range  of  the  Common  Sturgeon  includes  the  Atlantic  Ocean  southward  to 
Africa  and  the  West  Indies.  The  northern  limit  on  our  east  coast  appears  to  be 
Cape  Cod.  In  the  Delaware  River  the  fish  has  rarely  ascended  as  far  as  Port  Jervis. 


COMMON  STURGEON. 

Dr.  Mitchill  was  the  first  to  call  attention  to  the  similarity  between  the  American 
Sharp-nosed  Sturgeon  and  the  sturio  of  Europe.  The  fish  attains  a  length  of  12 
feet  in  America,  and  it  is  stated  that  European  examples  measuring  18  feet  have 
been  taken. 

The  sturgeon  ascends  the  large  rivers  from  the  sea  in  spring  and  early  summer. 
It  is  very  common  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Delaware  River,  where  it  forms  the 
object  of  an  important  fishery.  This  is  the  species  concerning  which  so  many 
stories  have  been  related  as  to  its  leaping  into  boats  and  injuring  the  occupants. 

The  mouth  of  the  sturgeon  is  furnished  with  a  very  protractile  roundish  tube 
having  powerful  muscles  and  intended  for  withdrawing  from  the  mud  the  various 
small  shellfish  and  crustaceans  on  which  the  animal  subsists.  The  mouth  is 
surrounded  also  with  numerous  tentacles,  with  tactile  properties,  which  are  utilized 
in  procuring  food. 

The  reproductive  habits  of  the  sturgeon  and  the  embryology  of  the  species 
have  been  made  the  subject  of  an  exhaustive  study  by  the  late  Prof.  John  A.  Ryder 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  267 

of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  whose  monograph  forms  a  part  of  the  Bulletin  of 
the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  for  1888.  The  eggs  have  been  fertilized  and  developed 
artificially  by  Seth  Green  and  others  many  years  ago,  and  in  some  parts  of  Europe 
the  hatching  of  the  species  has  been  carried  on  successfully.  The  U.  S.  Fish 
Commission  has  also  recently  taken  up  the  culture  both  of  the  marine  and  the 
lake  sturgeon,  and  these  valuable  fish  may  soon  be  reared  on  an  extensive  scale. 

The  utilization  of  the  flesh,  the  skin  and  air-bladder  and  the  eggs  of  the  stur- 
geon is  so  well  known  as  to  require  little  more  than  passing  mention  in  this  place. 
The  smoking  of  the  flesh  and  the  manufacture  of  caviare  from  the  eggs  are  very 
important  industries  along  our  eastern  coast. 

The  sturgeons  are  easily  taken  in  gill  nets  and  pounds,  but  the  great  strength  of 
the  fish  frequently  entails  considerable  loss  of  apparatus. 

The  Common  Sturgeon  appears  every  spring  in  Gravesend  Bay,  and  sometimes 
in  the  fall.  It  is  hardy  in  captivity.  A  female  8  feet  long  was  brought  from  the 
mouth  of  the  »Delaware  River,  May  20,  1897,  to  the  New  York  Aquarium.  It 
seemed  to  take  no  food  till  December  I,  when  it  began  to  feed  freely  on  opened 
hard  clams. 

"j 

' 


LAKE   STURGEON. 

8.     Lake   Sturgeon    (Acipenscr   rubicundus    LeSueur). 

Acipenser  rubicundus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  344,  pi.  58,  fig.  191,  1842  ;  JORDAN 
&  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  106,  1896. 

This  is  known  as  the  Lake  Sturgeon,  Ohio  River  Sturgeon,  Rock  Sturgeon, 
Bony  Sturgeon,  Red  Sturgeon  and  Ruddy  Sturgeon.  It  inhabits  the  Mississippi 
and  Ohio  Rivers  and  the  Great  Lakes,  and  is  abundant  in  the  Alleghany.  From 
the  lakes  it  ascends  the  streams  in  spring  for  the  purpose  of  spawning.  Dr. 
Richardson  states  that  the  northern  limit  of  the  sturgeon  in  North  America  is 
about  the  55th  parallel  of  latitude. 

The  Lake  Sturgeon  is  smaller  than  the  common  marine  sturgeon,  the  average 
adult  being  less  than  5  feet  in  length.  The  average  weight  of  14,000  mature 
sturgeon  taken  at  Sandusky,  O.,  was  about  50  pounds.  It  frequently  reaches  a 
length  of  6  feet. 

In  the  Lakes  the  species,  according  to  observations  of  James  W.  Milner,  inhabits 


268        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

comparatively  shoal  waters.  The  food  of  this  sturgeon  is  made  up  chiefly  of 
shellfish,  including  the  genera  Liunuea,  Mclantlio,  Pliysa,  Planorbis  and  Valvata. 
Eggs  of  fishes  are  also  to  be  found  in  its  stomach. 

In  Lake  Erie  the  species  spawns  in  June,  for  which  purpose  it  ascends  the  rivers 
in  large  schools  till  stopped  by  obstructions  or  insufficient  depth  of  water.  The 
breaching  of  the  sturgeon  is  a  well-known  habit.  Instances  are  recorded  of  serious 
injury  to  persons  by  sturgeons  throwing  themselves  into  boats.  The  sturgeon  will 
occasionally  take  a  baited  hook,  but  its  great  strength  and  unwieldiness  make  it  an 
undesirable  fish  for  the  angler. 

Large  numbers  of  sturgeon  have  been  destroyed  by  fishermen  during  the 
whitefish  season  simply  on  account  of  the  annoyance  caused  by  their  presence  in 
the  nets.  Now  that  the  flesh  is  esteemed  for  smoking,  and  the  demand  for  caviare 
made  from  the  eggs  has  largely  increased,  the  wanton  waste  of  this  fish  has  been 
checked.  A  troublesome  parasite  of  the  sturgeon  is  the  lamprey  eel  (Pftromyeon 
concolor  Kirt.)  which  attaches  itself  to  the  skin  presumably  for  the  purpose  of 
feeding  on  the  mucus  which  is  exuded  from  the  pores  in  great  abundance,  and 
remains  fixed  in  one  position  so  long  as  to  penetrate  to  the  flesh  and  produce  a 
deep  ulcerous  sore. 

The  Lake  Sturgeon  was  formerly  not  very  much  prized,  but  is  rapidly  growing 
in  favor.  The  flesh  is  eaten  in  the  fresh  condition  or  after  boiling  in  vinegar  or 
curing  by  smoking.  Smoked  sturgeon  is  now  considered  almost  if  not  quite  equal 
to  smoked  halibut,  and  the  demand  for  it  is  increasing.  From  the  eggs  of  the 
sturgeon  a  good  grade  of  caviare  is  produced.  "  The  caviare  is  made  by  pressing 
the  ova  through  sieves,  leaving  the  membranes  of  the  ovaries  remaining  in  the 
sieve,  and  the  eggs  fall  through  into  a  tub.  This  is  continued  until  the  eggs  are 
entirely  free  from  particles  of  membrane,  when  they  are  put  into  salt  pickle  and 
allowed  to  remain  for  some  time." 

A  large  specimen  now  in  the  museum  of  Cornell  University  is  reported  as  being 
from  Cayuga  Lake.  Seth  Green  informed  Dr.  Meek  that  sturgeons  had  occasionally 
been  taken  in  that  lake ;  but  so  far  as  he  knew,  they  had  never  been  found  in  any 
other  of  the  small  lakes  of  Central  New  York. 

H.  V.  Kipp,  of  Montezuma,  N.  Y.,  wrote  Dr.  Meek  as  follows:  "There  have  not 
been  any  sturgeons  taken  from  Cayuga  Lake  since  1880,  but  quite  a  number  before 
that  date,  and  the  largest  known  weighed  35  pounds." 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  269 

9.     Short-nosed  Sturgeon    (Acipcnscr   brevirostrum    LeSueur). 
Acipenser  brevirostrum  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I.  106,  1896. 

This  little  sturgeon  has  not  been  positively  recognized  anywhere  except  in  the 
Delaware  and  in  Gravesend  Bay  ;  only  a  few  specimens  have  been  obtained  in  the 
river,  and  it  is  rare  in  Gravesend  Bay.  Prof.  Ryder  collected  five  examples  at  Dela- 
ware City  in  the  spring  of  1888,  and  has  published  a  description  of  the  species  in 
the  Bulletin  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  for  that  year. 

The  largest  specimen  known  was  33  inches  long  ;  individuals  20  inches  long  are 
capable  of  reproducing  the  species. 

At  the  present  time  the  Short-nosed  Sturgeon  probably  never  comes  into  the 
markets  on  account  of  its  small  size,  which  prevents  its  capture  in  "the  nets  used  for 
taking  the  common  sturgeon.  About  1817,  however,  it  was  brought  in  the  shad 
season  to  Philadelphia  and  sold  for  25c.  to  75c.  each. 

Spawning  takes  place  in  the  Delaware  during 'May.  The  eggs  are  deposited  in 
depths  of  I  to  5  fathoms  on  hard  bottom  in  brackish  or  nearly  fresh  water.  Prof. 


SHORT-NOSED   STURGEON. 

Ryder  states  that  the  eggs  are  extruded  by  rubbing  the  belly  either  against  hard 
places  on  the  river  bed  or  against  the  rough  bodies  of  the  males,  two  or  more. of 
which  accompany  each  female.  The  gravid  roe  fish  are  larger  than  the  mal.es, 
Prof.  Ryder  found  the  ova  more  or  less  adhesive  immediately  after  their  removal 
from  the  abdomen,  but -the  sticky  mucus  covering  is  soluble  in  water.  The  period 
of.  hatching  varies  from  four  to  six  days. 

Up  to  the  third  month  of  its  life  the  young  sturgeon  has  minute  conical  teeth. in 
its  jaws,  and  at  this  age  it  is  believed  to  subsist  on  "  rhizopods,  unicellular  algae, 
infusoria,  minute  larvae  of  insects  and  worms,  crustaceans,  etc."  Still  following  .the 
observations  of  Prof.  Ryder,  we  learn  that  the  sturgeon,  when  it  has  reached  a 
length  of  i  inch  to  \y2  inches,  has  minute  teeth  on  the  floor  of  the  pharynx  and 
feeds  on  small  water  fleas,  and  probably  algce,  worms,  embryo  fishes,  insects  and 
fresh-water  copepods.  Later  in  life  the  fish  seeks  larger  crustaceans,  and  the  adults 
occasionally  contain  fragments  of  mussel  shells.  The  young  fish  have  been  caught 
under  the  ice  in  midwinter  and  are  known  to  pass  most  of  the  year  in  fresh 
water. 


2/O         SEVKNT1I     KEI'OUT    OF    THE    FOREST,     FISH     AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

A  single  small  example  of  this  sturgeon  was  brought  to  the  New  York  Aquarium 
from  Gravesend  Bay,  May  13,  1896,  and  was  alive  and  in  good  condition  in 
November,  1898. 

Dr.  Smith  records  the  occurrence  of  the  species  along  with  the  common  sturgeon 
at  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  but  says  it  is  less  numerous.  It  is  captured  in  the  traps. 

10.     Channel    Cat  (Ictalurus  pinictatns  Rafinesque). 

Ictalurus punctatus  JORDAN,  Bull.  Buffalo  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  95,  1876  ;  JORDAN  &  GILBERT, 
Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  108,  1883  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  I,  134,  1896,  pi.  XXV,  fig.  58,  1900. 

This  species  is  variously  styled  the  Channel  Cat,  White  Cat,  Silver  Cat,  Blue 
Cat  and  Spotted  Cat.  It  is  found  over  a  vast  extent  of  country,  including  the 


CHANNEL  CAT. 

Mississippi  and  Ohio  Valleys  and  the  Great  Lakes  region.  In  the  Eastern  States 
it  is  absent  from  streams  tributary  to  the  Atlantic,  but  occurs  from  Vermont  south 
to  Georgia,  westward  to  Montana,  and  southwestward  to  Mexico.  In  Pennsylvania 
it  is  limited  to  the  Ohio  and  its  affluents. 

The  adults  of  this  species  are  bluish  silvery,  and  the  young  are  spotted  with 
olive.  It  is  one  of  the  handsomest  of  the  family  of  catfishes  and  an  excellent 
food  fish.  The  Spotted  Cat  grows  to  a  length  of  3  feet  and  a  weight  of  25  pounds. 
It  is  extremely  variable  in  color  and  in  number  of  fin  rays,  and  has  consequently 
been  described  under  more  than  20  different  names.  It  is  most  abundant  in  large 
clear  streams.  The  species  is  less  hardy  than  most  of  the  other  catfishes. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  271 

II.     Lake    Catfish   (Ameiurus   lacustris   Walbaum). 

Ictalunts  nigricans  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  108,  1883. 
Pimelodus  nigricans  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  180,  pi.  52,  fig.  170,  1842. 
Ameiurus  lacustris  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  137,  1896. 

This  is  the  Great  Fork-tailed  Cat,  Florida  Cat,  Flannel-mouth  Cat,  and  Great 
Blue  Cat  of  various  writers.  It  is  also  called  Mud  Cat  in  the  St.  John's  River,  Fla. 
The  species  is  highly  variable,  as  we  would  suppose  from  its  wide  distribution. 

In  1879,  I)r°f-  Spencer  F.  Baird  received  from  Dr.  Steedman  of  St.  Louis,  a 
Mississippi  River  Catfish  weighing  150  pounds  and  measuring  5  feet  in  length.  The 
writer  described  this  fish  as  a  new  species  related  to  the  Great  Black  Catfish  of  the 
Mississippi  Valley,  Ainciunts  nigricans.  At  the  present  time  it  is  somewhat 
doubtful  whether  or  not  this  is  merely  an  overgrown  individual  of  the  species  under 
consideration  and  the  matter  must  remain  in  doubt  till  smaller  examples  of 
A meiurus  ponderosus  have  been  obtained. 


LAKE   CATFISH. 

The  Great  Fork-tailed  Cat  is  a  native  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  Valleys,  and  in 
the  Southern  States  its  range  extends  southward  to  Florida ;  northward  it  ranges 
to  Ontario. 

This  Catfish  reaches  a  weight  of  100  pounds  or  more,  and,  if  it  includes  the  giant 
form  above  referred  to,  we  may  place  the  maximum  weight  at  more  than  150 
pounds.  Dr.  Steedman  was  informed  by  an  old  fisherman  that  the  heaviest  one  he 
had  ever  seen  weighed  198  pounds,  but  it  is  doubtful  that  such  large  individuals  are 
to  be  taken  at  the  present  time.  In  Lake  Erie  this  species  usually  weighs  from  5 
to  15  pounds,  and  the  largest  specimens  reach  40  pounds. 

The  habits  of  this  fish  are  presumably  about  the  same  as  those  of  other  species 
of  the  family.  On  account  of  the  great  size  of  the  fish  it  naturally  prefers  lakes  and 
large  rivers.  It  is  a  bottom  feeder  and  will  take  almost  any  kind  of  bait.  This 
species  is  wonderfully  tenacious  of  life.  It  spawns  in  the  spring  and  protects  its 


272        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

young,  which  follow  the  parent  fish  in  great  schools.  Dr.  Theodore  Gill  has 
reviewed  in  Forest  and  Stream  the  subject  of  the  Catfishes'  care  of  their  young. 

This  is  a  valued  food  species,  though  not  a  choice  fish.  In  Lake  Erie,  according 
to  a  Review  of  the  Fisheries  of  the  Great  Lakes,  published  by  the  U.  S.  Fish 
Commission,  the  Catfish  rank  next  to  Whitefish  in  number  of  pounds  taken. 

In  Lake  Erie  Catfish  are  taken  chiefly  by  means  of  set  lines,  and  the  fishing  is 
best  during  the  months  of  June,  July,  and  August.  The  method  of  fishing  is  thus 
described  in  the  Review  just  referred  to:  "The  apparatus  consists  of  from  200  to 
400  hooks  attached  by  short  lines  to  a  main  line,  which  is  from  5  to  27  fathoms  long, 
according  to  place  in  which  set,  and  is  held  in  place  by  poles  or  stakes  pushed  into 
the  mud.  The  lines  are  usually  set  in  the  lake,  but  occasionally  short  ones  are 
fished  in  the  bayous  and  marshes.  Catfish  are  taken  with  a  bait  of  herring,  Coregonits 
artcdi,  or  grasshoppers,  and  are  mostly  used  in  the  families  of  the  fishermen  and 
their  neighbors  or  sold  to  peddlers.  *  *  *  The  size  of  the  Catfish  ranges  from 
5  to  25  pounds,  averaging  8  or  10  pounds."  In  some  parts  of  Lake  Erie  the  set  line 
fishery  for  Catfish  begins  April  15.  Some  of  these  lines  have  as  many  as  2,000  hooks. 
The  pound  nets  also  take  a  good  many  Catfish  in  the  spring  and  fall.  In  Toledo 
these  fish  bring  4^  cents  a  pound.  Erie  receives  its  supply  of  Catfish  from  fisher- 
men who  operate  in  the  lake  from  Erie  to  Elk  Creek  with  set  lines  during  the 
summer  months.  DeKay  had  the  species  from  Buffalo,  where  he  saw  specimens 
weighing  from  25  to  30  pounds,  and  heard  of  individuals  weighing  80  pounds.  He 
states  that  it  is  usually  captured  by  the  spear. 

12.     Yellow    Cat   (Ameiurus  natalis  LeSueur). 

Pimelodus  cupreus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  187,  1842  (Name  only). 
Ameiurus  natalis  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  139,  1896. 

The  Yellow  Cat,  or  Chubby  Cat,  is  found  from  the  Great  Lakes  to  Virginia  and 
Texas.  It  has  many  varieties,  three  of  which  are  mentioned  by  Prof.  Cope  as 
occurring  in  Pennsylvania,  two  of  them  in  the  Ohio  River  and  its  tributaries  and  the 
third  in  Lake  Erie.  The  species  is  not  credited  to  the  region  east  of  the  Alle- 
ghanies.  Dr.  Meek  saw  only  a  single  specimen  from  Cayuga  Lake. 

The  length  of  the  Yellow  Cat  sometimes  reaches  2  feet,  but  averages  much  less. 

Nothing  special  is  recorded  about  the  habits  of  this  species.  It  is  most  abundant 
in  sluggish  streams. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  273 

13.     Long-jawed  Catfish  (Ameiurus  vulgar  is  Thompson). 

Ainiiirus  dekayi  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  15,  pi.  18,  fig.  24,  1893. 

Ameiurus  vulgaris  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  140,  1896. 

The  Long-jawed  Catfish  is  found  in  the  Great  Lakes  region  and  westward  to 
Manitoba.  It  is  believed  to  be  very  nearly  related  to  the  common  catfish, 
A.  nebulosus,  but  its  projecting  lower  jaw  will  serve  to  distinguish  it.  This 
character,  however,  we  know  by  experience  is  not  so  satisfactory  as  it  might  be. 

The  species  reaches  the  length  of  18  inches  and  the  weight  of  4  pounds.  It  is 
occasionally  taken  in  the  Ohio  River,  but  is  more  abundant  in  Lake  Erie.  Jordan 
&  Evermann  state  its  range  to  be  from  Vermont  to  Minnesota  and  Illinois,  chiefly 
northward.  The  U.  S.  National  Museum  has  it  from  Manitoba.  Dr.  Meek  found 
a  single  specimen  which  was  caught  near  Ithaca  among  more  than  100  of  the 
common  bullheads.  It  seems  to  be  rare  in  that  basin.  Thompson,  who  described 
the  fish,  had  specimens  from  Lake  Champlain.  The  Long-jawed  Catfish  is  similar 


LONG-JAWED  CATFISH. 

in  all  respects  except  its  projecting  lower  jaw  to  the  common   catfish,  A.  nebulosus, 
and  may  be  found  identical  with  it. 

14.     White  Cat  {Ameiurus  catus   Linnaeus). 

Pitnelodus  atrarius  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fishes.  185,  pi.  36,  fig.  116,  1842. 
Amiurus  albidus  JORDAN,  Bull.  10,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  84,  1877,  figs.  15  &  16,  1877;  BEAN, 
Fishes  Penna.,  14,  pi.  18,  fig.  23,  1893. 

This  is  the  White  Cat  or  Channel  Cat,  in  Philadelphia  distinguished  as  the 
Schuylkill  Cat.  The  Channel  Cat  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  of  its  family  in  the 
Potomac  River.  It  is  abundant  in  the  Susquehanna  and  common  in  the  Schuylkill. 
This  species  reaches  a  length  of  2  feet  and  a  weight  of  5  pounds.  It  is  extremely 
variable  with  age.  Old  examples  have  the  mouth  so  much  wider  than  it  is  in 

the  young  that  they  have  been  described  as  a  distinct  species.     The    Big-mouthed 
18 


2/4        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

Cat  of  Cope  is  now  considered  to  be  the  old  form  of  the  White  Cat.  The  habits  of 
this  species  agree  with  those  of  other  species  already  mentioned.  The  name 
Channel  Cat  suggests  a  favorite  haunt  of  the  fish.  As  a  food  it  is  highly  prized. 

Eugene  Smith  says  this  catfish  occurs  in  all  the  larger  streams  subject  to  the 
tide  in  the  vicinity  of  New  York  City. 

It  is  frequently  caught  on  set  lines  with  liver  or  killy  bait  and  bites  best  at 
night.  The  flesh  is  much  better  flavored  than  that  of  A.  nebulosus. 


WHITE  CAT. 

15.     Horned  Pout  (Aiticiurus  nebulosus  LeSueur). 

rimdodns  catus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  182,  pi.  37,  fig.  119,  1842. 
Amiurus  nebulosus  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  16,  pi.  19,  fig.  25,  1893. 

This  is  known  as  the  Common  Catfish,  Bullhead,  Horned  Pout,  and  Minister. 

This  species  has  a  wider  distribution  than  the  White  Cat,  its  range  including 
New  England  and  extending  southward  to  South  Carolina,  west  to  Wisconsin  and 
southwest  to  Texas.  It  has  also  been  transferred  from  the  Schuylkill  to  the  Sacra- 
mento and  San  Joaquin  Rivers,  Cal.,  where  it  has  multiplied  so  rapidly  that  it  is  now 
one  of  the  most  common  fishes  of  those  streams.  This  is  the  most  abundant  cat- 
fish in  Lake  Erie  and  its  tributaries.  The  species  reaches  a  maximum  length  of  18 
inches  and  a  weight  of  4  pounds,  but  the  average  size  of  market  specimens  is  much 
smaller.  In  the  lower  waters  of  the  Susquehanna  color  varieties  of  this  species  are 
not  uncommon.  One  of  them  appears  to  be  the  same  as  the  Ainiurns  inannoratns 
of  Holbrook  ;  this  supposed  color  variety  is  found  also  from  Illinois  to  Florida.  The 
lower  Susquehanna  has  furnished  also  some  singularly  colored  examples  of  this  fish, 
distinguished  by  large  areas  of  jet  black  with  lemon  and  white.  These  freaks  are 
among  the  most  interesting  and  beautiful  observed  in  this  family  of  fishes. 

From  Jordan's  Manual  of  the  Vertebrates  I  quote  Thoreau's  account  of  the 
habits  of  this  species  : 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


275 


The  horned  pout  are  "  dull  and  blundering  fellows,"  fond  of  the  mud,  and  grow- 
ing best  in  weedy  ponds  and  rivers  without  current.  They  stay  near  the  bottom, 
moving  slowly  about  with  their  barbels  widely  spread,  watching  for  anything  eat- 
able. They  will  take  any  kind  of  bait,  from  an  angleworm  to  a  piece  of  tin  tomato 
can,  without  coquetry,  and  they  seldom  fail  to  swallow  the  hook.  They  are  very 
tenacious  of  life,  "  opening  and  shutting  their  mouths  for  half  an  hour  after  their 
heads  have  been  cut  off."  They  spawn  in  spring,  and  the  old  fishes  lead  the  young 
in  great  schools  near  the  shore,  seemingly  caring  for  them  as  a  hen  for  her  chickens. 

The  species  was  obtained  in  Swan  River  at  Patchogue,  N.  Y.,  August  12,  1898. 
Young  were  seined  in  Bronx  River  in  August.  Larger  individuals  were  sent  from 
Canandaigua  Lake  and  Saranac  Lake  in  November.  Several  albinos  were  obtained 
from  the  Hackensack  Meadows,  N.  J.,  in  August,  1897.  In  three  months  they 
grew  from  3  inches  to  6  inches  in  length.  In  captivity  the  fish  feed  freely  on 
chopped  hard  clams  and  earthworms  and,  occasionally,  liver. 


HORNED  POUT. 

The  following  notes  are  from   Eugene   Smith,  in   Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  1897, 

» 

p.   I  1-12. 

Very  variable  in  color,  from  blackish  and  olive  to  brown  and  yellowish  above, 
becoming  lighter  below,  and  often  clouded  on  the  sides.  Those  from  tidal  or  run- 
ning water  are  lighter  colored  than  those  from  stagnant  places  or  ponds.  The 
largest  specimen  found  by  me  in  the  near  vicinity  of  New  York  measured  13^3 
inches  in  length  and  weighed  I  pound  2  ounces. 

At  the  end  of  the  third  year  this  fish  is  perhaps  fully  matured.  The  ripe  eggs  are 
of  the  size  of  large  pin  heads,  and  are  of  an  orange  color  ;  the  very  young  fishes 
look  like  little  black  toad  tadpoles.  The  spines  are  strongly  developed  at  an  early 
age.  The  old  fish  accompanies  the  brood  for  a  certain  time,  always  swimming 
around  the  swarm  of  young  in  order  to  keep  them  together.  When  alarmed  the 
parent  dashes  off,  followed  by  the  whole  swarm. 


276         SKY  i:\TI  I    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

16.     Marbled    Cat    (Ainciunts  iicbu/osus  uiartnoratus  Holbrook). 

Amiurus  maniwratus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  104,  1883. 
Ameiurus  nebulosus  marmoratus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  141, 
1896. 

Body  moderately  elongate,  its  depth  about  one-fourth  total  length  to  caudal 
base ;  slope  of  profile  very  steep  ;  jaws  equal  or  subequal ;  dorsal  fin  high,  its  spine 
more  than  one-half  as  long  as  head,  and  nearer  to  adipose  fin  than  to  tip  of  snout ; 
head  long,  three  and  one-fourth  times  in  total  length  to  caudal  base;  barbels  long; 
anal  rays  21  ;  body  much  mottled  with  brown,  greenish  and  whitish.  Lowland 
streams  and  swamps  from  New  York  to  Southern  Indiana  and  Florida.  The  type  of 
the  marmoratus  of  Holbrook  was  from  South  Carolina. 


17.     Black  Bullhead  (Ameiurus  melas  Rafinesque). 

• 
Pimelodus  pullus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  184,  pi.  37,  fig.  117,  1842. 

Amiurus  pullus  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  16,  1893. 

The  Black  Bullhead  reaches  the  length  of  I  foot.  It  is  found  in  the  Great  Lakes 
region  and  in  the  Mississippi  Valley,  westward  to  Kansas  and  southward  to  Texas. 

This  species  was  known  to  DeKay  as  the  Brown  Catfish.  His  specimens  were 
taken  from  Lake  Pleasant  and  Lake  Janet,  N.  Y.,  and  he  states  that  it  is  also  very 
common  in  many  other  lakes  of  Northern  New  York,  where  its  principal  use  is  to 
serve  as  bait  for  the  lake  trout.  Dr.  Jordan  had  it  from  the  Genesee  River.  Dr. 
Evermann  obtained  a  specimen  in  Mill  Creek,  at  Sacket  Harbor,  N.  Y.,  July  2,  1894, 
and  doubtfully  referred  to  this  species  a  young  individual  collected  in  Sandy  Creek, 
at  North  Hamlin,  N.  Y.,  August  20,  1894. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


277 


18.     Stone  Cat  (Noturus  flavus  Rafinesque). 

Noturus  flavus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  100,  1883;  BEAN,  Fishes 
Penna.,  18,  1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  144,  1896,  pi. 
27,  fig-  63,  1900. 

The  Stone  Cat  is  found  from  Ontario,  throughout  the  Great  Lakes  region,  south 
to  Virginia  and  Texas,  west  to  Montana  and  Wyoming.  It  inhabits  the  larger 
streams.  Dr.  Evermann  obtained  two  specimens  at  Nine  Mile  Point,  in  the  Lake 
Ontario  region,  June  11,  1893. 

The  species  has  very  little  value  as  food  on  account  of  its  small  size.  It  seldom 
exceeds  12  inches  in  length,  but  it  is  a  very  good  bait  for  Black  Bass.  The  Stone 
Cats  are  much  dreaded  by  fishermen  because  of  the  painful  wounds  sometimes 
produced  by  their  pectoral  spines.  There  is  a  minute  pore  in  the  axil  of  the 
pectoral,  which  is  the  outlet  of  a  noxious  liquid  secreted  by  a  poison  gland.  When 
this  poison  is  discharged  into  a  wound,  it  causes  an  extremely  painful  sore. 


STONE  CAT. 


19.     Lake  Carp  (Carpiodes  thonipsoni  Agassiz.) 


[878  ;  JORDAN  &  GILBERT, 
Abundant  in  the  Great  Lakes  region.     Found  in  Lake  Champlain. 


Carpiodes  thompsoni  JORDAN,  Bull.  12,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  i< 
Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  119,  1883. 


20.     Long-nosed  Sucker  (Catostomus  catostomus  Forster). 


Catostomits  longirostris  JORDAN,  Bull.   12,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.   175,   187 

BERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  126,  1883. 
Catostomus  catostomus,  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  25,  pi.  20,  fig.  30,  1893. 


;  JORDAN  &  GIL- 


The  Northern  Sucker,  Long-nosed  Sucker,  or  Red-sided  Sucker,  as  the  above 
species  is  styled,  occurs  in  the  Great  Lakes  and  northwest  to  Alaska  in  clear,  cold 
waters.  It  is  very  common  in  Lake  Erie.  It  grows  to  a  length  of  2  feet  and  is 


2/8         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

largest  and  most  abundant  northward,  in  Alaska  reaching  a  weight  of  5  pounds.  As 
a  food  fish  the  Long-nosed  Sucker  is  little  esteemed  ;  but  in  cold  countries  the  head 
and  roe  are  used  in  making  a  palatable  soup. 

The  males  in  the  breeding  season,  in  spring,  are  profusely  covered  with  tubercles 
on  the  head  and  fins  and  have  a  broad  rosy  band  along  the  middle  of  the  body.  In 
the  Yukon  River,  Alaska,  Dr.  Ball  found  the  fish  filled  with  spawn  in  April.  The 
eggs  are  of  moderate  six.e  and  yellow  in  color.  Nelson  has  seen  this  species  seined 
by  Eskimo  in  brackish  estuaries  of  streams  flowing  into  Kotzebue  Sound.  W.  J. 
Fisher  has  collected  specimens  on  the  peninsula  of  Alaska. 

This  was  not  found  in  Cayuga  Lake  basin  by  Dr.  Meek,  but  it  occurs  in  the 
Adirondack  region,  and  Dr.  Meek  believes  it  is  a  member  of  the  Cayuga  Lake  fauna. 
Dr.  Evermann  obtained  five  specimens  at  Grenadier  Island,  N.  Y.,  June  28,  1894. 

The  small  race  found  by  Fred  Mather  in  the  Adirondack's  is  the  ordinary  dwarf 
form  characteristic  of  mountain  regions.  He  discovered  four  individuals,  only 


LONG-NOSED   SUCKER. 

inches  long,  "but  mature  and  breeding"  in  a  little  mountain  brook  emptying  into 
Big  Moose  nearly  north  of  the  Big  Moose  Club  House,  by  a  bark  shanty  known  as 
"  Pancake  Hall."  The  fish  were  spawning,  and  he  discovered  many  eggs  under  the 
stones.  The  females  were  brown  with  white  on  belly,  the  male  with  red  stripe  on 
the  side. 

21.     Common  Sucker  (Catostomus  commersonii  Lacepede). 

Catostomus  feres  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  25,  1893. 

Catostomus pallidus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  200,  pi.  33,  fig.  104,  1842. 
Catostomus  commersonii  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,  I,    178,   1896, 
pi.  34,  fig.  83,  1900. 

The  Common  Sucker  is  also  known  as  the  Pale  Sucker,  White  Sucker,  Gray 
Sucker,  Brook  Sucker,  and,  among  the  Canadian  French,  as  carpe  blanche.  It  is  the 
commonest  member  of  its  genus  in  waters  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It  is 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  279 

found  from  Canada  to  Florida  and  westward  to  Montana.  Covering  such  a  wide 
range  of  territory,  the  species  is  naturally  variable,  and  has  been  described  over 
and  over  again  by  many  authorities  under  a  great  variety  of  names.  The  male  of 
this  sucker  in  spring  has  a  faint  rosy  stripe  along  the  middle  of  the  side.  The 
young  are  brownish  in  color  and  somewhat  mottled  and  have  a  dark  median  band 
or  a  series  of  large  blotches.  The  adults  are  light  olive  varying  to  paler  and  some- 
times darker;  sides  silvery. 

The  species  reaches  a  length  of  22  inches,  and  a  weight  of  5  pounds.  It  is  a 
very  common  inhabitant  of  ponds  and  streams  of  the  lowlands,  and  a  small  race 
occurs  in  certain  cold  mountain  streams  in  the  Adirondack  region,  where  it  is 
dwarfed  in  size  and  changed  in  color,  but  does  not  differ  in  essential  characters. 
Dr.  Rothrock  also  obtained  a  mountain  race  of  this  sucker  in  Twin  Lakes,  Col.,  at 
an  elevation  of  9,500  feet  above  the  sea  level. 

The  Common  Sucker  is  a  very  indifferent  food  fish  in   the  estimation  of  most 


COMMON  SUCKER. 

people,  but,  when  taken  from  cold  waters  and  in  its  best  condition,  its  flesh  is  very 
palatable.  It  takes  the  hook  readily  when  baited  with  common  earth  worms. 

Dr.  Richardson  says : 

"  Its  food  consists  chiefly  of  soft  insects,  but  in  one  I  found  the  fragments  of  a 
fresh-water  shell.  It  is  singularly  tenacious  of  life,  and  may  be  frozen  and  thawed 

again  without  being  killed." 

Dr.  Meek  found  this  species  abundant  throughout  the  entire  Cayuga  Lake  basin, 

where  it  is  known  as  the  Common  White  Sucker. 

Dr.  Evermann  in  his  catalogues  of  the  fishes  of  Lake  Ontario,  taken  in  1894, 
mentions  this  sucker  from  the  following  localities:  Stony  Creek,  Black  River,  Mud 
Creek,  Cape  Vincent,  mouth  Salmon  River,  Chaumont  River,  creek  at  Pultneyville, 
mouth  Little  Salmon  Creek,  Sandy  Creek,  Long  Pond,  Stony  Island,  Lakeview  Hotel, 
7  miles  northeast  of  Oswego,  and  Marsh  Creek.  In  the  St.  Lawrence  River  basin  he 
and  Barton  A.  Bean  obtained  the  young  in  Racket  River,  Norfolk,  N.  Y.,  July  18, 


28O        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

and  in  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  3  miles  below  Ogdensburg,  July  17.  In  the  Lake 
Champlain  basin  these  two  collectors  secured  young  and  half  grown  specimens  in 
the  Saranac  River,  at  Plattsburg,  July  28,  1894. 

The  writer  received  specimens  from  Canandaigua  Lake  in  November  of  1896  and 
1897,  and  seined  the  young  in  Bronx  River  in  August,  1897.  The  small  mountain 
form  was  secured  from  Saranac  Lake  in  November,  1897.  It  is  conspicuous  for  its 
small  size  and  its  red  color.  The  Canandaigua  lake  suckers,  received  in  November, 
1896,  throve  in  captivity  till  July,  1897,  when  the  warm  water  killed  them. 

Eugene  Smith  writes  of  this  species  : 

"  Color  brownish,  olivaceous  above,  silvery  below ;  the  young  are  much  blotched 
and  marked  on  sides  and  back.  It  is  occasionally  caught  on  the  hook.  Young 
ones,  in  captivity,  though  they  always  grub  about,  and  though  they  take  food 
offered  them,  do  not  thrive  and  gradually  starve.  They  remain  wild  and  take 
alarm  easily  and  often  leap  out  of  their  tank.  This  species  enters  slightly  brackish 
water." 

22.     Hog  Sucker  (Catostomus  nigricans  LeSueur). 

Catostomus  nigricans  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.   Mus.,   130,   1883;  BEAN, 
Fishes  Penna.,  26,  pi.  21,  fig.  31,  1893;  DKK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  202,  1842. 

The  Stone  Roller  has  a  wide  distribution  and  a  remarkable  variety  of  common 
names.  Among  them  are :  Hammer  Head,  Stone  Lugger,  Stone  Toter,  Crawl-a- 
Bottom,  Hog  Molly,  Hog  Mullet,  Mud  Sucker,  Hog  Sucker,  Banded  Sucker, 
Large-scaled  Sucker,  and  Black  Sucker.  The  name  Shoemaker  was  formerly  applied 
to  this  species  in  Lake  Erie,  perhaps  on  account  of  the  resemblance  of  its  color  to 
that  of  shoemaker's  pitch. 

Prof.  Cope  says  that  this  species  in  Pennsylvania  is  most  abundant  in  tributaries 
of  the  Ohio  and  in  the  Susquehanna,  while  in  the  Delaware  it  is  uncommon.  It 
ranges  from  Western  New  York  to  North  Carolina  and  westward  to  Kansas.  It  is 
the  most  remarkable  looking  of  all  the  suckers  of  New  York,  and  may  always  easily 
be  distinguished  by  the  shape  of  its  head.  The  species  grows  very  large,  reaching  a 
length  of  2  feet.  It  delights  in  rapid  streams  of  cold  clear  water.  Its  habit  is  to 
rest  quietly  on  the  bottom,  where  its  color  protects  it  from  observation.  It  is 
sometimes  found  in  small  schools.  The  spawning  season  is  in  spring,  and  the  young 
are  abundant  in  small  creeks,  as  well  as  in  the  rivers.  The  food  consists  of  insect 
larvae  and  small  shells,  and  it  is  specially  fitted  for  securing  its  prey  under  stones  in 
the  rapids.  As  a  food  fish  this  sucker  has  little  value. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


28l 


23.     Chub  Sucker  {Erimyzon  sucetta  Lace"p£de). 

Labeo gibbosus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  194,  pi.  32,  fig.  101,  1842. 
Erimyzon  sucetta  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  27,  1893  (part). 

The  Chub  Sucker  here  described  is  the  southern  form  which  was  first  made 
known  by  Lacepede  from  an  individual  received  from  Charleston,  S.  C.  Jordan  and 
Evermann  now  give  the  distribution  of  this  form  as  extending  from  Virginia  to 
Texas.  It  appears  to  reach  a  little  farther  northward  if  the  references  to  DeKay 
are  properly  made.  His  Labeo  gibbosus  and  esopiis  and  the  Catostomus  tuber culatus 
seem  to  indicate  the  southern  Chub  Sucker. 

The  species  reaches  the  length  of  I  foot.     It  has  very  little  value  as  food,  but  the 


CHUB   SUCKER. 

young  furnish   excellent   food   for  the    larger  fishes    and   are   very    interesting    for 
aquarium  purposes. 

24.     Chub  Sucker  (Erimyzon  sucetta  oblongus  Mitchill). 

Labeo  elegans  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  192,  pi.  31,  fig.  100,  1842. 
Erimyzon  sucetta  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.   16,   U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,   133,   1883  ;    BEAN, 
Fishes  Penna.,  27,  1893  (part). 

This  is  known  as  the  Chub  Sucker,  Sweet  Sucker,  Rounded  Sucker,  Creek  Fish, 
and  Mullet.  It  has  a  wide  range,  practically  including  all  the  waters  of  the  United 
States  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

The  Chub  Sucker  grows  to  a  length  of  about  I  foot.  It  is  very  tenacious  of  life 
and  is  a  ready  biter,  but  has  little  value  for  food.  The  young  up  to  the  length  of 
several  inches  have  a  very  distinct  lateral  band.  They  are  often  found  in  the  shelter 
of  water  lilies  and  other  aquatic  plants  close  to  brackish  waters. 


282         SEVENTH     KKI'OKT    OF    THE    FOREST,     FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

Dr.  Evermann  collected  two  specimens  in  Black  Creek,  tributary  of  Oswego  River, 
at  Scriba  Corners,  N.  Y.,  July  17,  1894.  Dr.  Meek  found  it  very  common  about 
Cayuga. and  Montezuma,  N.  Y.,  but  did  not  observe  it  near  Ithaca.  In  the  market 
of  New  York,  according  to  DeKay,  the  Chub  Sucker  makes  its  appearance  in  Octo- 
ber, November  and  December.  Specimens  were  seined  in  Bronx  River  in  August, 
1897. 

A  young  example  sent  from  near  Princeton,  N.  J.,  by  Prof.  Ulric  Dahlgren  in 
September,  1897,  showed  the  following  voluntary  change  of  color:  When  it  arrived, 
it  had  the  broad,  longitudinal  median  band  well  developed  and  the  vertical  bands 
obsolete;  but  soon  after  it  was  placed  in  a  tank  it  obscured  the  longitudinal  band 
entirely  and  developed  the  vertical  bands. 

The  food  of  the  Chub  Sucker  consists  chiefly  of  minute  crustaceans,  insect  larvae 
and  aquatic  plants. 


STRIPED   SUCKER. 

25.     Striped  Sucker  (Minytrema  mclanops  Rafinesque). 

Minytrema  melanops  JORDAN,  Bull.  12,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  138,  1878;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna., 
28,  pi.  21,  fig.  32,  1893. 

The  Striped  Sucker,  also  called  Soft  Sucker,  Sand  Sucker,  and  Black-nosed 
Sucker,  is  found  in  the  Great  Lakes  and  south  to  South  Carolina  and  Texas.  In 
Pennsylvania  it  is  limited  to  Lake  Erie  and  the  Ohio  Valley.  In  New  York  it  is  to 
be  expected  in  Lake  Ontario  and  its  tributaries,  and  should  also  occur  in  Chautau- 
qua  Lake. 

The  Striped  Sucker  grows  to  a  length  of  18  inches.  Old  males  have  the  head 
tuberculate  in  the  breeding  season  in  the  spring.  The  species  is  very  readily 
distinguished  by  the  dark  stripes  along  the  sides  produced  by  spots  at  the  base  of 
each  scale.  In  the  young  of  this  sucker  there  is  no  lateral  line  but  in  adults  it  is 
almost  entire.  This  sucker  prefers  clear,  sluggish  waters  and  grassy  ponds.  It 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


283 


readily  adapts  itself  to  life  in  the  aquarium.  It  feeds  entirely  on  mollusks,  insects 
and  insect  larvae.  The  species  is  not  much  esteemed  as  a  food  fish,  though  it  is  sold 
in  large  numbers. 

Minytrema  mclanops  is  normally  without  a  lateral  line,  but  this  feature  is  occa- 
sionally partially  developed  and  has  caused  some  confusion  in  assigning  certain 
individuals  to  their  proper  genus;  indeed,  one  author  has  described  and  figured  the 
Striped  Sucker  as  two  species,  belonging  to  two  different  genera,  having  been  misled 
by  this  undeveloped  character. 

\ 
26.     White-nosed   Sucker   (Moxostoma  anisurum  Rafinesque). 

Moxostoma  anisurum  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  141,  1883  ;  BEAN, 
Fishes  Penna.,  28,  1893  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  190, 
1896. 


WHITE-NOSED   SUCKER. 

The  White-nosed  Sucker  is  found  sparingly  in  the  Ohio  River  and  the  Great 
Lakes  region  ;  widely  distributed,  but  nowhere  abundant.  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes 
received  from  Milbert  a  specimen  sent  from  Lake  Ontario,  measuring  about  2  feet. 
Dr.  Jordan  says  this  is  very  closely  related  to  the  common  Red  Horse,  from  which 
it  can  hardly  be  distinguished  except  by  its  fins.  Dr.  Evermann  collected  a  single 
specimen  at  Fox  Island,  N.  Y.,  June  29,  1894  ;  he  also  obtained  a  specimen  12  inches 
long  at  Point  Breeze,  N.  Y.,  August  21,  1894,  which  he  refers  to  this  species,  though 
indicating  some  characters  in  which  it  differs  from  the  normal  form  of  the  White- 
nosed  Sucker. 


284         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

27.     Red  Horse  (Moxostoma  anrcolum  LcSneur). 

Catostomus  aureolus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  201,  pi.  42   fig.  133,  1842. 
Moxostoma  anrculuni  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  140,  1883  ;  BEAN, 

Fishes  Penna.,  30,  1893  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  192, 

1896. 

The  Red  Horse  has  the  additional  names  of  Golden  Red  Horse,  Golden  Sucker, 
Mullet,  Golden  Mullet,  and  Lake  Mullet.  It  inhabits  the  Great  Lakes  and  the 
region  northward,  also  the  Ohio  Valley.  It  is  common  in  Lake  Erie,  but  not  in 
Ohio. 

This  species  grows  to  a  length  of  18  inches  and  is  one  of  the  handsomest  of  the 
suckers.  Prof.  Forbes  records  it  from  lakes  of  Northern  Illinois,  also  abundantly  in 
the  central  part  of  that  State. 

Dr.  Evermann,  in  collecting  fishes  of  the  Lake  Ontario  region,  secured  it  at  the 
following  localities:  Lake  Ontario,  4  miles  off  Nine  Mile  Point,  N.  Y.,  June  12,  1893  ; 
Lake  Shore,  3  miles  west  of  Oswego,  July  17,  1894;  mouth  Salmon  River,  July  25, 
1894;  Long  Pond,  Charlotte,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  17,  1894;  Sandy  Creek,  North  Hamlin, 
N.  Y.,  August  20,  1894. 

Dr.  Meek  identified  a  single  specimen  of  the  so-called  Common  Red  Horse  of 
Cayuga  Lake  with  Moxostoma  macrolcpidotnni,  and  stated,  on  the  authority  of  Mr. 
Kipp,  that  it  is  common  at  the  northern  end.  Jordan  &  Evermann,  however,  do 
not  extend  the  range  of  macrolcpidotnni  so  far  north,  and  it  is  probable  that  the 
common  Moxostoma  of  Cayuga  Lake  is  M.  aurcolum. 

DeKay  records  the  species  as  very  common  in  Lake  Erie.  In  August  and  Sep- 
tember he  observed  them  to  be  full  of  worms.  In  his  New  York  Fauna,  Fishes, 
p.  198,  he  describes  a  sucker  or  mullet  under  the  name  Oneida  Sucker.  This  he 
stated  is  common  in  Oneida  Lake.  The  species  is  considered  identical  with  Moxos- 
toma aurcolum.  His  description  shows  a  very  close  agreement  with  that  of  aureoliun. 

The  food  of  the  Red  Horse  consists  chiefly  of  mollusks  and  insects.  It  is  not  a 
choice  food  fish. 

Eugene  Smith  records  this  form  as  occurring  in  the  vicinity  of  New  York  City. 
Mention  has  already  been  made  of  the  doubt  concerning  the  northern  limits  of  the 
range  of  macrolcpidotum ;  but  for  the  sake  of  comparison  the  brief  description  of 
macrolcpidotum  published  by  Jordan  &  Evermann  is  given  herewith. 

Head  moderate,  rather  stout,  its  length  four  and  three-fifths  in  body  ;  eye  one 
and  two-thirds  in  snout ;  dorsal  fin  with  its  free  edge  concave;  scales  usually  with 
dusky  shade  at  base  ;  lower  fins  pale.  Streams  about  Chesapeake  and  Delaware 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 

Bays  and  southward  to  North  Carolina.  It  seems  in  some  respects  intermediate 
between  M.  aureolum  and  M.  crassilabre ;  we  cannot  at  present  identify  it  with 
either. 

28.     Fallfish  (Scniotiliis  bullaris  Rafinesque). 

Semotilus  bullaris  JORDAN  &   GILBERT,  Bull.   16,  U.  S.   Nat.   Mus.,   222,   1883  ;   BEAN, 

Fishes  Penna.,  50,  pi.  24,  fig.  41,  1893. 
Leitciscns  nitidus   DEK.AY,    N.    Y.    Fauna,    Fishes,    209,    pi.    33,    fig.    105,    1842,    Lake 

Champlain. 

The  Fallfish  or  Dace  is  one  of  the  largest  of  the  minnow  family  in  New  York, 
reaching  a  length  of  18  inches,  and  it  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  species  as  well  as 
game  in  its  qualities.  As  a  food  fish,  however,  this  is  not  greatly  esteemed.  It  is 
extremely  common  in  the  Delaware  River  and  its  tributaries  and  moderately  abun- 
dant in  tne  Susquehanna.  The  Fallfish  is  found  from  Quebec  to  Virginia.  Mitchill 


FALLFISH. 


had  it  from  the  Wallkill  River  and  knew  of  its  occurrence  in  the  Hudson,  near 
Albany.  Rafinesque  recorded  it  from  the  Fishkill  and  ether  tributaries  of  the  Hud- 
son. DeKay  knew  it  from  Lake  Champlain  and  from  New  York  Harbor.  Ever- 
mann  and  Bean  collected  it  in  Scioto  Creek,  at  Coopersville,  and  in  Saranac  River, 
at  Plattsburg,  in  July,  1894;  also  in  Racket  River,  at  Norfolk,  and  the  St.  Lawrence 
River,  3  miles  below  Ogdensburg,  in  the  same  month. 

In  the  Lake  Ontario  basin  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  parties  found  it  at  Sacket 
Harbor,  Centerville,  Watertown,  Oswego,  Webster,  Charlotte,  Belleville,  Henderson 
Bay,  Henderson  Harbor,  and  Salt  Brook,  near  Nine  Mile  Point. 

The  Fallfish  delights  in  rapid,  rocky  portions  of  large  streams  and  in  the  deep 
channels.  On  being  hooked  it  fights  desperately  for  a  short  time,  but  its  resistance 
is  soon  overcome.  Thoreau  describes  it  as  a  soft  fish  with  a  taste  like  brown  paper 
salted,  yet  the  boy  fishermen  will  continue  to  covet  and  admire  this  handsome  and 


286         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

ubiquitous  representative  of  the  minnow  family.  A  colored  plate  of  the  fish,  natural 
size,  appears  in  the  Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Commissioners  of  Fisheries,  Game 
and  Forest  of  the  State  of  New  York,  1898,  facing  page  146.  There  is  also  a  good 
account  of  the  fish  by  A.  N.  Cheney  on  pages  244  and  245  of  the  same  report. 

29.     Horned  Dace  (Seinoti/us  atrouiaculalus  Mitchill). 

Leuciscus  atromacnliitiis  DK.KAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  210,  pi.  32,  fig.  102,  1842. 
Senwtiliis  atroinaculatiis  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  51,   1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull. 
47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  222,  1896  ;  pi.  XL,  fig.  100,  1900. 

The  Common  Chub,  Creek  Club,  smaller  Fallfish  or  Horned  Dace  has  a  wider 
distribution  than  S.  bnllaris,  but  it  does  not  grow  quite  so  large,  seldom  exceeding 
i  foot  in  length.  Its  range  extends  from  New  England  to  Missouri,  southward  to 
Georgia  and  Alabama.  It  is  extremely  common  and  ascends  the  small  streams. 


HORNED   DACE. 


The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  collectors  in  1894  took  numerous  specimens  at  the 
following  localities:  Sacket's  Harbor,  July  2;  Centerville,  July  24;  Watertown, 
July  5;  Oswego,  July  25;  Webster,  August  9;  Charlotte,  August  17;  Belleville, 
July  12;  Henderson  Bay,  July  4;  Henderson  Harbor,  July  3;  and  Salt  Brook,  i^ 
miles  above  Nine  Mile  Point,  June  10  and  n,  1893. 

Dr.  Meek  reported  it  as  abundant  throughout  the  Cayuga  Lake  basin.  Large 
examples  are  found  in  Canandaigua  Lake.  One  of  them  measured  14  inches  in  July, 
1897.  The  fish  is  killed  by  warm  water.  The  food  in  captivity  includes  hard  clams, 
earthworms,  and,  occasionally,  live  killifish. 

A.  N.  Cheney  refers  to  this  species  on  page  245  of  the  Third  Annual  Report  of 
the  Commissioners  of  Fisheries,  Game  and  Forest  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

In  Pennsylvania  it  is  the  commonest  minnow  in  the  Alleghany  and  Susquehanna 
basins  and  is  sufficiently  common  in  the  Delaware.  According  to  Prof.  Cope  it 
reached  4  pounds  in  weight  and  is  a  fair  food  fish. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


287 


This  species  is  more  characteristic  of  the  small  streams  and  clear  ponds  and  it 
takes  the  hook  very  freely ;  but  its  proper  mission  is  to  serve  as  bait  for  the  larger 
and  choicer  fishes. 

30.     Tench  (Tinea  tinea  Linnaeus). 

Tinea  vulgaris  CUVIER  &  VALENCIENNES,   Hist.   Nat.  Poiss,  XVI,  322,  pi.  484,  1842  ; 
HECKEL  &  KNER,  Slissw.  Fische,  75,  fig.  34,  1858. 

The  Tench  has  been  introduced  into  the  United  States.  An  individual  taken  in 
the  Potomac  River  near  Washington,  D.  C.,  has  a  grinding  surface  well  developed 
on  the  pharyngeal  teeth,  a  character  concerning  which  no  mention  is  made  in  the 
current  descriptions.  The  Tench  now  extends  throughout  the  fresh  waters  of 


TENCH. 

Europe  into  those  of  Asia  Minor.  Its  northern  limit  is  said  to  be  in  Finland.  It 
may  or  may  not  be  native  to  England.  The  species  prefers  still  waters  in  which 
aquatic  plants  abound.  It  is  very  tenacious  of  life  and  has  been  observed  to  live  a 
whole  day  out  of  water.  Its  food  consists  of  insects,  larvae,  worms  and  vegetable 
substances. 

Spawning  takes  place  in  June  and  July.  The  eggs  are  small  and  adhesive.  The 
rate  of  growth  is  rather  rapid  under  favorable  circumstances,  the  young  having 
attained  to  a  weight  of  I  pound  in  their  first  year.  Individuals  of  the  weight  of  10 
or  1 1  pounds  are  recorded,  and  Salvianus  mentioned  a  Tench  of  20  pounds.  As  for 
the  quality  of  its  flesh  opinions  differ,  some  persons  considering  it  unpalatable,  while 
others  regard  it  as  delicious  and  wholesome. 


288         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GA^E    COMMISSION. 

31.     Lake  Minnow  (Hybopsis  storcrianus  Kirtland). 

Ceratichthys  lucens  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  213,  1883. 
Leuciscus  storerianus  KIRTLAND,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  30,  pi.  9,  fig.  2,   1847. 

Kirtland  found  the  Lake  Minnow  only  in  Lake  Erie,  where  it  was  frequently 
taken  with  seines  in  fishing  for  other  species.  The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  recently 
added  it  to  the  fauna  of  the  Lake  Ontario  basin,  three  specimens  having  been 
collected  in  Long  Pond,  Charlotte,  August  17,  1894. 

32.     Horned  Chub  (Hybopsis  kentuckiensis  Rafinesque.) 

Leuciscus  biguttatus  DK.KAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  214  (extra-limital),  1842. 
Hybopsis  kentuckiensis  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  49,  pi.  24,  fig.  40,  1893. 

Rafinesque  states  that  the  fish  is  known  as  Indian  Chub,  Redtail  and  Shiner. 
Other  names  in  eastern  localities  are  Nigger  Chub,  River  Chub,  Jerker,  Horned  Dace 

- 

and  Horny-head. 

The  species  ranges  from  Pennsylvania  westward  to  Dakota  and  south  to  Ala- 
bama. In  Pennsylvania  it  is  common  in  the  Susquehanna  and  the  Ohio  basin,  but 
absent  from  the  Delaware.  Dr.  Meek  collected  a  few  specimens  at  Montezuma,  N.  Y., 
and  found  none  in  any  of  the  other  localities  investigated.  Eugene  Smith  refers  to 
this  species  two  specimens  of  fish  from  the  Passaic  River.  The  flesh  of  his  fish 
appeared  to  be  very  soft. 

The  Horned  Chub  abounds  in  large  rivers  and  is  rarely  seen  in  small  brooks. 
This  minnow  grows  to  a  length  of  10  inches  and  is  good  for  food.  As  a  bait  for  the 
Black  Bass,  because  of  its  endurance  on  a  hook,  it  cannot  be  excelled. 

33.     Cut-lips  (Exoglossum  maxillingua  LeSueur). 

Exoglossum  maxillingua  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  160,  1883  ;  BEAN, 
Fishes  Penna.,  34,  pi.  22,  fig.  36,  1893  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  I,  327,  1896,  pi.  LIV,  fig.  143,  1900,  head  below. 

The  Cut-lips  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  three-lobed  lower  jaw,  the 
dentary  bones  being  closely  united  and  the  lower  lip  represented  by  a  fleshy  lobe  on 
each  side  of  the  mandible. 

The  Cut-lip  is  known  as  Chub,  Butter  Chub,  Nigger  Chub  and  Day  Chub.  It  is 
a  very  common  species  in  the  Susquehanna  and  its  tributaries.  Its  range  is  not 
extensive,  reaching  only  from  Western  New  York  to  Virginia.  In  New  York  it 
occurs  in  Lake  Ontario,  the  St.  Lawrence,  Lake  Champlain,  Cayuga  Lake  and  the 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  289 

Hudson  River.  The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  has  it  from  the  following  New  York 
localities  in  the  Lake  Ontario  basin  :  Mouth  Salmon  River,  Selkirk  ;  Big  Sandy 
Creek,  Belleville  ;  Wart  Creek,  Buena  Vista ;  Little  Stony  Creek,  Henderson  Bay  ; 
Big  Stony  Creek,  Henderson  Harbor ;  Spring  Brook,  Pulaski ;  Black  River, 
Huntingtonville. 

All  of  these  were  obtained  in  July,  1894.  Evermann  and  Bean  collected  it  also 
in  the  St.  Lawrence,  3  miles  below  Ogdensburg,  July  17,  1894,  and  Scioto  Creek, 
Coopersville  and  Saranac  River,  Plattsburg,  July  19,  1894. 

Dr.  Meek  found  it  in  small  numbers  in  Six  Mile  Creek  and  Fall  Creek,  below  the 
falls.  It  inhabits  clear  running  water. 

The  fish  grows  to  the  length  of  6  inches  and  may  be  at  once  distinguished  from 
all  of  the  other  minnows  by  its  three-lobed  lower  jaw.  It  is  believed  that  this 


GOLDFISH. 


singular  structure  of  the  mouth  enables  the  fish  to  scrape  mollusks  from   their  hold 
on  rocks,  as  its  stomach   usually  contains  small  shellfish.     It  takes  the  hook  readily. 

r- 
34.     Goldfish  (Carassiits  auratus  Linnaeus). 

Cyprinus  auratus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  190,  1842. 

Carassius  auratus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,   Bull.   16,  U.  S.   Nat.   Mus.,  253,   1883  ;  BEAN, 
Fishes  Penna.,  54,  pi.  25,  fig.  43,  1893. 

The  common  Goldfish  or  Silverfish  is  a  native  of  Asia,  whence  it  was  introduced 
into  Europe  and  from  there  into  America,  where   it   is  now  one  of  the  commonest 
aquarium  fishes  and  is  extremely  abundant   in   many  of  our  streams.     In  Pennsyl- 
vania it  abounds  in  the  Delaware  and  Schuylkill  Rivers. 
'9 


290        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

DeKay  made  the  following  remarks  about  the  Goldfish,  or  Golden  Carp,  as  he 
styled  it : 

"  The  Golden  Carp,  or  Goldfish,  as  it  is  more  generally  called,  was  introduced 
from  China  into  Europe  in  the  early  part  of  the  i/th  century,  and  probably  shortly 
after  found  its  way  to  this  country.  They  breed  freely  in  ponds  in  this  and  the 
adjoining  States.  They  are  of  no  use  as  an  article  of  food,  but  are  kept  in  glass 
vases  as  an  ornament  to  the  parlor  or  drawing  room.  They  are  said  to  display  an 
attachment  to  their  owners  and  a  limited  obedience  to  their  commands." 

They  are  introduced  into  lakes,  ponds,  fountains  and  reservoirs  generally.  An 
individual  was  kept  in  a  fountain  at  42d  Street  and  5th  Avenue,  New  York,  by 
Patrick  Walsh  nine  years  and  was  then  presented  to  the  aquarium. 

At  Cold  Spring  Harbor  Hatchery,  L.  I.,  several  varieties  were  hatched  from  the 
same  lot  of  eggs.  These  included  the  normal  form,  the  typical  fan-tail,  and  one 
which  was  so  deep  bodied  that  it  could  scarcely  balance  itself  in  swimming. 

The  Goldfish  in  the  New  York  Aquarium  were  never  troubled  by  fungus  parasites. 

"  In  many  of  our  streams  and  ponds,  the  Goldfish  has  run  wild,  and  hundreds  of 
the  olivaceous  type  will  be  secured  to  one  of  a  red  color.  In  the  fauna  of  the 
moraine  ponds  and  in  quarry  holes,  the  Goldfish  stands  first.  It  will  breed  in  foul 
water  where  only  Catfish  and  Dogfish  (Umbra)  can  be  found."  Eugene  Smith. 

The  Goldfish  is  extremely  variable  in  color  and  form.  It  is  usually  orange,  or 
mottled  with  black  and  orange,  yet  in  some  streams  and  even  in  pond  culture, 
silvery  individuals  are  often  more  common  than  any  of  the  mottled  varieties.  The 
species  grows  to  the  length  of  12  inches.  It  spawns  early  in  the  spring  and  is 
subject  to  many  dangers  and  is  attacked  by  many  enemies.  The  fish,  however,  is 
extremely  hardy,  prolific,  and  tenacious  of  life. 

35.     Carp  (Cyprinus  carpio  Linnaeus). 

Cyprinus  carpio  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  188,  1842  ;  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16, 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  254,  1883  ;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  55,  pi.  i,  colored,  1893. 

The  Carp  is  a  native  of  Asia  and  has  been  introduced  into  Europe  and  America 
as  a  food  fish,  chiefly  for  pond  culture.  It  thrives  in  all  warm  and  temperate  parts 
of  the  United  States,  and  reaches  its  best  condition  in  open  waters.  In  Texas  it  has 
grown  to  a  length  of  23  inches  in  1 1  months  after  planting.  The  leather  variety  is 
most  hardy  for  transportation.  Mr.  Hessel  has  taken  the  Carp  in  the  Black  and 
Caspian  Seas ;  salt  water  seems  not  to  be  objectionable  to  it,  and  it  will  live  in  stag- 
nant pools,  though  its  flesh  will  be  decidedly  inferior  in  such  waters.  The  Carp 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  2QI 

hibernates  in  winter  except  in  warm  latitudes,  takes  no  food  and  does  not  grow  ;  its 
increase  in  size  in  temperate  latitudes  occurs  only  from  May  to  August. 

The  spawning  season  begins  in  May  and  continues  in  some  localities  till  August. 
A  Carp  weighing  4  to  5  pounds,  according  to  Mr.  Hessel,  yields  from  400,000  to 
500,000  eggs  ;  the  Scale  Carp  contains  rather  more  than  the  other  varieties.  During 
the  spawning  the  fish  frequently  rise  to  the  surface,  the  female  accompanied  by  two 
or  three  males.  The  female  drops  the  eggs  at  intervals  during  a  period  of  some 
days  or  weeks  in  shallow  water  on  aquatic  plants.  The  eggs  adhere  in  lumps  to 
plants,  twigs  and  stones.  The  hatching  period  varies  from  12  to  16  days. 

According  to  Hessel  the  average  weight  of  a  Carp  at  3  years  is  from  3  to  3^ 
pounds;  with  abundance  of  food  it  will  increase  more  rapidly  in  weight.  The  Carp 
continues  to  add  to  its  circumference  till  its  thirty-fifth  year,  and  in  the  southern 
parts  of  Europe  Mr.  Hessel  has  seen  individuals  weighing  40  pounds  and  measuring 


•'  V  '  *  ' ;  '  '  i  i  i  t  ;  i'  /  i*  /      '  ' 

^.vV,',V,V  :  ( ' ' ' ' ' ( ' ' '  * '  M < <<TJ 


'  '         ""-. 


CARP. 

3^  feet  in  length  and  2^  feet  in  circumference.  A  carp  weighing  67  pounds  and 
with  scales  2^  inches  in  diameter  was  killed  in  the  Danube  in  1853.  There  is  a 
record  of  a  giant  specimen  of  90  pounds  from  Lake  Zug,  in  Switzerland.  Examples 
weighing  24  pounds  have  been  caught  recently  in  the  Potomac  River  at  Washington, 
D.  C. 

The  Carp  lives  principally  on  vegetable  food,  preferably  the  seeds  of  water  plants 
such  as  the  water  lilies,  wild  rice  and  water  oats.  It  will  eat  lettuce,  cabbage 
soaked  barley,  wheat,  rice,  corn,  insects  and  their  larvae,  worms  and  meats  of  various 
kinds.  It  can  readily  be  caught  with  dough,  grains  of  barley  or  wheat,  worms, 
maggots,  wasp  larv?e  and  sometimes  with  pieces  of  beef  or  fish. 

During  the  summer  of  1897  two  female  Leather  Carp  died  in  captivity  as  a  result, 
of  retention  of  the  eggs. 

Large  individuals  are  found  in  Prospect  Park  Lake,  Brooklyn,  where  the  species 
was  introduced.  The  food  of  the  fish  in  captivity  includes  hard  clams,  earthworms, 


SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST.     FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

wheat,  corn,  lettuce  and  cabbage.     Its  growth  is  remarkable.     A  Leather  Carp  has 
fully  doubled  its  weight  in  one  year. 

Linnaeus  says  the  Carp  was  introduced  into  England  about  the  year  1600. 
DeKay  places  the  first  introduction  into  New  York  waters  in  the  year  1831,  and 
publishes  a  letter  of  Henry  Robinson,  Newburgh,  Orange  Co.,  who  brought  them 
from  France,  reared  and  bred  them  successfully  in  his  ponds,  and  planted  from  one 
dozen  to  two  dozen  at  a  time  in  the  Hudson  during  the  four  years  preceding  his 
letter.  Mr.  Robinson  stated  that  they  increased  greatly  and  were  frequently  taken 
by  fishermen  in  their  nets. 

36.     Eel  (Anguilla  cJirysypa  Rafinesque). 

Anguilla  chrisypa  RAFINESQUE,  Amer.  Month.  Mag.,  II,  120,  Dec.,  1817. 

Anguilla  tenttirostris  DtKAY,  N.  Y.    Fauna,   Fishes,   310,   pi.   53,   fig.    173,   1842  ;  BEAN, 

Fishes  Penna.,  95,  pi.  30,  fig.  58,  1893. 
Anguilla  chrysypa  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  348  1896,  pi.  LV, 

fig.  143,  1900. 


EEL. 


The  Eel  appears  to  have  only  one  common  name.  It  is  one  of  the  best  known 
and  most  singular  of  our  fishes,  yet  its  breeding  habits  have  only  recently  been 
observed.  The  species  ascends  the  rivers  of  Eastern  North  America  from  the  Gulf 
of  St.  Lawrence  to  Mexico,  the  former  being  the  northern  limit  of  the  species  on 
our  coast.  In  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  valleys  it  is  extremely  common  and  its 
range  has  been  much  extended  by  the  opening  of  canals  and  by  artificial  introduc- 
tion. It  has  been  transferred  to  the  Pacific  coast. 

The  Eel  has  been  known  to  exceed  a  length  of  4  feet.  The  average  length  of 
individuals,  however,  is  about  2  feet.  The  female  is  larger  than  the  male,  paler  in 
color,  and  is  different  in  certain  other  particulars,  which  are  Tientioned  in  the 
descriptions  of  the  species. 

This  is  a  very  important  food  fish.  It  is  caught  chiefly  when  descending  the 
rivers  in  the  fall.  In  1869  about  a  ton  of  eels  were  caught  in  a  single  fish  basket 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  293 

above  Harrisburg.  At  the  present  time  this  method  of  capture  is  illegal.  Both 
adults  and  young  eels  ascend  the  streams  in  spring,  the  young  coming  in  millions, 
but  in  the  fall  run  small  eels  are  seldom  seen.  Till  a  comparatively  recent  date  it 
was  not  certainly  known  that  the  eels  have  eggs  which  are  developed  outside  of  the 
body.  Even  now  the  breeding  habits  are  scarcely  known,  but  it  is  supposed  that 
spawning  takes  place  late  in  the  fall  or  during  the  winter  near  the  mouths  of  rivers, 
on  muddy  bottoms.  Dr.  Jordan  has  expressed  the  belief  that  the  eel  sometimes 
breeds  in  fresh  water,  since  he  has  found  young  eels  less  than  an  inch  long  in  the 
headwaters  of  the  Alabama  River,  about  500  miles  from  the  sea.  It  is  estimated 
that  a  large  eel  contains  about  9,000,000  eggs.  The  eggs  are  very  small,  measuring 
about  80  to  an  inch,  and  can  scarcely  be  seen  by  the  naked  eye. 

The  difference  of  size  in  the  sexes  has  already  been  referred  to.  According  to  one 
writer  the  males  are  much  smaller  than  the  females,  rarely  exceeding  15  or  16  inches 
in  length.  The  question  whether  eels  will  breed  in  fresh  water  has  an  important 
bearing  on  their  introduction  into  places  from  which  they  cannot  reach  the  sea. 
The  generally  accepted  belief  is  that,  while  the  eels  will  grow  large  and  fat,  they 
will  not  reproduce  under  such  circumstances. 

When  the  eels  meet  obstructions  in  streams  they  will  leave  the  water  and  travel 
through  wet  grass  or  over  moist  rocks.  They  have  not  been  able  to  surmount  the 
Falls  of  Niagara.  At  the  foot  of  this  barrier  hundreds  of  wagon  loads  of  young 
eels  have  been  seen  crawling  over  the  rocks  in  their  efforts  to  reach  the  upper 
waters. 

Dr.  Mitchill  heard  of  an  eel  which  was  caught  in  one  of  the  south  bays  of  Long 
Island  that  weighed  16^  pounds.  He  records  the  use  of  eelpots  and  the  practice 
of  bobbing,  and  also  the  winter  fishing  by  spearing.  Dr.  Mitchill  states  distinctly 
that  the  ovaries  of  eels  may  be  seen  like  those  of  other  fish,  but  they  are  often  mis- 
taken for  masses  of  fat.  Dr.  DeKay  states  that  he  had  examined  the  silver  eel  of 
the  fishermen  and  was  disposed  to  consider  it  only  a  variety  of  the  common  eel. 
He  characterizes  it  as  "  silvery  gray  above,  with  clear,  satiny  white  abdomen,  sepa- 
rated from  the  color  above  by  the  lateral  line." 

In  captivity  eels  live  many  years.  They  delight  to  lie  buried  in  the  mud  or  sand 
with  only  their  heads  out,  ready  for  anything  edible  to  come  within  reach.  Mussels 
and  snails  are  picked  out  of  the  shells  by  them.  (After  Eugene  Smith,  Proc.  Linn. 
Soc.  N.  Y.  No.  9,  p.  29,  1897.) 

The  eel  in  captivity  is  particularly  liable  to  attacks  of  fungus,  which  do  not 
always  yield  to  treatment  with  salt  or  brackish  water ;  but  the  parasite  can  be  over- 
come by  placing  the  eel  in  a  poorly  lighted  tank. 


SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

In  Cayuga  Lake,  N.  Y.,  according  to  Dr.  Meek,  the  eel   is   not   common,   but   is 
occasionally  taken  at  the  end  of  the  lake. 

W.  H.  Ballou  makes  the  following  remarks  about  the  feeding  habits: 
"  They  are  among  the  most  voracious  and  carnivorous  fishes.  They  eat  most 
inland  fishes  except  the  gar  and  the  chub.  They  are  particularly  fond  of  game 
fishes,  and  show  the  delicate  taste  of  a  connoisseur  in  their  selections  from  choice 
trout,  bass,  pickerel  and  shad.  On  their  hunting  excursions  they  overturn  huge  and 
small  stones  alike,  working  for  hours  if  necessary,  beneath  which  they  find  species  of 
shrimp  and  crayfish,  of  which  they  are  exceedingly  fond.  They  are  among  the  most 
powerful  and  rapid  of  swimmers.  They  attack  the  spawn  of  other  fishes  open- 
mouthed,  and  are  even  said  to  suck  the  eggs  from  an  impaled  female.  They  are 
owl-like  in  their  habits,  committing  their  depredations  at  night." 

37.     Conger  (Leptocephalus  conger  Linnaeus). 

Murcena  conger  LINNAEUS,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  X,  I,  245,  1758. 

Conger  occidentalis  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  314,  pi.  53,  fig.  172,  1842,  very  poor. 
Leptocephalus  conger  GOODE,  Fish  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  pi.  240,  1884;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  354,  1896,  pi.  VII,  fig.  148,  1900. 


CONGER. 


The  Conger  Eel  occurs  on  both  coasts  of  the  Atlantic,  on  our  coast  extending 
from  Cape  Cod  to  Brazil,  but  often  coming  into  shallow  bays.  An  exception  is 
noted  in  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  where  the  fish  is  not  rare  in  summer.  It  is  some- 
times caught  in  Gravesend  Bay  also  in  summer,  and  occasional  individuals  are  cap- 
tured on  hand  lines  off  Southampton,  L.  I.,  by  men  fishing  for  sea  bass  and  scup. 
The  fishermen  dislike  to  handle  the  species  on  account  of  its  pugnacity  and  strength  ; 
it  snaps  viciously  at  everything  near  it  when  captured  in  our  waters;  yet,  strangely 
enough,  the  writer  has  seen  a  hundred  or  more  taken  on  trawl  lines  off  the  north 
coast  of  France,  in  a  boat  at  one  time,  and  not  one  gave  evidence  of  ferocity. 

In  captivity  in  the  aquarium  the  sea  eel  suffers  severely  from   fungus   attacks, 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  295 

which  are  not  relieved  by  changing  the  fish  from  salt  water  to  fresh.  Perhaps 
the  salinity  of  the  water  in  some  localities  is  too  low,  and  relief  might  be  obtained 
by  supplying  sea  water  of  normal  ocean  density. 

The  young  and  larval  form  of  the  Conger  is  a  curious,  elongate,  transparent, 
band-like  creature  with  a  minute  head,  a  very  small  mouth  and  with  the  lateral  line, 
belly,  and  anal  fin  dotted  with  black  points. 

An  individual  nearly  3  feet  long  was  captured  with  a  hand  line  by  A.  P.  Latto  in 
the  ocean,  near  Southampton,  L.  I.,  August  3,  1898,  while  fishing  for  sea  bass  and 
scup. 

In  the  Woods  Hole  region,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  "  it  comes  in  July  and 
remains  until  fall ;  very  common  for  several  years,  but  rather  rare  formerly.  Fisher- 
men as  a  rule  do  not  distinguish  it  from  the  common  eel.  A  few  are  taken  in  traps 
and  with  lines,  but  many  large  ones,  weighing  from  8  pounds  upwards,  are  caught 
in  lobster  pots.  A  specimen  in  the  collection  weighs  10  pounds.  One  caught  on  a 
line  at  Falmouth,  August  30,  1897,  weighed  12  pounds.  The  smallest  observed  are 
15  to  20  inches  long." 

Mitchill  declared  the  flesh  to  be  very  dainty  eating.  DeKay  said  the  flesh  has  a 
peculiar  unsavory  taste.  He  discovered  that  it  is  a  vicious  animal,  snapping  when 
captured  at  everything  near  it.  In  France  the  Conger  Eel  is  among  the  cheapest  and 
least  esteemed  of  the  food  fishes. 

The  observations  of  Dr.  Otto  Hermes,  Director  of  the  Berlin  Aquarium,  on  the 
habits  and  the  reproduction  of  the  Conger  Eel  are  of  very  great  interest.  Refer- 
ence is  made  to  them  by  Goode  in  Fish  and  Fishery  Industries  of  United  States, 
I,  p.  657,  and  two  figures  copied  from  drawings  of  Dr.  Hermes  are  given  in  the  text. 
The  ovary  of  the  Conger,  says  Dr.  Hermes,  is  developed  in  captivity,  and  this  is 
often  the  cause  of  the  death  of  the  eel.  In  a  Conger  which  died  in  the  Berlin 
Aquarium  the  ovaries  protruded  very  extensively,  and  a  specimen  in  the  Frankfort 
Aquarium  burst  on  account  of  the  extraordinary  development  of  the  ovaries.  The 
ovaries  of  this  eel,  which  weighed  22^  pounds,  themselves  weighed  8  pounds,  and 
the  number  of  eggs  was  about  3,300,000.  The  want  of  a  natural  opening  for  the 
escape  of  the  eggs  was  evidently  in  this  case  the  cause  of  death.  In  the  fall  of  1879 
Dr.  Hermes  received  a  number  of  small  sea  eels  taken  in  the  vicinity  of  Havre. 
These  eels  ate  greedily  and  grew  rapidly.  Only  one  was  tardy  in  its  development, 
so  that  it  could  easily  be  distinguished  from  the  rest.  This  one  died  June  20,  1880, 
and  was  examined  the  same  day.  It  proved  to  be  a  sexually  mature  male  and 
served  to  clear  up  some  very  doubtful  problems  in  the  reproduction  of  the  species, 
as  well  as  its  ally,  the  Common  Eel. 


296        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

38.     Moon-eye  (Hiodon  tcrgisus  LeSueur). 

Hyodon  tergisus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  265,  pi.  41,  fig.  130  ;  JORDAN  &  GILBERT, 

Bull.  1 6,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  260,  1883. 
Hiodon  tergisus  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  57,  pi.  25,  fig.  44  (named  alosoides),  1893  ;  JORDAN 

&  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  413,  1896,  pi.  LXVIII,  fig.  180,  1900. 

This  species  is  called  Moon-eye,  Toothed  Herring,  and  Silver  Bass.  It  is  found 
in  Canada,  the  Great  Lakes  region  and  the  upper  part  of  the  Mississippi  Valley, 
being  very  common  in  large  streams  and  lakes.  It  abounds  in  Lake  Erie  and  the 
Ohio  and  is  seined  in  large  numbers.  DeKay  observed  the  fish  in  the  Alleghany 
River,  N.  Y.  He  recorded  it  also  from  Buffalo  and  Barcelona,  on  Lake  Erie,  at 
which  places  it  is  known  as  Moon-eye,  Shiner  and  Lake  Herring.  He  says  it  is  very 
indifferent  food. 


MOON-EYE. 


This  species  grows  to  a  length  of  i  foot  and,  like  the  other,  though  a  beauti- 
ful fish  and  possessed  of  excellent  game  qualities,  its  flesh  is  full  of  small  bones. 
It  is  a  good  fish  for  the  aquarium  ;  it  will  take  a  minnow  or  the  artificial  fly  very 
readily,  and  the  utmost  skill  is  required  in  its  capture.  Its  food  consists  of  insects, 
small  fishes  and  crustaceans. 

Dr.  Richardson  describes  this  fish  as  a  member  of  the  minnow  family,  which, 
he  says,  is  known  to  the  Canadians  under  the  name  La  Quesche.  The  fish  is 
described  as  having  the  back  brilliant  green,  sides  and  abdomen  with  a  silvery 
luster.  The  specimens  which  were  taken  in  the  Richelieu,  where  it  falls  into  the 
St.  Lawrence,  were  about  9  or  10  inches  long. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  297 

39.     Northern  Moon-eye  (Hiodon  alosoides  Rafinesque). 

Hyodon  alosoides  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  259,  1883. 

Hiodon  alosoides  BEAN,  Fishes   Penna.,  57,   1893  (not  figure)  ;  JORDAN  &    EVERMANN, 

Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  413,  1896. 
Hyodon  clodalis  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  pi.  51,  fig.  164,  not  description,  1842. 

The  Northern  Moon-eye  is  found  from  the  Ohio  River  throughout  the  Great 
Lakes  region  to  the  Saskatchewan.  It  is  very  common  in  Manitoba  and  other 
parts  of  British  America.  In  Pennsylvania  it  is  limited  to  the  western  region. 

DeKay  must  have  had  the  Northern  Moon-eye  for  study,  though  his  description 
seems  to  apply  to  another  species.  The  figure  of  his  Hyodon  clodalis  represents  a 
fish  with  a  short  dorsal  fin,  quite  unlike  his  account  in  the  text. 

The  Northern  Moon-eye  is  very  readily  distinguished  from  the  other  species  of 
the  genus  by  its  short  dorsal  fin,  which  contains  only  nine  rays,  and  by  its  carinated 
belly.  It  grows  to  the  length  of  I  foot.  The  flesh  is  not  greatly  esteemed  as  a 
rule,  but  the  fish  is  beautiful  and  has  excellent  game  qualities. 

Richardson  says  the  fish  inhabits  lakes  which  communicate  with  the  Saskatche- 
wan, in  the  53d  and  54th  parallels  of  latitude,  but  does  not  approach  nearer  to 
Hudson's  Bay  than  Lake  Winnipeg.  This  we  know  to  be  a  mistake.  He  says 
further  that  it  is  taken  during  the  summer  months  only,  and  in  small  numbers,  in 
gill  nets  set  for  other  fish.  It  bites  eagerly  at  an  artificial  fly  or  worm.  Its  flesh  is 
white,  resembling  that  of  the  perch  in  flavor,  and  excelling  it  in  richness. 

40.     Gizzard  Shad  (Dorosoma  cepedianuin  LeSueur). 

Dorosoma  cepedianum  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  271,  1883  ;  GOODE, 
Fish  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  610,  pi.  217  A,  1884  ;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  63,  1893  ; 
JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  416,  1896,  pi.  LXIX,  fig.  183, 
1900. 

The  Mud  Shad,  also  known  as  Gizzard  Shad,  Winter  Shad,  Stink  Shad,  White- 
eyed  Shad,  Hickory  Shad,  Hairy  Back  and  Thread  Herring,  is  found  in  brackish 
waters  along  the  coast  from  New  York  southward  to  Mexico,  ascending  streams  and 
frequently  becoming  landlocked  in  ponds.  A  variety  of  this  fish  is  also  common  in 
the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  valleys,  whence  it  has  spread  through  canals  into  Lakes 
Erie  and  Michigan. 

Cuvier  and  Valenciennes  had  the  species  from  New  York,  whence  it  was  sent  by 
Milbert.  DeKay  mentions  it  only  as  an  extralimital  fish,  but  in  his  time  the  fish 
fauna  of  Lake  Erie  was  very  little  known. 


298         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

This  fish  grows  to  a  length  of  15  inches  and  a  weight  of  2  pounds.  It  spawns  in 
summer,  and  its  food  consists  of  algae,  confervae,  desmids  and  diatoms.  With  its 
food  it  takes  large  quantities  of  mud,  from  which  it  separates  the  organic  substances 
after  swallowing.  This  is  a  beautiful  species,  somewhat  resembling  the  shad  in  gen- 
eral appearance,  and  has  been  very  successfully  kept  in  the  aquarium  where  its 
bright  colors  and  graceful  movements  make  it  attractive ;  but  its  flesh  is  soft,  taste- 
less and  seldom  eaten  when  any  better  can  be  obtained.  In  most  regions  fishermen 
consider  it  a  great  nuisance  and  throw  away  their  entire  catch.  Negroes  eat  the 
mud  shad  from  tributaries  of  the  Chesapeake,  and  in  Florida  the  fish  has  been  util- 
ized to  some  extent  in  making  guano.  The  name  Gizzard  Shad  alludes  to  the  form 
of  the  stomach,  which  is  very  much  like  that  of  a  hen. 


GIZZARD  SHAD. 

41.     Sea  Herring  (Clupea  harengus  Linnaeus). 

Clupea  harengus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  265,  1883  :  BEAN, 

Kept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish.,  separate,  42,  pi.  XXIV,  £g.  32,  1890. 
Clupea  elongata  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  250,  1842. 

The  Sea  Herring  is  the  most  important  food  fish  of  the  world  and  it  is 
undoubtedly  the  most  abundant  of  all  the  fishes.  Its  food  consists  of  small 
invertebrates,  chiefly  copepods  and  the  larvae  of  worms  and  mollusks.  It  forms 
the  most  important  food  of  many  of  our  valuable  food  fishes,  including  the  cod, 
haddock,  halibut,  bluefish,  and  a  great  many  others.  Herring  spawn  at  two  seasons, 
spring  and  fall,  the  first  spawning  continuing  from  April  to  June  and  the  second 
season  between  July  and  December.  The  eggs  are  adhesive  and  are  deposited  on  the 
bottom,  where  they  adhere  to  seaweeds  and  other  objects  of  support.  The  egg  is 
about  J/20  inch  in  diameter.  The  hatching  period  lasts  from  12  to  40  days,  accord- 
ing to  the  temperature  of  the  water.  Sea  Herrings  were  artificially  hatched  as  early 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  399 

as  1878,  both  in  Germany  and  the  United  States.  It  has  been  estimated  that  the 
annual  yield  of  Sea  Herring  is  3,000,000,000  fish,  principally  taken  in  Norway. 

The  Herring  occurs  on  our  east  coast  from  Labrador  to  New  York.  When 
found  as  far  south  as  New  York,  it  usually  occurs  in  midwinter.  Capt.  Thurber 
obtained  it  in  Great  South  Bay  in  the  fall. 

The  young  of  the  Sea  Herring  is  well  known  as  the  whitebait  of  England  and 
the  United  States,  though  in  the  latter  country  the  young  of  other  species  are 
sometimes  mingled  with  those  of  the  Sea  Herring. 

Many  young,  translucent  fish  of  the  genus  Clupea,  a  little  under  2  inches  long, 
are  seen  in  spring  in  the  shad  fykes  and  pounds  of  Gravesend  Bay.  They  are  called 
"shad  bait,"  because  they  are  said  to  be  taken  frequently  from  shad  stomachs. 

Large  Sea  Herring,  according  to  W.  I.  DeNyse,  are  rare  in  Gravesend  Bay. 
Only  about  100  or  200  are  obtained  there  during  fall  and  winter. 


SEA    HERRING. 

Young  examples,  from  4^4  to  6  inches  long  were  obtained  in  the  bay  November 
23,  1897. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  "schools  of  large 
herring  in  spawning  condition  appear  about  October  15,  and  remain  till  very  cold 
weather  sets  in,  their  departure  corresponding  with  that  of  the  cod.  By  January 
young  herring  ^  inch  long  are  taken  in  surface  tow  nets;  by  May  I,  they  are  I  to 
\y±  inches  long,  and  by  August  I,  2^  to  3  inches.  Fish  3  to  5  inches  long,  called 
"sperling"  are  found  from  September  I  to  end  of  the  season  and  are  used  for 
mackerel  bait.  About  June  I,  there  is  a  large  run  of  herring,  smaller  than  those  in 
the  fall  run.  This  lasts  two  weeks,  during  which  time  the  traps  are  full  of  them. 
No  use  is  made  of  the  early  run,  but  in  fall  they  are  caught  in  gill  nets  for  food 
and  bait." 


300        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

42.     Skipjack  (Pomolobtts  chrysochloris  Rafinesque). 

Pomolobus  chrysochloris  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,   I,  425,   1896, 

pi.  LXX,  fig.  187,  1900. 
Clupea  chrysochloris  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.   16,  U.  S.   Nat.   Mus.   266,   1883  ;   BEAN, 

Fishes  Penna.,  59,  1893. 

The  Golden  Shad,  or  Skipjack,  is  a  common  inhabitant  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi 
valleys  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  In  Pennsylvania  this  fish  is  confined  to  the  Ohio 
and  its  tributaries.  It  prefers  large  streams.  It  has  made  its  way  into  the  Great 
Lakes  through  canals.  The  presence  of  the  Golden  Shad  in  the  salt  water  of  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  was  discovered  by  Silas  Stearns  near  Pensacola,  Fla.  This  species 
grows  to  a  length  of  18  inches. 

Unlike  most  other  species  of  Clupea,  this  one,  according  to  observations  of  Prof. 


SKIPJACK. 

S.  A.  Forbes  of  Illinois,  is  predaceous,  feeding  on  other  fishes.  Two  examples 
examined  by  him  had  eaten  gizzard  shad,  Dorosoma,  and  another  one  individuals  of 
some  unidentified  fish.  The  young  of  the  Golden  Shad,  2^  inches  long,  had  con- 
sumed nothing  but  terrestrial  insects,  including  flies,  small  spiders,  etc. 

Apparently  it  never  ascends  small  streams.  In  the  lower  part  of  the  Mississippi 
valley  it  migrates  into  salt  water.  In  the  upper  part  of  this  valley  it  is  a  permanent 
resident  in  fresh  water.  The  name  Skipjack  is  given  in  allusion  to  its  habit  of  skip- 
ping along  the  surface  of  the  water  when  in  pursuit  of  its  prey.  In  the  water  its 
movements  are  graceful  and  active. 

The  fish  is  full  of  small  bones  and  its  flesh  is  reputed  to  be  tasteless  and  without 
value  as  food ;  but  Kirtland  says  it  is  esteemed  in  Ohio  as  a  good  pan  fish. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  '3OI 

43.     Hickory  Shad  (Pomolobus  mcdiocris  Mitchill). 

Clupea  mediocris  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  266,  1883  ;  BEAN,  i9th 

Kept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish.,  separate,  43,  pi.  XXV,  fig.  34,  1890. 
Alosa  mattowaca  DE!VAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  260,  pi.  40,  fig.  127,  1842. 

This  species  is  referred  to  by  Dr.  Mitchill  as  the  Staten  Island  Herring,  Clupea 
mediocris,  which,  he  says,  grows  very  large  for  a  herring,  being  frequently  18  inches 
long  and  almost  as  big  as  a  small  shad.  It  has  "  six  or  eight  brown  spots,  longi- 
tudinally, below  the  lateral  line,"  as  reported  by  an  inhabitant  of  that  part  of  the 
bay  of  New  York  which  borders  on  Staten  Island.  Mitchill  also  has  the  same 
species  under  the  name  of  Long  Island  Herring,  Clupea  mattoivaca.  This,  he 
says,  is  also  called  the  Autumnal  or  Fall  Herring,  as  well  as  Shad  Herring  and 
Fall  Shad.  Mitchill  recognized  it  as  probably  the  full  grown  fish  of  the  C.  medi- 
ocris. He  was  not  able  to  distinguish  it  from  that  species.  The  length  of  the 


HICKORY  SHAD. 

Green  Back,  according  to  this  writer,  frequently  reaches  2  feet,  with  a  depth  of 
from  4^  to  6  inches.  At  the  time  of  this  writing  the  fish  was  taken  in  October 
and  November  in  seines  on  the  surf  side  of  the  beaches  fronting  Long  Island. 
Dr.  DeKay  mentions  examples  in  the  market  early  in  July,  which  are  brought  from 
the  Connecticut  River,  where  they  are  called  Weesick.  He  states  that  the  specific 
name  bestowed  on  it  by  Mitchill  was  derived  from  the  aboriginal  name  of  the  island, 
Mattowaca  or  Mattowax.  In  Great  South  Bay  the  name  Green  Back  is  well  estab- 
lished for  the  species.  A  single  example  was  seined,  September  29,  at  Fire  Island. 
October  i,  1890,  considerable  numbers  of  large  Green  Backs  were  caught  in  a  trap 
at  Isiip.  The  Hickory  Shad  is  caught  in  Gravesend  Bay  during  September,  October 
and  November,  but  is  less  plentiful  than  it  was  formerly.  Large  Hickory  Shad 
weighing  from  y2  pound  to  2^  pounds  were  shipped  from  waters  near  New  York 
City  to  Fulton  Market  October  30,  1896.  Each  of  them  had  in  its  stomach  from 


3O2         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    PISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

15  to  20  Sand  Launce  from  3^  to  5  inches  long.  A  few  specimens  were  seined  at 
Blue  Point  Cove,  Great  South  Bay,  and  at  Howell's  Point,  in  the  same  bay,  August 
31,  1898. 

At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  it  comes  in  the  spring,  but  is  most  numerous  late  in  Sep- 
tember and  till  trap  fishing  ends.  In  October,  1895,  a  trap  near  Tarpaulin  Cove 
caught  3,500  at  one  lift.  These  brought  10  cents  each  in  New  York.  In  spring  and 
summer  the  fish  has  no  market  value,  but  it  sells  in  the  fall. 

The  name  Hickory  Shad  is  applied  to  this  species  from  the  Chesapeake  Bay 
region  southward,  and  in  some  Georgia  rivers  this  is  abbreviated  to  Hicks.  In  the 
Potomac  and  some  other  rivers  tributary  to  the  Chesapeake,  the  name  Tailor  Shad 
is  applied  to  this  fish.  The  Hickory  Shad  occurs  from  Maine  to  Florida,  entering 
rivers  except  in  New  England.  The  species  is  much  less  valuable  than  the  shad,  for 
which  it  is  often  sold  by  dealers.  Nothing  definite  is  known  about  its  habits,  but 


BRANCH   HERRING. 


Marshall  McDonald  was  of  the  opinion  that  it  spawns  in  the  rivers  at  a  little  earlier 
period  than  the  shad,  which  it  always  precedes  in  the  ascent  of  the  streams  in  spring. 

44.     Branch  Herring  (Pomolobus  pseudoJiarengus  Wilson). 

Clupea  vernalis  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.   Nat.  Mus.,  267,   1883  ;  BEAN,  Fish 

&  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  588  ;  Fishes  Penna.,  58,  pi.  25,  fig.  45,  1893. 
Alosa  tyrannus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  258,  pi.  13,  fig.  38,  1842. 

The  Branch  Herring,  River  Herring,  or  Alewife  has  a  variety  of  additional  names. 
It  is  the  Ellwife  or  Ellwhop  of  Connecticut  River,  the  Spring  Herring  of  New  York, 
the  Big-eyed  and  Wall-eyed  Herring  of  Albemarle,  the  Sawbelly  of  Maine,  the  Gray- 
back  of  Massachusetts,  the  Gaspereau  of  Canada,  Little  Shad  of  certain  localities,  and 
the  Cayuga  Lake  Shad  of  New  York.  The  recorded  range  of  the  Branch  Herring  is 
from  the  Neuse  River,  N.  C,  to  the  Miramichi  River,  in  New  Brunswick,  ascending 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  303 

streams  to  their  headwaters  for  the  purpose  of  spawning.  The  fish  is  found  abun- 
dant in  Cayuga  and  Seneca  Lakes,  N.  Y.,  where  it  has  probably  made  its  way  natu- 
rally. In  Lake  Ontario,  since  the  introduction  there  of  the  shad,  the  Alewife  has 
become  so  plentiful  as  to  cause  great  difficulty  to  fishermen,  and  its  periodical  mor- 
tality is  a  serious  menace  to  the  health  of  the  people  living  in  the  vicinity.  The 
belief  is  that  the  fish  were  unintentionally  introduced  with  the  shad.  In  Pennsyl- 
vania the  Branch  Alewife  occurs  in  the  Delaware  and  the  Susquehanna  in  great 
numbers  in  early  spring. 

The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  in  1894,  obtained  specimens  at  the  following  locali- 
ties of  the  Lake  Ontario  region:  Cape  Vincent,  June  21  ;  Grenadier  Island,  June 
27  ;  mouth  Salem  River,  Selkirk,  July  25  ;  Long  Pond,  Charlotte,  N.  Y.,  August  17  ; 
Lake  Shore,  mouth  Long  Pond,  August  17  ;  Sandy  Creek,  North  Hamlin,  August  20. 
Not  a  native  of  Cayuga  Lake,  but  often  found  there  in  large  numbers.  Known 
to  the  fishermen  as  Sawbelly.  It  is  thought  to  have  been  introduced  into  the  lakes 
of  Central  New  York  by  the  State  Fish  Commission.  Large  numbers  are  often 
found  dead  on  the  shores  of  Seneca  and  Cayuga  Lakes.  (After  Meek.)  DeKay 
says  it  appears  in  New  York  waters  with  the  shad  about  the  first  of  April,  but  never 
in  sufficient  numbers  to  form  a  separate  fishery. 

The  Branch  Herring,  or  Alewife,  is  the  first  of  the  alewives  to  appear  in  Graves- 
end  Bay;  it  comes  with  the  shad.  It  endures  captivity  well.  November  30,  1897, 
individuals  above  7  inches  in  length  were  caught  in  Gravesend  Bay,  which  were  prob- 
ably the  young  of  the  year. 

The  Alewife  seldom  exceeds  I  foot  in  length,  the  average  market  examples 
being  about  10  inches.  The  weight  of  the  largest  is  about  y2  pound,  and  the 
average  weight  is  about  5  or  6  ounces. 

The  fish  enter  the  rivers  earlier  than  the  shad  and  return  to  the  sea,  or  to  estu- 
aries adjacent  to  the  river  mouths  at  some  undetermined  date  in  the  fall.  During 
the  summer  months  enormous  schools  of  full-grown,  but  sexually  immature  ale- 
wives  migrate  along  the  coast,  feeding  on  small  crustaceans  and  themselves  furnish- 
ing food  for  bluefish,  sharks,  porpoises  and  other  predaceous  animals  ;  but  none  of 
them  are  known  to  enter  fresh  water.  In  the  rivers  the  alewives  appear  to  eat  noth- 
ing, but  they  can  be  captured  with  small  artificial  flies  of  various  colors.  Their  eggs 
are  somewhat  adhesive  and  number  from  60,000  to  100,000  to  the  individual.  They 
are  deposited  in  shoal  water;  spawning  begins  when  the  river  water  is  at  55°  to  60° 
F.  The  period  of  hatching  is  not  definitely  known,  but  is  believed  to  exceed  four 
days. 

During  the  spring  and  summer  the  young  grow  to  a  length  of  2   and   3   inches  ; 


3O4        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

after  their  departure  from  the  streams  nothing  is  known  of  their  progress,  but  it  is 
believed  that  they  reach  maturity  in  four  years.  We  have  no  means  of  learning  the 
age  of  the  immature  fish  seen  in  great  schools  off  shore,  and  thus  far  the  rate  of 
growth  is  unsettled. 

The  Branch  Alewife,  though  full  of  small  bones,  is  a  very  valuable  food  fish  and 
is  consumed  in  the  fresh  condition  as  well  as  dry  salted,  pickled  and  smoked.  The 
fry  can  be  reared  in  ponds  by  placing  adults  in  the  waters  to  be  stocked  a  little 
before  their  spawning  season  ;  and  they  furnish  excellent  food  for  bass,  rockfish, 
trout,  salmon  and  other  choice  fishes.  The  proper  utilization  of  the  immense  over- 
supply  of  these  fish  in  Lake  Ontario  has  become  a  serious  economic  problem. 

Alewives  are  caught  in  seines,  gillnets,  traps  and  pounds,  and  they  are  often  taken 
by  anglers  with  artificial  flies. 


GLUT   HERRING  — MALE. 

45.     Glut  Herring  (Pomolobus  cyanonoton  Storer). 

Pomolobus  astivalis  GOODE  &  BEAN,  Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  24,  1879  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN, 

Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  246,  1896. 
Clupea  astivalis  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  267,  1883. 

Mitchill's  name,  cestivalis,  cannot  be  applied  with  any  certainty  to  the  "  Glut 
Herring ; "  it  appears  to  be  a  synonym  of  mcdiocris  and  mattowaca  of  the  same 
author.  Its  relation  to  mattowaca  was  long  since  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Gill.  The 
description  herewith  appended  appears  to  make  this  conclusion  inevitable. 
(Mitchill,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.  p.  456,  pi.  5,  fig.  6,  1814.) 

Summer  Herring  of  New  York.  (Clupea  (Estivalis.}  Has  a  row  of  spots  to  the 
number  of  seven  or  eight,  extending  in  the  direction  of  the  lateral  line.  Tail 
forked.  Belly  serrate ;  and,  in  most  respects,  resembling  the  C.  lialec,  herein  already 
described.  Rays:  Br.  6  ;  P.  15;  V.  9 ;  D.  16;  A.  19;  C.  19. 

The  figure  shows  a  row  of  eight  spots  on  the  side  extending  as  far  back  as  the 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


305 


end  of  the  dorsal  fin  on  the  level  of  the  eye.  This  resembles  the  hickory  shad, 
Pomolobus  mediocns,  more  than  anything  else,  and  it  probably  was  that  species. 

The  Glut  Herring  arrives  later  than  the  Branch  Herring  and  does  not  ascend 
streams  far  above  salt  water.  It  appears  to  spawn  only  in  the  larger  streams  or 
their  tidal  tributaries  and  at  a  temperature  of  70°  to  75°  ;  while  the  Branch  Herring 
spawns  in  water  as  low  as  55°  to  60°  and  ascends  far  up  the  streams  and  their  small 
fresh-water  branches. 

In  Gravesend  Bay  the  Glut  Herring  is  called  Shad  Herring.  November  30,  1897, 
two  young  fish  of  the  year,  measuring  about  7  inches  in  length,  were  obtained  from 
that  bay.  In  Great  South  Bay  the  species  is  called  Herring.  A  single  example 
was  secured  there  on  September  29,  1890.  In  1898  it  was  not  collected  either  in 
Great  South  Bay  or  Mecox,  in  both  of  which  the  Branch  Herring  was  abundant. 

At  Provincetown  the  species  is  known  as  the  Blueback  and  Kiouk.    According  to 


GLUT  HERRING  — FEMALE. 

Storer,  it  appears  there  in  small  numbers  in  May,  but  is  not  abundant  before  June 
10,  and  it  remains  on  the  coast  for  a  short  time  only.  The  Alewife,  or  Branch 
Herring,  arrives  on  the  coast  of  Massachusetts  about  the  end  of  March,  and  is  taken 
till  the  middle  or  last  of  May. 

46.     Shad  (Alosa  sapidissima  Wilson). 

Clupea  sapidissima  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  60,  pi.  2,  1893  ;  CHENEY,  4th  Ann.  Rep.  N.  Y. 

Com.  Fish,  colored  pi.  facing  p.  8,  1899. 

Alosa praestabilis  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  255,  pi.  15,  fig.  41,  1842. 
Alosa  sapidissima  JORDAN  &   EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.   Mus.,   I,  427,   1896,   pi. 

LXXII,  fig.  191,  1900. 

The  Shad  is  known  also  as  the  White  Shad,  and  in  the  Colonial  days  it  was 
known  to  the  negroes  on  the  lower  Potomac  River  as  Whitefish.     It  is  found  natu- 
rally along  the  Atlantic  Coast  of  North  America  from  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  to 
20 


306        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME   COMMISSION. 

the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  ascending  streams  at  various  dates  from  January  in  its  extreme 
southern  limit  to  June  in  far  northern  waters.  In  the  Delaware  and  Susquehanna  it 
makes  its  appearance  in  April  and  departs  after  spawning ;  but  remains,  sometimes, 
as  late  as  July  18,  and  many  die. 

The  original  distribution  of  the  shad  has  been  widely  extended  by  artificial 
introduction.  In  certain  rivers  flowing  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  the  fish  has  been 
established  by  planting.  In  the  Ohio  River  a  fishery  has  been  created  by  the  same 
method  ;  and  in  the  Sacramento  River,  Cal.,  the  shad  was  successfully  introduced, 
and  it  has  colonized  not  only  this  river  but  all  suitable  rivers  from  San  Francisco  to 
Southern  Alaska.  It  is  now  one  of  the  common  market  species  in  San  Francisco  and 
other  west  coast  cities. 

In  the  Susquehanna  the  shad  was  formerly  one  of  the  most  important  native  food 
fishes,  but  its  range  is  now  very  limited  on  account  of  obstruction  by  dams.  Twenty 
years  ago  the  Fish  Commission  reported  that  a  few  shad  are  taken  yearly  above  the 
Clark's  Ferry  dam,  none,  or  at  least  a  few  dozen,  above  the  Shamokin  dam,  none 
above  the  Nanticoke  dam  and  none  above  Williamsport.  The  largest  run  of  shad 
that  has  been  kno\vn  to  pass  the  Columbia  dam  was  that  of  1867.  "In  1871  the 
finest  Columbia  shad  were  hawked  in  the  market  at  Harrisburg,  30  miles  from  the 
fisheries,  at  considerable  less  than  a  dollar  a  pair.  The  catch  at  Columbia  exceeded 
100,000." 

The  obstructions  in  the  Delaware  have  been  almost  entirely  overcome.  In  1891 
shad  were  caught  higher  up  the  Delaware  than  for  many  years,  and  spawned  in  the 
upper  reaches  of  the  river  beyond  the  New  York  State  line.  In  1891  the  Delaware, 
for  the  first  time  since  1823,  was  restored  to  its  normal  condition  by  means  of  the 
fishway  at  Lackawaxen  ;  and,  according  to  Col.  Gay,  it  is  at  present  the  best  shad 
river  in  the  country.  The  number  of  eggs  obtained  for  artificial  propagation  in 
the  lower  river  was  unusually  small,  but  the  number  naturally  deposited  in  the 
upper  waters  was  greater  than  for  many  years.  Col.  Gay  observed  a  large  number 
of  big  female  shad  at  Gloucester  City,  but  a  great  scarcity  of  males.  This  neces- 
sitated a  long  run  up  the  river  before  spawning.  The  cause  is  believed  to  be  the 
lower  temperature  of  the  water  during  May,  the  lack  of  rain  cutting  off  the  usual 
supply  of  warm  surface  water  and  the  tributaries  of  the  upper  river  bringing  down 
nothing  but  cold  spring  water,  keeping  the  temperature  of  the  river  below  the 
normal  for  spawning  purposes.  Consequently  the  shad  ascended  more  than  300 
miles.  Mr.  Ford  noticed  that  every  pool  in  the  upper  river  was  full  of  shad,  and  he 
saw  them  playing  in  the  water  by  hundreds.  Mr.  Van  Gordon  saw  them  above 
Port  Jervis,  and  they  were  observed  as  far  up  as  Deposit,  N.  Y. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  307 

The  shad  reaches  a  length  of  2  feet.  It  is  asserted  that  50  years  ago  shad 
weighing  from  8  to  13  pounds  were  not  uncommon  in  the  Susquehanna.  It  is  said 
that  even  larger  individuals  were  taken.  In  California  the  shad  reaches  a  larger 
size  than  it  does  in  the  east,  specimens  weighing  from  13  to  14  pounds  being  often 
seen  in  the  markets.  The  average  weight  of  the  females  is  4  or  5  pounds.  The 
male  is  much  smaller. 

The  young  shad  remain  in  the  rivers  till  the  approach  of  cold  weather,  when 
they  descend  to  the  sea,  and  they  are  usually  seen  no  more  till  they  return  as 
mature  fish  ready  for  reproduction.  They  are  known  to  feed  on  small  flies,  crusta- 
ceans and  insect  larvae.  They  have  been  fed  with  fresh-water  copepods  and  kept 
alive  in  this  way  till  they  obtained  a  length  of  more  than  I  inch.  In  the  Carp  ponds 
at  Washington,  Dr.  Hessel  succeeded  in  rearing  shad  on  the  Daplmia  and  Cyclops  to 


SHAD. 


a  length  of  3  or  4  inches,  and  one  time,  when  they  had  access  surreptitiously 
to  an  abundant  supply  of  young  carp,  well-fed  individuals  reached  a  length  of  6 
inches  by  the  first  of  November.  Shad  have  been  kept  at  the  central  station  of  the 
U.  S.  Fish  Commission  over  the  winter,  but  at  the  age  of  one  year,  doubtless  for 
lack  of  sufficient  food,  the  largest  was  less  than  4  inches  long.  At  this  age  they 
were  seen  to  capture  smaller  shad  of  the  season  of  1891,  which  were  an  inch  or  more 
in  length.  The  Commissioner  of  Fisheries  detected  young  shad  also  in  the  act  of 
eating  young  California  salmon  ;  and  on  one  occasion  found  an  undigested  minnow, 
2  or  3  inches  long,  in  the  stomach  of  a  large  shad,  and  they  have  been  caught  with 
minnows  for  bait.  The  principal  growth  of  the  shad  takes  place  at  sea,  and  when 
the  species  enters  the  fresh  waters  for  the  purpose  of  spawning  it  ceases  to  feed, 
but  will  sometimes  take  the  artificial  fly  and  live  minnows.  The  migratory  habit 
of  the  shad  has  already  been  referred  to.  The  spawning  habits  have  been  thus 
described  by  Marshall  McDonald  : 

The  favorite  spawning  grounds  are  on  sandy  flats  bordering  streams  and  on  sand 


308         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

bars.  The  fish  appear  to  associate  in  pairs,  usually  between  sundown  and  1 1  P.  M. 
When  in  the  act  of  spawning  they  swim  close  together  near  the  surface,  their  dorsal 
fins  projecting  above  the  water  and  their  movements  producing  a  sound  which  the 
fishermen  call  "  washing."  The  eggs  are  expressed  by  the  female  while  in  rapid 
motion ;  the  male  following  close  and  ejecting  his  milt  at  the  same  time.  Such  of 
the  eggs  as  come  in  contact  with  the  milt  are  impregnated,  but  the  greater  portion 
of  them  are  carried  away  by  the  current  or  destroyed  by  spawn-eating  fishes.  After 
impregnation  the  egg  sinks  to  the  bottom  and  under  favorable  conditions  develops 
in  from  three  to  eight  days.  According  to  Seth  Green,  the  embryo  shad  swim  as 
soon  as  they  break  the  shell  and  make  their  way  to  the  middle  of  the  stream  where 
they  are  comparatively  safe  from  predaceous  fishes.  A  mature  female  shad  of  4  or 
5  pounds  contains  about  25,000  eggs  on  the  average,  but  as  many  as  60,000  have 
been  obtained  from  a  6-pound  fish,  and  100,000  were  obtained  from  a  single  female 
in  the  Potomac.  There  is  great  mortality  among  the  shad  after  spawning.  Dead 
fish  of  both  sexes  are  frequently  seen  floating  in  the  water  in  the  late  months  of 
summer. 

Mitchill  states  that  the  shad  visits  New  York  annually  about  the  end  of  March 
or  beginning  of  April ;  that  it  ascends  toward  the  sources  of  the  Hudson  ;  that  it 
usually  weighs  4  or  5  pounds,  but  sometimes  as  much  as  12  pounds.  DeKay  says  a 
large  variety,  supposed  to  be  old  fish,  and  weighing  from  10  to  12  pounds,  were 
frequently  taken  in  the  Hudson,  under  the  name  of  Yellow  Backs.  The  shad,  in  his 
time,  ascended  the  river  150  miles  to  spawn,  and  descended  in  the  latter  part  of  May. 
The  introduction  of  gill  nets,  he  writes,  has  caused  a  scarcity  of  the  fish  and  will 
drive  them  from  the  river  before  many  years. 

Nets  set  off  shore  in  Gravesend  Bay  in  the  fall  frequently  enclose  large  quantities 
of  young  shad,  sometimes  a  ton  and  a  half  at  one  time,  during  their  migration 
seaward,  but  they  are  at  once  liberated.  The  fish  are  usually  about  6  to  8  inches 
long.  October  17,  1895,  sixty  or  seventy  were  caught  in  John  B.  DeNyse's  pound, 
among  them  a  male  11  inches  long  and  2^  inches  deep,  and  a  female  12  inches 
long  and  3  inches  deep.  October  31,  1895,  a  male  13^  inches  long  and  2^  inches 
deep,  and  a  female  13^  inches  long  and  3^  inches  deep  were  obtained  in  the 
same  pound.  Apparently  the  shad  do  not  all  remain  at  sea  after  their  first  migra- 
tion till  they  are  sexually  mature.  In  the  Potomac  River  young  shad  8  to  9  inches 
long  occasionally  enter  in  the  spring  with  the  adults  in  large  numbers.  Mr. 
DeNyse  informs  me  that  in  the  first  spring  run  of  small  shad  in  Gravesend  Bay 
fully  90$  are  males. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  309 

47.     Menhaden  (Brevoortia  tyrannus  Latrobe). 

Clupea  menhaden  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &   Phil.   Soc.   N.   Y.,  I,  453,  pi.  V,  fig.  7,  1815, 

New  York. 

Alosa  menhaden  DF.KAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  259,  pi.  21,  fig.  60,  1842. 
Brevoortia  tyrannus  BEAN,  igth  Rept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish,  separate,  44,  pi.  XXV,  fig.  35, 

1890  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  433,  1896,  pi.  LXXIII, 


The  Menhaden  has  received  more  than  30  common  names,  among  which  the  one 
here  employed  is  the  best  known  and  most  suitable.  In  New  Jersey  it  is  frequently 
called  Bunker  or  Moss  Bunker,  and  in  some  other  localities  it  is  the  Bony  Fish. 
It  is  also  called  Bugfish,  because  of  a  crustacean  parasite  which  is  found  in  the 
mouth. 


MENHADEN. 

The  Menhaden  reaches  a  length  of  15  inches  or  more ;  its  average  size  is  about  I 
foot.  It  is  found  along  our  east  coast  from  Maine  to  Florida,  swimming  in  immense 
schools  and  fluctuating  greatly  in  abundance.  In  certain  localities  its  movements 
are  affected  chiefly  by  temperature. 

The  use  of  the  Menhaden  as  a  source  of  oil  and  a  material  for  fertilizers  is  so 
well  known  as  scarcely  to  need  mention  here.  As  an  edible  fish  it  is  not  generally 
esteemed  ;  in  most  localities  it  is  seldom  eaten,  though  in  some  places  it  is  consid- 
ered a  good  food  fish.  Since  the  mackerel  is  becoming  scarce,  Menhaden  are  often 
salted  in  barrels  as  a  substitute  for  that  fish. 

The  Menhaden  appears  in  Dr.  Mitchill's  Fishes  of  New  York  as  the  Bony  Fish, 
Hardhead  or  Marshbanker.  The  aboriginal  name  Menhaden,  and  the  one  most 
suitable  for  the  species,  is  mentioned  by  this  writer.  Dr.  DeKay,  in  his  New  York 
Fauna,  introduced  the  name  Mossbunker  as  well  as  the  Indian  names  Panhagen  and 
Menhaden.  He  notes  also  the  names  Skippang  and  Bunker  as  in  use  at  the  east 
end  of  the  island.  For  a  survey  of  the  30  or  more  additional  appellations  of  this 


3IO         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

well-known  fish,  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  complete  history  of  the  American 
Menhaden  by  Dr.  G.  Brown  Goode. 

The  Menhaden  comes  into  Gravesend  Bay  in  May  and  through  the  summer. 
Occasional  individuals  are  seen  there  in  the  fall  as  late  as  November.  The  fish 
can  be  kept  alive  in  winter  in  captivity^  provided  the  water  temperature  does  not 
fall  below  50°  F.  It  makes  its  appearance  on  the  shores  of  Long  Island  about  the 
beginning  of  June,  sometimes  in  May,  and  remains  till  the  cold  season  sets  in.  A 
few  specimens  were  taken  September  22  in  Blue  Point  Cove  in  1884,  and  October  i. 
1890,  many  thousands  were  caught  in  a  trap  at  Islip  ;  these  were  large  and  very  fat 
fish.  The  use  of  the  Menhaden  as  a  bait  fish  is  too  well  known  to  need  special 
mention.  In  "chumming"  for  Bluefish  near  Fire  Island  Inlet  this  is  the  favorite 
bait.  In  1898  the  young  were  obtained  at  Duncan's  Creek,  Howell's  Point  and 
Nichols's  Point  August  29.  Adults  were  sent  from  Islip  by  W.  F.  Clock  August  18. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  Menhaden  arrive 
in  schools  about  May  20,  but  scattered  fish  are  taken  in  March  with  Alewives ;  they 
remain  till  December  i,  sometimes  till  December  20,  but  are  most  abundant  in  June. 
When  the  schools  first  arrive,  the  reproductive  organs  of  many  of  the  fish  are  in  an 
advanced  stage  of  development,  but  after  July  i,  none  with  large  ovaries  are  found. 
Late  in  fall  the  fish  again  have  well-developed  roes.  The  smaller  fish  are  about  an 
inch  long  ;  these  are  found  in  little  schools  about  the  shores  and  wharves  as  early  as 
July  15.  The  young  are  abundant  throughout  summer  and  fall.  The  average 
length  of  adults  is  13  or  14  inches;  one  fish  18  inches  long  was  caught  at  Woods 
Hole  in  1876. 

48.     Striped  Anchovy  (Stolephorus  brownii  Gmelin). 

Clupea  vittata  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &   Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  456,    1815;  DEKAY  N.  Y. 

Fauna,  Fishes,  254,  1842. 
Stolephorus  brownii  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.   16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,   273,   1883;  BEAN, 

Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  VII,  149,  1888;  Kept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish.,  279,  1890. 

The  species  occurs  from  Cape  Cod  southward  to  Brazil  and  the  West  Indies. 

This  is  the  Satin  Striped  Herring  of  Mitchill's  Fishes  of  New  York,  p.  456.  By 
some  of  the  fishermen  in  Great  South  Bay  it  is  supposed  to  be  the  Whitebait,  and  is 
so  called.  The  Anchovy  was  extremely  abundant  in  the  bay  in  September,  1884. 
I  found  it  at  the  mouth  of  Swan  Creek,  in  Blue  Point  Cove,  near  the  Life  Saving 
Station,  at  Oak  Island  and  at  Fire  Island.  Specimens  were  seen  as  late  as  October  7. 

This  Anchovy  forms  a  very  important  part  of  the  food  of  the  young  weakfish 
and  bluefish  in  Great  South  Bay.  It  is  present  in  very  large  numbers  and  could  be 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  311 

utilized  as  a  food  species.  The  largest  examples  of  this  fish  which  we  have  seen 
were  taken  in  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay  in  August;  individuals  measuring  5^  inches 
in  length  were  taken  in  the  surf  by  hundreds,  and  weakfish  were  feeding  on  them 
ravenously.  In  two  hauls  of  a  2O-fathom  seine  we  took  here  54  weakfish. 

This  species  was  not  common  in  Great  South  Bay  during  the  summer  of  1898. 
It  was  found  at  Blue  Point  Cove  August  18,  and  young  were  obtained  at  Nichols's 
Point  September  I. 

Dr.  Smith  records  it  as  unusually  abundant  at  Woods  Hole,  occasionally  rather 
uncommon.  Found  from  August  to  late  in  fall.  More  numerous  than  any  other 
Anchovy. 

49.     Anchovy  (StolepJwrus  mitcliilli  Cuv.  &  Val.). 

Stolephorus  mitchilli  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  248  ;  BEAN,  Bull. 
U.  S.  F.  C,  VII,. 149,  1888  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  446, 
1896. 

Cape  Cod  to  Texas  on  sandy  shores ;  the  most  abundant  of  the  New  York 
species.  It  enters  Gravesend  Bay  in  May  and  remains  till  October.  Locally  known 
as  Anchovy  and  Whitebait.  An  excellent  food  fish  and  very  important  as  the  food 
of  larger  fishes. 

It  is  very  generally  distributed  in  bays  along  the  south  shore  of  Long  Island, 
having  been  found  abundant  in  Scallop  Pond,  Peconic  Bay,  in  Mecox  Bay,  and 
almost  everywhere  in  Great  South  Bay  from  July  to  September,  1898.  A  specimen 
taken  at  Fire  Island  has  a  lernaean  parasite  attached  to  it.  At  Woods  Hole,  Mass., 
Dr.  Smith  reports  it  abundant,  associated  with  6".  brownii. 

50.     Round  Whitefish  (Coregonus  quadrilateralis  Richardson). 

Coregonus  quadrilateralis  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  298,  1883  ; 
BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  66,  pi.  26,  fig.  47,  1893. 

This  species  is  called  Frost  Fish  in  the  Adirondacks ;  other  names  are  Meno- 
minee  Whitefish,  Roundfish,  Shad-waiter,  Pilot-fish  and  Chivey,  the  last  term  applied 
to  the  fish  in  Maine. 

The  Round  Whitefish  is  found  in  lakes  of  New  England,  sometimes  running  into 
streams,  the  Adirondack  region  of  New  York,  the  Great  Lakes  and  northward  into 
British  America  and  Alaska.  Its  distribution  has  been  extended  by  transplanting 
on  account  of  its  great  value  as  food  for  the  Lake  Trout  and  other  large  fish  of  the 
Salmon  family.  It  seldom  exceeds  a  length  of  12  inches  and  a  weight  of  I  pound. 
Like  some  other  species  of  Whitefish  it  spawns  in  shallow  parts  of  lakes  or  ascends 


312         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

their  small  tributaries  for  that  purpose.  The  food  consists  of  small  shells  and  crus- 
taceans. The  species  frequents  deep  waters,  where  it  falls  an  easy  prey  to  the 
voracious  Lake  Trout. 

The  Round  Whitefish  is  excellent  for  the  table.  Its  capture  with  hook  and  line 
is  difficult  because  of  its  very  small  mouth  and  its  habit  of  retiring  into  deep  water. 
In  the  Great  Lakes  it  does  not  constitute  an  important  element  of  the  fishery, 
but  in  northern  regions  it  is  one -of  the  most  useful  and  highly  prized  of  the  food 
fishes. 

This  small  Whitefish  is  one  of  the  characteristic  species  of  the  Adirondack 
Lakes.  James  Annin,  Jr.,  sent  specimens  for  identification  from  Hoel  Pond  and 
Big  Clear  Lake,  in  Franklin  County,  N.  Y.,  and  from  the  third  lake  of  the  Fulton 


ROUND  WHITEFISH. 

Chain.  He  states  that  the  fish  spawns  in  the  little  inlets  or  on  the  sand  beaches. 
It  never  appears  until  about  the  time  the  water  begins  to  chill  and  freeze  about  the 
edges.  On  the  Fulton  Chain  of  lakes  the  spawning  season  of  1895  was  practically 
closed  about  November  20.  The  Frostfish,  according  to  Mr.  Annin,  is  "  a  delicious 
morsel." 

An  example  taken  at  Sanarac  Lake,  November  23,  1897,  showed  the  following 
colors:  Purplish  gray ;  lower  parts  whitish  ;  pectorals,  ventrals  and  anal  vermilion; 
eye  pale  golden ;  head  especially  behind  the  eyes  with  iridescent  gold  and  purple 
tints  ;  caudal,  chiefly  vermilion  in  life.  The  fish  is  a  male  with  ripe  milt.  There  are 
numerous  small  tubercles  on  the  scales  of  the  sides  above  and  below  the  lateral 
line. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  313 

51.     Common  Whitefish  (Coregoniis  clupeiformis  Mitchill). 

Coregonus  albus  KIRTLAND,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  477,  pi.  XXVIII,  fig.  3,  1841  ; 

DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  247,  pi.  76,  fig.  240,  1842. 
Coregonus  clupeiformis  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  299,  1883  ;  BEAN, 

Fishes   Penna.,  67,  color  pi.  3,   1893  ;  JORDAN  &   EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat. 

Mus.,  I,  465,  1896,  pi.  LXXVI,  fig.  202,  1900. 

The  name  Whitefish  is  thoroughly  identified  with  this  species  and  is  seldom 
varied  except  by  means  of  the  prefix  "  common  "  or  (>  lake."  A  well-marked  variety 
in  Otsego  Lake,  N.  Y.,  has  long  been  known  as  the  Otsego  Bass. 

The  Common  Whitefish  occurs  in  the  Great  Lakes  and  northward  into  British 
America  ;  its  northern  limit  is  not  definitely  known.  In  Alaska,  where  the  species 
was  formerly  supposed  to  exist,  it  is  replaced  by  a  similar,  but  well-marked  form, 


COMMON  WHITEFISH. 

the  Coregonus  ricliardsoni  of  Giinther.  The  variety  known  as  Otsego  Bass  is  found 
in  Otsego  Lake.  If  we  may  judge  from  the  yield  of  the  fisheries,  Lake  Michigan 
has  more  Whitefish  than  any  of  the  other- lakes;  Superior  ranks  second  ;  Erie  third; 
Huron  fourth  ;  and  Ontario  is  sadly  in  the  rear. 

The  largest  individual  on  record  was  taken  at  Whitefish  Point,  Lake  Superior  ; 
it  weighed  23  pounds.  A  I /-pound  specimen  was  caught  at  Vermilion,  in  Lake 
Erie,  in  1876.  The  size  varies  greatly  with  locality,  ranging  in  general  all  the  way 
from  i3/^  pounds  to  14  pounds.  In  Lake  Erie,  in  1885,  the  average  weight  was 
between  2  and  3  pounds.  The  length  of  adults  will  average  20  inches. 

There  is  a  movement  of  the  Whitefish  in  many  lakes  from  the  deep  water  early 
in  the  summer  into  the  shoal  water  near  the  shore.  In  the  mid-summer,  however, 
the  usual  retreat  of  this  species  is  the  deep  and  cold  parts  of  the  lakes  which  they 
inhabit.  Again  as  the  spawning  season  approaches,  in  October,  the  Whitefish  come 
toward  the  shore  to  deposit  their  eggs.  It  is  said  that  they  do  not  spawn  till  the 


3H         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

water  has  reached  a  temperature  of  about  40°.  After  spawning  they  again  retire  to 
deep  water  where  they  remain  during  the  winter.  Mr.  Milner  observed  that  the 
shoreward  migration  varies  with  locality  and  is  influenced  also  by  depth  of  water 
and  temperature.  In  Lake  Erie,  for  example,  which  has  a  high  summer  tempera- 
ture, there  is  no  shoreward  migration  in  summer.  It  is  noted  also  that  the  White- 
fish  moves  along  the  shore  and  in  some  cases  it  ascends  rivers  for  the  purpose  of 
spawning.  It  is  believed  also  that  when  the  feeding  grounds  of  the  Whitefish  are 
polluted  by  mud  the  fish  temporarily  seek  other  localities.  There  appears  to  be  a 
spring  and  summer  migration  likewise  from  lake  to  lake.  Spawning  takes  place 
during  October,  November  and  December  on  shoals  or  occasionally  in  rivers.  The 
female  is  larger  than  the  male.  According  to  the  observations  of  George  Clarke, 
the  two  sexes  in  the  act  of  spawning  frequently  throw  themselves  together  above 
the  surface,  emitting  the  spawn  or  milt  with  the  vents  close  together.  Spawning 
operations  are  most  active  in  the  evening,  are  continued  at  night  and  the  eggs  are 
deposited  in  lots  of  several  hundred  at  a  time.  The  number  of  eggs  in  a  fish  of  7*^ 
pounds  was  66,606;  the  average  number  being  nearly  10,000  for  each  pound  of  the 
female's  weight.  The  period  of  incubation  depends  on  the  temperature.  The 
usual  time  of  distribution  of  the  young  is  in  March  and  April.  The  very  young 
are  described  as  swimming  near  the  surface  and  not  in  schools.  They  are  very 
active  and  soon  seek  deep  water  to  escape  from  their  enemies.  Their  food  consists 
chiefly  of  small  crustaceans.  The  adults  subsist  on  the  same  food  with  the  addition 
of  small  mollusks. 

The  only  means  of  determining  the  rate  of  growth  of  the  Whitefish  is  by  arti- 
ficial rearing.  Samuel  Wilmot  had  young  fish  which  were  5  inches  long  at  the  age 
of  four  months.  The  growth  under  natural  conditions  must  be  even  greater  than 
this.  Mr.  Wilmot  has  seen  Whitefish  measuring  7  inches  in  December  in  his  ponds. 

The  eggs  of  the  Whitefish  are  destroyed  in  immense  numbers  by  the  Lake  Her- 
ring, Argyrosomus  artedi.  The  water  lizard,  Menobranclius,  also  consumes  vast 
numbers  of  the  eggs.  The  young  Whitefish  are  eaten  extensively  by  the  Pikeperch, 
Black  Bass,  Pike,  Pickerel  and  fresh-water  Ling.  The  Lake  Trout  also  feed  on  the 
Whitefish.  A  leech  parasitic  of  the  Whitefish  proves  very  troublesome  to  that 
species,  and  the  scales  are  liable  to  a  peculiar  roughness  which  has  been  observed 
late  in  November  or  during  the  spawning  season.  There  is  also  a  lernean  which 
fastens  itself  to  the  gills  and  other  parts  of  the  Whitefish. 

The  excellence  of  the  flesh  of  the  Whitefish  is  so  well  known  as  scarcely  to 
require  mention.  Its  commercial  value  is  great.  In  Lake  Erie  in  1885,  according 
to  statistics  collected  by  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  3,500,000  pounds  of  Whitefish 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  315 

were  caught,  more  than  2,000,000  of  this  amount  by  fishermen  from  Erie  alone.  In 
that  year  Erie  County  had  310  persons  employed  in  the  fisheries.  The  capital 
invested  in  the  business  was  nearly  $250,000.  The  wholesale  value  of  the  fish 
products  was  upward  of  $400,000.  The  Whitefish  was  the  third  species  in  relative 
importance,  Blue  Pike  ranking  first,  and  the  Lake  Herring  second.  In  Erie  County 
Whitefish  are  caught  chiefly  in  July,  August  and  November,  and  the  bulk  of  them 
are  taken  in  gill  nets.  Pound  nets  are  also  employed  in  the  capture  of  Whitefish. 

Carl  Miller  of  New  York  and  Henry  Brown  of  New  Haven  are  credited  with  the 
first  attempt  to  propagate  the  Whitefish  artificially.  Their  experiments  were  made 
in  Lake  Saltonstall,  near  the  city  of  New  Haven.  The  result  of  the  experiments, 
which  were  repeated  in  1858,  is  not  known.  In  1868,  Seth  Green  and  Samuel 
Wilmot  began  a  series  of  experiments  in  the  same  direction,  and  in  1869,  N.  W. 
Clark  of  Clarkson,  Mich.,  took  up  the  same  work.  In  1870  a  half  million  eggs  were 
placed  in  hatching  boxes  by  Mr.  Clark.  In  1872,  through  the  aid  of  the  U.  S.  Fish 
Commission,  Mr.  Clark's  hatching  house  was  doubled  in  capacity,  and  a  million 
eggs  were  taken  from  Lake  Michigan.  Since  that  time  both  the  National  and 
State  Governments  have  made  the  Whitefish  the  object  of  their  most  extensive 
operations. 

Dr.  Meek  saw  no  specimens  of  Whitefish  from  Cayuga  Lake,  but  he  thinks  it  is 
an  inhabitant.  The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  obtained  a  specimen  at  Cape  Vincent, 
N.  Y.,  November  17,  1891. 

A  young  individual  was  received  from  Wilson,  Niagara  County,  N.  Y.,  caught  in 
a  gill  net  in  Lake  Ontario  and  sent  by  James  Annin,  Jr. 

A  male  and  female  were  received  through  James  Annin,  Jr.,  from  Upper  Saranac 
Lake,  November  16,  1895.  Both  fish  were  nearly  spent.  A  male  from  Chazy  Lake 
arrived  through  the  same  source  November  22,  1895.  It  was  doubtfully  called 
"  Blackfin  Whitefish."  At  that  time  the  fish  had  left  the  spawning  beds  and  were 
in  deep  water.  June  17,  1896,  a  female  19^5  inches  long  was  shipped  by  Mr.  Annin 
from  Canandaigua  Lake.  Its  stomach  is  pear-shaped  with  walls  more  than  ^  inch 
thick  ;  it  contained  numerous  small  shells  of  several  genera,  not  yet  identified. 

The  species  is  reported  by  fishermen  to  be  very  abundant  in  that  lake,  and  to  be 
destructive  to  eggs  of  other  fish.  They  say  it  comes  in  great  numbers  into  shallow 
water  near  the  shore  in  early  summer  when  the  water  is  roily,  and  can  be  caught  on 
set  lines.  Mr.  Annin  saw  men  baiting  their  set  lines  with  small  minnows  on  Canan- 
daigua Lake,  and,  when  the  lines  were  taken  up  in  the  morning,  the  Whitefish  was 
found  on  the  hooks.  It  is  said  that  one  so  taken  weighed  6  pounds.  Supt.  O.  H. 
Daniels,  of  the  New  Hampshire  Fish  Commission,  forwarded  a  specimen  from  Lake 
Winnesquam,  at  Laconia,  19^  inches  long,  weighing  46  ounces,  and  he  wrote  that 


316        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

individuals  weighing  7^   pounds  had  recently  been  taken.     The  species  was  called 
"  Bluefin  "  and  Whitefish. 

The  fish-eating  habit  of  the  Whitefish  was  fully  verified  in  the  aquarium  on 
examples  obtained  in  Canandaigua  Lake  in  November,  1896,  by  Mr.  Annin.  Know- 
ing that  the  species  usually  subsists  on  small  mollusks  and  crustaceans,  efforts  were 
made  to  provide  the  fish  with  P/iysa  and  Gaminants  ;  but  this  became  difficult  in 
winter,  and  an  experiment  was  made  with  small  Killifish  (Fundulus  heteroclitus  and 
majali$\  which  proved  satisfactory  during  the  cold  months.  In  summer,  however, 
it  was  found  necessary  to  return  to  the  use  of  Gammarus.  The  Whitefish  at  first 
took  the  Killifish  without  any  eagerness,  but  they  soon  learned  to  chase  their  prey 
and  take  it  much  as  trout  do. 


SMELT. 

52.    Smelt  of  New  York  Lakes  (Argyrosomus  osmcriformis  H.  M.  Smith). 

Coregonus  osmeriformis  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  XIV,  2,  pi.  i,  fig.  2,  1895,  Lakes  Seneca 

and  Skaneateles,  New  York. 
Coregonus  hoyi  BEAN,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  V,  658,  1883  ;  GOODE,  Fish  and  Fish.  Ind. 

U.  S.,  I,  pi.  197  B,  1884;  not  Coregonus  hoyi  (.ill. 
Argyrosomus  osmeriformis  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  468,  1896. 

Body  elongate,  moderately  compressed,  slender ;  head  less  compressed  than 
body,  its  greatest  width  equaling  one-half  of  distance  from  tip  of  lower  jaw  to  nape  ; 
the  lower  jaw  projecting  considerably  even  when  the  mouth  is  closed  ;  mouth  large, 
the  maxillary  reaching  to  the  vertical  through  the  anterior  margin  of  the  pupil ; 
preorbital  bone  long  and  slender,  more  than  one-third  as  long  as  the  head ;  supra- 
orbital  as  long  as  the  eye,  four  times  as  long  as  broad. 

The  greatest  height  of  the  body  is  considerably  less  than  the  length  of  head, 
and  is  contained  five  times  in  the  total  length  without  caudal.  The  greatest  width 
of  the  body  is  less  than  one-half  its  greatest  height.  The  least  height  of  caudal 
peduncle  equals  the  length  of  the  orbit  and  about  one-third  of  the  greatest  height 
of  the  body.  Scales  small,  nine  in  an  oblique  series  from  the  dorsal  origin  to  the 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


317 


lateral  line,  82  tube-bearing  scales  and  eight  in  an  oblique  series  from  the  ventral 
origin  to  the  lateral  line. 

The  length  of  the  head  is  one-fourth  of  the  total  length  to  the  end  of  the 
lateral  line.  The  distance  of  the  nape  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  is  nearly  one-third 
of  the  distance  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  origin  of  the  first  dorsal.  The 
length  of  the  maxilla  is  one-third  of  the  length  of  the  head.  The  mandible  is  one- 
half  as  long  as  the  head.  Lingual  teeth  present.  The  eye  is  as  long  as  the  snout 
and  one-fourth  as  long  as  the  head.  Gill-rakers  long  and  slender,  the  longest  five- 
sixths  as  long  as  the  eye;  there  are  55  on  the  first  arch,  35  of  which  are  below  the 
angle.  The  insertion  of  the  dorsal  is  nearer  the  tip  of  the  snout  than  the  end  of 
the  middle  caudal  rays.  The  longest  ray  of  the  dorsal  equals  the  length  of  the 
ventral  and  is  contained  seven  times  in  the  total  length  to  the  end  of  the  middle 
caudal  rays  (six  and  two-thirds  times  in  length  to  end  of  lateral  line).  The  length 
of  the  pectoral  is  one-sixth  of  the  standard  body  length. 


LAKE    HERRING. 

The  insertion  of  the  ventral  is  midway  between  the  tip  of  the  snout  and  the  end 
of  the  middle  caudal  rays.  When  the  ventral  is  extended  the  distance  of  its  tip  to 
the  vent  is  only  one-fourth  of  the  length  of  the  fin.  In  this  respect  the  species 
differs  widely  from  A.  artedi. 

The  colors  are,  back  grayish  silvery ;  sides  silvery  ;  dorsal  and  caudal  with  darker 
tips. 

53.     Lake  Herring  (Argyrosomus  artedi  LeSueur). 

Coregomis  artedi  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.    16,   U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,   301,   1883;  BEAN, 

Fishes  Penna.,  69,  pi.  26,  fig.  48,   1893. 

Corogonus  clupeiformis  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  248,  pi.  60,  fig.    198,   1842. 
Argyrosomus   artedi  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.    47,  U.  S.  Nat.    Mus.,   I,  468,   1896. 

The  Lake  Herring  frequents  shoal  waters  and  occurs  in  enormous  schools,  as 
one  may  judge  from  the  quantity  captured  in  Lake  Erie.  Its  food  consists  of 


3l8         -1  VI.  NTH    REPORT    OF    THE    KoKKST,    1  IS]  I    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

insects  and  crustaceans.  During  the  spawning  season  of  the  Whitefish,  however,  it 
feeds  exclusively  on  the  eggs  of  this  species  and  proves  very  destructive.  The 
Lake  Herring  will  take  the  hook,  and  has  been  caught  with  live  minnows. 
Spawning  takes  place  about  the  end  of  November  in  shoal  waters. 

As  a  food  fish  this  species  is  inferior  to  the  Whitefish,  but  it  is  in  great  demand 
over  an  extensive  area  of  the  country,  and  is  shipped  in  the  fresh  condition  many 
hundred  miles  east  and  west.  I  have  elsewhere  referred  to  the  enormous  number 
taken  in  1885  in  Lake  Erie.  These  are  caught  chiefly  in  pound  and  gill  nets.  The 
catch  in  1885  amounted  to  more  than  one-third  of  the  entire  quantity  of  fishes 
taken  in  this  lake.  There  is  no  apparent  diminution  in  the  number  of  these  fishes, 
and  their  artificial  propagation  has  only  recently  been  commenced. 


MOONEYE  CISCO. 

Mooneye  Cisco  (Argyrosomus  hoyi  Gill). 

Argyrosomus  hoyi  GILL,  Mss.;  JORDAN,  Amer.  Naturalist,  135,  March,  1875,  Lake 
Michigan,  near  Racine,  Wis.;  BEAN,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  342,  1897, 
Canandaigua  Lake  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  464,  1896. 

Coregonus  hoyi  JORDAN,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2,  275,  1878  ;  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U. 
S.  Nat.  Mus.,  299,  1883  ;  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  XIV,  6,  pi.  i,  fig.  i,  1895. 

Mr.  Annin  wrote  me  that  the  people  at  Canandaigua  Lake  told  him  that  there 
were  large  quantities  of  small  Lake  Shiners,  as  they  are  called,  in  the  lake.  A  fisher- 
man said  that  they  are  seen  in  immense  schools  at  the  top  of  the  water  occasion- 
ally, and,  by  firing  a  gun  joaded  with  shot  into  them,  men  can  stun  them  so  as  to 
pick  up  quite  a  number.  They  are  eagerly  sought  after  for  trolling  bait  for  the 
Salmon  Trout  found  in  that  lake. 

This  species  is  recorded  with  certainty  from  Lake  Michigan  only.  It  is  taken  in 
gill  nets  in  deep  water  and,  notwithstanding  its  small  size,  has  become  commercially 
important.  It  was  for  the  first  time  announced  as  a  member  of  the  New  York 
fauna  in  1897,  and  the  description  leaves  no  doubt  of  the  correctness  of  the  identi- 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


319 


fication.  The  fish  examined,  a  female  with  ripe  eggs,  was  taken  in  Canandaigua 
Lake,  December  19,  1896,  by  Mr.  Annin's  men.  It  was  the  only  one  caught,  and 
was  captured  by  becoming  gilled  in  the  funnel  of  the  net.  Mr.  Annin  is  satisfied 
that  this  is  the  Lake  Shiner  of  the  fishermen,  which  they  sometimes  see  in  immense 
schools  at  the  surface,  and  kill  for  trolling  bait  by  shooting  them. 


55.     Long  Jaw  ;  Bloater  (Argyrosomus  prognathus  H.  M.  Smith). 

Coregonus  prognathus  HUGH  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  XIV,  4,  pi.   i,  fig.   3,    1895, 

Lake  Ontario,  at  Wilson,  N.  Y. 
Argyrosomus  prognathus  EVERMANN  &  SMITH,  Kept.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  XX,  314,  pi.  26,  1896; 

JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  471,   1896. 


LONG   JAW. 


OUTLINE    OF   FISH,   VIEWED    FROM   ABOVE. 

Body  oblong,  much  compressed,  back  elevated,  tapering  rather  abruptly  toward 
the  narrow  caudal  peduncle,  the  adult  fish  having  a  slight  nuchal  hump  as  in 
C.  clupeiformis;  greatest  depth  three  and  one-half  to  four  in  body  length;  head 
rather  short  and  deep,  pointed,  four  to  four  and  one-third  in  length ;  greatest 
width  half  the  length,  cranial  ridges  prominent ;  snout  straight,  its  tip  on  level  with 
lower  edge  of  pupil ;  top  of  head  two  in  distance  from  occiput  to  front  of  dorsal ; 
mouth  large  and  strong,  maxillary  reaching  to  opposite  middle  of  pupil,  two  and 
one-half  in  head,  length  three  times  its  width,  mandible  long,  projecting  beyond 
upper  jaw  when  mouth  is  closed,  reaching  to  or  beyond  posterior  edge  of  eye,  one 
and  three-fourths  to  one  and  seven-eighths  in  head;  eye  small,  five  in  head,  one  and 


320         -I  \  1  NTH    KKl'ORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

one-half  in  snout,  one  and  one-third  in  intcrorbital  space,  one  and  one-half  in 
suborbital  space;  gill  rakers  slender,  about  length  of  eye,  13  above  and  25  below 
angle.  Adipose  fin  the  length  of  eye,  its  width  half  its  length.  Narrowest  part  of 
caudal  peduncle  contained  nearly  four  times  in  greatest  body  depth.  Dorsal  rather 
high,  with  nine  or  ten  developed  rays,  the  longest  one-half  longer  than  base  of  fin 
and  contained  one  and  three-fourths  times  in  greatest  body  depth,  three  and  one- 
fourth  times  in  distance  between  dorsal  and  snout,  and  one  and  one-half  times  in 
head  ;  free  margin  slightly  concave;  origin  midway  between  end  of  snout  and  base 
of  caudal;  dorsal  base  opposite  nine  scales.  Anal  with  10  to  12  developed  rays,  the 
longest  ray  equal  to  base  of  fin  and  two-thirds  of  height  of  dorsal.  Ventrals  as  long 
as  dorsal  is  high,  their  origin  midway  between  anterior  edge  of  orbit  and  base  of 
caudal.  Ventral  appendage  short,  covering  about  three  scales.  Pectorals  as  long  as 
ventrals.  Scales  rather  large,  about  75  in  lateral  line,  seven  or  eight  above  the 
lateral  line,  seven  or  eight  below  the  lateral  line.  Lateral  line  straight  except  at 
origin,  where  it  presents  a  rather  marked  curve.  Sides  of  body  uniformly  bright 
silvery,  with  pronounced  bluish  reflection  in  life;  the  back  dusky,  the  under  parts 
pure  white  without  silvery  color.  Above  lateral  line,  light  longitudinal  stripes 
involving  central  part  of  scales  extend  whole  length  of  body.  Fins  flesh  color  or 
pinkish  in  life,  the  dorsal  and  caudal  usually  showing  dusky  edges :  postorbital  area 
with  a  bright  golden  reflection;  iris  golden,  pupil  black.  Branchiostegals,  eight. 
Average  length,  15  inches. 

Habitat.  Lake  Ontario,  Lake  Michigan,  Lake  Superior,  and  doubtless  the 
entire  Great  Lake  basin,  in  deep  water.  This  fish  is  called  Long  Jaw  in  Lakes 
Michigan  and  Ontario.  Specimens  were  obtained  from  John  S.  Wilson,  of  Wilson, 
N.  Y.,  and  from  George  M.  Schwartz,  of  Rochester,  N.  Y.  Dr.  R.  R.  Gurley  also 
secured  examples  at  Nine  Mile  Point,  N.  Y.,  in  June,  1893. 

This  species  is  quite  different  from  any  other  Whitefish  inhabiting  the  Great 
Lake  basin.  It  may  be  at  once  distinguished  from  all  the  Whitefishes  known  to 
occur  in  the  United  States  by  the  general  form  of  body  combined  with  the  very 
long  lower  jaw,  which  is  contained  less  than  twice  in  the  length  of  the  head  and 
extends  backward  to  or  beyond  the  posterior  edge  of  orbit. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  321 


56.     Tullibee  ;   Mongrel  Whitefish  (Argyrosomus  tullibee  Richardson). 

Coregonns  tullibee  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  301,  1883  5  BEAN, 
Fishes  Penna.,  70,  pi.  27,  fig.  49,  1893. 

Argyrosomus  tullibee  JORDAN,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2,  361,  1878  ;  EVERMANN  &  SMITH,  Rept. 
U.  S.  F.  C.,  XX,  320,  pi.  28,  1896  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
473,  1896  ;  BEAN,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  343,  1897. 

The  body  of  the  Tullibee  is  very  short,  deep  and  compressed  ;  its  greatest  height 
about  one-third  of  the  length  without  caudal.  The  head  is  pointed,  as  in  the  black- 
fin,  the  mouth  large,  with  the  lower  jaw  scarcely  longer  than  the  upper.  The 
maxilla  extends  to  below  the  middle  of  the  eye.  The  eye  equals  the  snout  in 
length  and  is  two-ninths  of  length  of  the  head.  Scales  much  larger  on  front  part  of 


TULLIBEE. 

body  than  on  the  caudal  peduncle.  The  gill  rakers  are  long,  slender  and  numerous, 
about  30  below  the  angle  on  the  first  arch.  D.  11  ;  A.  11.  Scales  in  lateral  line  74, 
eight  rows  above  and  seven  below  lateral  line;  pyloric  caeca,  120.  The  upper  parts 
are  blueish  ;  sides  white  and  minutely  dotted.  The  spermary,  according  to  Rich- 
ardson, is  wood-brown. 

This  species  is  usually  called  the  Tullibee,  but  in  Lakes  Erie  and  Michigan  it  is 
sometimes  styled  the  Mongrel  Whitefish  on  the  supposition  that  it  is  a  cross 
between  the  common  Whitefish  and  the  Lake  Herring. 

The  Tullibee  has  been  taken  recently  in  Lake  Michigan  ;  and  Dr.  E.  Sterling 
had  a  specimen  from  Lake  Erie.  It  is  found  occasionally  in  others  of  the  Great 
Lakes,  and  extends  northward  into  British  America,  but  is  comparatively  little 
known  to  the  fishermen  and  is  very  rare  in  collections.  This  fish  grows  to  a  length 

of  18  inches. 

21 


322         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

The  late  F.  C.  Gilchrist  was  the  first  to  describe  the  habits  of  the  Tullibee,  and 
this  he  did  in  Forest  ami  Stream  in  the  following  language: 

In  September  they  will  again  be  found  gradually  nearing  the  shoal  water, 
feeding  heavily,  and  plump  with  fat  and  the  now  swelling  ovaries.  Later  on  they 
appear  to  eat  little  or  nothing  and  devote  all  their  time  to  playing  until  about  the 
2;th  of  October,  when  they  have  settled  down  to  the  business  of  propagation, 
which  they  have  finished  by  November  IO.  They  prefer  shallow  water  close  to 
shore  with  clean  sand  to  spawn  on,  and  during  the  day  they  may  be  seen  in  pairs 
and  small  schools,  poking  along  the  shores,  but  at  night  they  come  in  thousands 
and  keep  up  a  constant  loud  splashing  and  fluttering,  very  strange  and  weird  on  a 
calm  night.  Two  years  ago  I  carefully  counted  the  ova  from  a  ripe  fish,  2^  pounds 
in  weight,  and  found  there  were  23,700,  closely  resembling  whitefish  eggs  in  appear- 
ance, but  somewhat  smaller.  After  spawning  the  fish  are  very  thin,  lank,  dull  in 
color,  and  quite  unfit  for  human  food. 

James  Annin,  Jr.,  furnished  me  the  following  notes  on  the  spawning  of  the 
Tullibee  in  Onondaga  Lake,  N.  Y. 

They  generally  commence  running  up  onto  the  shoals  about  November  15,  and 
the  season  extends  into  December.  They  come  up  to  the  banks  or  gravelly  shoals 
and  spawn  in  from  3  to  6  and  7  feet  of  water.  They  have  never  been  caught  with 
the  hook  in  this  lake;  and  an  old  fisherman  told  me  that  he  had  tried  almost  every 
kind  of  bait,  and  had  used  the  very  finest  gut  and  the  smallest  hooks  baited  with 
Cuinnnarus  (fresh-water  shrimp)  and  other  kinds  of  natural  food  —  that  is,  he  sup- 
posed the  food  was  natural  to  them.  At  the  same  time,  he  claims  he  could  see  them 
in  large  schools  lying  in  the  water  8  or  10  feet  from  the  surface. 

A  female  Tullibee  was  sent  from  Onondaga  Lake  by  Mr.  Annin  November  18, 
1895,  and  another  of  the  same  sex  November  25,  1896. 

The  following  notes  relate  to  the  female  obtained  November  18,  1895  : 

INCHES. 
Length  to  end  of  caudal,  igy£ 

Length  of  upper  caudal  lobe,  -  ....                    2^ 

Length  of  middle  caudal  rays,  .               l 

Least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle,  ^ 

Depth  of  body  at  dorsal  origin,  -                                    ....               4^ 

Length  of  head,         -  -i/ 

*)  /' T 

Length  of  maxilla,  ....  z£ 

Diameter  of  eye,        -  y^ 

Length  of  longest  gill  raker,  9/i6 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


323 


The  mandible  projects  slightly.     B.  8 ;  D.  u  ;  A.  11  ;  V.  u.     Scales  8-75-8  ;  gill 
rakers,  17-1-27. 

The  female  received  November  25,  1896,  is  15  inches  long. 

57.     King-  Salmon ;  Quinnat  Salmon  (Oncorhynchus  tshawylscha  Walbaum). 

(Introduced.) 

Oncorhynchus  chouicha  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  306,  1883  ;  STONE 
in  Fish  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  479,  pi.  186,  lower  fig.,  1884  ;  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C., 
IX,  190,  pi.  XLVI,  fig.  i,  1891  ;  Fishes  Penna.,  72,  1893. 

Oncorhynchus  tschawytscha  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  479,  1896, 
pi.  LXXVII,  fig.  206,  1900. 

The  Quinnat  Salmon   is  the   largest  and   finest  of  the  Pacific  salmon.     It  ranges 
from   Monterey,  Cal.,  to  Alaska  and  Eastern  Asia,  ascending  rivers  in  some  cases 


KING  SALMON. 

The  upper  figure  is  drawn  from  a  young  example,  four  inches  long,  taken  in  Alturas  Lake,  Idaho,  September  9,  1895. 

1,500  miles  or  further  from  the  sea.  It  has  been  introduced  into  lakes  of  New  York, 
but  there  is  no  evidence  that  it  has  become  established  in  any  waters  of  the  State. 
Possibly  better  results  might  be  secured  if  larger  fish  were  selected  for  the  experi- 
mental stocking. 

This  is  the  largest  fish  of  the  Salmon  family,  individuals  weighing  100  pounds 
and  measuring  upward  of  5  feet  in  length  being  on  record  from  the  Yukon  and 
other  Alaskan  rivers.  The  average  weight  of  adults  is  above  20  pounds.  The  flesh 
of  this  Salmon  is  paler  in  color  than  that  of  the  Red  Salmon,  but  it  is  superior  in 

flavor  to  all  others. 

• 

The  Quinnat  is  the  first  to  arrive  near  the  shores  in  the  spring,  and  the  time  of 


324         >i:vi.\TII     KKI'OKT    OK    THE    KOREST,    KISH    AND    C.AME    COMMISSION. 

the  run  depends  on  the  latitude,  becoming  later  and  later  till,  in  Norton  Sound,  the 
present  known  northern  limit  of  its  migration,  it  appears  early  in  June.  Unless  the 
spawning  period  be  close  at  hand,  it  does  not  ascend  rivers  rapidly,  but  generally 
plays  around  for  a  few  days,  or  even  a  couple  of  weeks,  near  the  river  limit  of  tide- 
water. It  has  been  estimated  that  it  proceeds  up  the  Columbia  River  at  the  rate  of 
100  miles  a  month  till  the  exigencies  of  reproduction  compel  a  faster  rate  of  travel. 

In  the  sea  this  Salmon  feeds  on  herring,  capelin  and  crustaceans.  A  male  of 
about  35  pounds,  taken  at  Karluk  August  4,  had  in  its  stomach  45  capelin.  In  fresh 
water  the  fish  take  no  food. 

Spawning  takes  place  near  the  head  waters  of  streams  in  clear  shallow  rapids. 
The  fish  excavate  oblong  cavities  in  the  gravel  beds  where  there  is  a  current,  and  in 
these  nests  the  eggs  and  milt  are  deposited.  The  eggs  are  protected  from  some  of 
their  enemies  and  fatalities  by  their  environment,  but  are  still  a  prey  to  freshets  and 
to  the  pestiferous  little  fresh-water  sculpins,  or  blobs,  that  abound  in  all  trout  and 
salmon  waters,  so  far  as  observed.  The  young  are  hatched  in  from  60  to  100  days. 
They  are  destroyed  in  large  numbers  by  aquatic  birds,  blobs  and  large  fishes.  The 
adults  are  killed  by  seals,  sea  lions  and  sharks.  After  spawning  nearly  all  the 
parent  fish  die,  especially  those  that  ascend  rivers  a  long  distance. 

The  Quinnat  is  a  very  valuable  fish  for  canning,  salting  and  smoking.  If  it  could 
be  acclimated  in  the  Great  Lakes  it  would  form  the  basis  of  new  and  important 
industries.  The  practicability  of  rearing  this  species  in  fresh  waters  without  access 
to  the  sea  has  been  satisfactorily  demonstrated  in  France  by  Dr.  Jousset  de 
Bcllesme,  director  of  the  aquarium  of  the  TrocadeYo,  in  Paris. 

The  results  of  the  experiment  of  introducing  this  Salmon  into  New  York  waters 
are  as  yet  unknown,  but  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  it  will  be  successful.  Since  the 
change  of  method  by  which  larger  fish  are  employed  for  transplanting  the  outlook 
appears  to  be  more  favorable. 

58.     Atlantic  Salmon  (Salmo  salar  Linnaeus). 

Salmo  salar  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  435,  1815;  DEK.AY,  N.  Y. 
Fauna,  Fishes,  241,  pi.  38,  fig.  122,  1842;  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  312,  1883;  GOODE,  Fish  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  468,  pi.  186,  upper  fig.  1884; 
BEAN,  Fishes  IV-nna.,  74,  color  pi.  4,  1893  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S- 
Nat.  Mus.,  486,  1896  ;  BEAN,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  344,  1897. 

The  Salmon  in  America  has  but  a  single  common  name.  When  the  young  have 
reached  a  length  of  2  inches  and  taken  on  the  vermilion-  spots  and  dark  cross  bands 
they  are  called  parr,  and  retain  this  name  while  they  remain  in  fresh  water.  Before 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  325 

descending  to  the  sea  in  the  second  or  third  spring  the  parr  assumes  a  bright  silvery 
coat,  and  is  then  known  as  a  smolt.  After  a  sojourn  in  salt  water  lasting  from  four 
months  to  about  two  years  it  may  return  to  its  native  river,  either  as  a  sexually 
immature  Salmon  or  as  a  grilse,  the  female  not  yet  ready  for  reproducing  its  species 
though  the  male  is  sexually  mature.  The  landlocked  variety  of  the  Atlantic 
Salmon  has  been  variously  denominated  Fresh-water  Salmon,  Schoodic  Trout, 
Sebago  Trout,  Dwarf  Salmon  and  Winninish,  the  last  in  use  in  the  Saginaw  region. 
In  some  Nova  Scotian  rivers  a  misnomer,  Grayling,  is  applied  to  the  Landlocked 
Salmon. 

This  species  inhabits  the  North  Atlantic,  ascending  rivers  of  Europe  and  Amer- 
ica for  the  purpose  of  reproduction.  In  Europe  it  extends  southward  to  France, 
and  in  the  United  States  the  most  southern  river  in  which  specimens  have  been 
obtained  is  the  Potomac.  It  occurs  in  small  numbers  in  the  Delaware  and  in  larg-e 

o 

numbers  in  the  Hudson,  but  in  the  last  three  river  basins  mentioned  its  presence  is 


ATLANTIC  SALMON. 

the  result  of  artificial  introduction.  It  is  not  found  in  abundance  south  of  the 
Merrimack,  and  in  rivers  of  New  England  and  Canada  in  which  it  is  native  it  is 
maintained  almost  exclusively  by  artificial  culture.  Its  occurrence  in  Lake  Cham- 
plain,  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  and  tributaries  of  Lake  Ontario  is  due  also  to 
modern  fish  culture.  The  usual  weight  of  the  Atlantic  Salmon  ranges  from  15  to 
40  pounds,  but  individuals  weighing  60  pounds  have  been  recorded.  The  growth  of 
the  Salmon  is  accomplished  chiefly  in  the  ocean.  As  a  rule  the  adults  enter  the 
rivers  on  a  rising  temperature  when  ready  to  deposit  their  eggs,  the  spawning  occur- 
ring on  the  falling  temperature  in  water  not  warmer  than  50°.  The  time  of  entering 
the  Delaware  and  Hudson  is  April,  the  Connecticut  a  little  later,  the  Merrimack 
still  later;  to  the  Penobscot  the  Salmon  come  most  abundantly  in  June  and  July, 
and  to  the  Miramichi  from  the  middle  of  June  to  October.  The  Salmon  is  not 
much  affected  by  changes  in  temperature  of  the  water,  enduring  a  range  of  fully 
45°.  The  eggs  are  deposited  in  shoal  water  on  sandy  or  gravelly  bottom,  the  parent 
fish  making  deep  depressions  by  means  of  their  noses  or  by  flopping  motions  of 


326         Si:\l.MH     KKl'oKr    OF    Till-     Fokl-ST,     FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

the  tail.  The  period  of  egg-depositing  lasts  from  5  to  12  days.  The  spawning 
season  begins  about  the  middle  of  October  and  may  run  into  December.  In  some 
European  rivers  the  season  continues  till  February.  The  eggs  are  about  one-fourth 
of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  the  female  is  estimated  to  have  about  1,000  for  each 
pound  of  her  weight.  In  the  Pcnobscot,  according  to  the  observations  of  Mr. 
Atkins  .in  eight-pound  female  yields  from  5,000  to  6,000  eggs;  and  a  female  of  40 
pounds  about  15,000  eggs.  The  hatching  period  ranges  from  140  to  200  days  or 
more,  depending  on  the  temperature.  A  newly  hatched  Salmon  is  about  three- 
fourths  of  an  inch  long,  and  the  yolk  sac  is  absorbed  in  from  a  month  to  six  weeks. 
It  then  begins  to  feed  on  small  organisms  in  the  water.  At  the  age  of  two  months 
it  measure*,  i  '_•  inches  and  begins  to  show  crossbars  and  red  spots,  gradually  coming 
into  the  parr  stage.  In  the  sea  the  Salmon  feeds  on  herring,  capelin,  sand  lance, 
.smelt  and  other  small  fishes,  besides  crustaceans ;  but  during  its  stay  in  fresh  water 
it  takes  no  food. 

Among  the  worst  enemies  of  salmon  eggs  are  trout,  eels,  suckers  and  frogs. 
Numerous  species  of  birds  destroy  the  fry,  among  them  sheldrakes,  kingfishers, 
gulls  and  terns. 

The  value  of  the  Salmon  as  a  food  and  game  fish  is  so  well  known  as  to  require 
no  description  here.  Those  that  find  their  way  into  market  are  usually  caught  in 
pound  nets,  gill  nets  or  seines,  and  the  bulk  of  them  are  taken  at  or  near  the  mouths 
of  the  streams  which  they  are  about  to  enter  for  the  purpose  of  spawning.  Many 
are  captured  in  the  upper  reaches  of  streams  by  the  spear. 

Mitchill,  in  the  first  volume  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Literary  and  Philo- 
sophical Society  of  New  York,  says  that  the  Salmon  "has  been  taken,  since  the 
discovery,  a  few  times  in  the  Hudson.  But  here  he  is  a  straggling  fish,  and  not  in 
his  regular  home.  There  is  no  steady  migration  of  Salmon  to  this  river.  Though 
pains  have  been  taken  to  cherish  the  breed,  the  Salmon  has  never  frequented  the 
Hudson  in  any  other  manner  than  as  a  stray." 

In  1842  DeKay  published  the  following  note: 

The  Sea  Salmon  rarely  now  appears  on  our  coast  except  as  a  straggling  visitor. 
Such  an  occurrence  took  place  in  August,  1840,  when  a  Salmon  weighing  eight 
pounds  entered  the  Hudson  River,  and  ascended  it  more  than  150  miles,  when  it 
was  taken  near  Troy.  It  now  is  only  seen  on  our  northern  borders, 

ascending  the  St.  Lawrence  from  the  sea,  and  appearing  in  Lake  Ontario  in  April, 
and  leaving  it  again  in  October  or  November.  They  were  formerly  very  abundant 
in  the  lakes  in  the  interior  of  the  State  which  communicated  with  Lake  Ontario ; 
but  the  artificial  impediments  thrown  in  their  way  have  greatly  decreased  their 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  327 

numbers,  and  in  many  cases  caused  their  total  destruction.  I  have  seen  some  from 
Oneida  Lake  weighing  10  and  15  pounds.  *  *  *  They  are  occasionally  found  in 
Lake  Ontario  during  the  whole  year ;  but,  as  the  same  instinct  which  compels  them 
to  ascend  rivers  also  leads  them  again  to  the  sea,  and  as  there  is  no  barrier 
opposed  to  their  return,  we  may  presume  that  these  are  sickly  or  possibly  barren 
individuals. 

Experiments  for  restocking  the  Hudson  are  now  in  progress,  and  it  is  probable 
that  the  river  may  again  become  a  Salmon  stream. 

59.     Landlocked  Salmon  (Salmo  sebago  Girard).     (Introduced.) 

Sal  mo  sebago  GIRARD,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  380,  1853,  Sebago  Lake,  Maine. 
Salmo  salar  var.  sebago  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  312,  1883. 
Salmo  salar  sebago  JORDAN  &   EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  487,  1896  ;  BEAN, 
Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  344,  1897. 

There  are  at  least  two  well  marked  races  of  Salar  Salmon  which  do  not  enter  the 
sea  but  live  permanently  in  fresh  water.  Both  of  these  differ  from  the  migratory 
Salmon  in  several  particulars :  they  are  smaller,  their  eggs  are  larger,  they  retain  the 
parr  marks  much  longer,  they  are  more  subject  to  disease  attending  the  egg-pro- 
ducing season,  and  the  young  grow  more  rapidly.  The  Ouananiche  of  the  Saguenay 
River  country  is  the  farthest  removed  from  the  typical  Sea  Salmon  by  its  very 
much  smaller  size,  larger  fins  and  different  pattern  of  coloration. 

The  larger  of  the  two  Landlocked  Salmon  of  the  United  States  is  found  in  the 
four  river  basins  of  the  State  of  Maine,  the  Presumpscot,  Sebec,  Union  and  St. 
Croix.  Here  the  weights  vary  considerably,  spawning  fish  ranging  all  the  way  from 
3  pounds  to  10  or  12  pounds,  while  occasional  individuals  reach  25  pounds.  The 
Sebago  form  is  the  one  that  has  been  introduced  into  the  Adirondack  lakes  and 
other  New  York  waters.  Spawning  begins  late  in  October,  but  is  at  its  height  in 
November.  Eggs  are  shipped  in  January,  February  and  March,  and  the  fry  are 
ready  for  planting  in  June. 

At  Green  Lake,  Me.,  the  Landlocked  Salmon  often  endure  a  summer  tempera- 
ture above  80°  F.,  but  they  refuse  to  take  food  when  the  water  reaches  75°. 

This  Salmon  has  been  introduced  into  New  York  waters  from  Maine,  and 
appears  to  have  become  established  in  several  localities.  Caspian  Lake  is  one  of 
the  lakes  that  have  been  stocked.  A  very  fine  example  was  obtained  from  the 
South  Side  Sportsmen's  Club  of  Long  Island,  but  it  was  injured  in  transportation 
and  never  recovered.  In  April,  1896,  several  individuals  from  Maine  were  presented 
by  Eugene  G.  Blackford.  One  of  these  lived  in  a  tank  of  salt  water  in  the  New 


328         SKYF.MH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

York  aquarium  for  19  months,  and  was  then  frightened  by  visitors  when  the  water 
was  drawn  low  for  cleaning,  and  injured  itself  so  badly  that  it  died  after  a  few 
hours  of  struggling.  The  following  measurements  were  obtained  from  the  fresh 

fisn-  INCHES. 

Length,     -  24 
Middle  caudal  rays  from  end  of  scales,  W 

Depth,  \ 

Least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle,  -  1Y* 

Head,  ^ 

Snout,  -  l% 

1 1 

Eye,                                                        •  ,76 

Orbit,   -  ...                                   # 

Snout  to  dorsal,                          -        -  9/^ 

Dorsal  base,  •                                                                       2Y\ 
Longest  dorsal  ray,  - 

Last  dorsal  ray,  •                                                                       IJ4 

Snout  to  ventral,       -                  -  -                           ll/4 

Length  of  ventral,  2^ 

Snout  to  anal,    -  i6f6 

Anal  base,  IH 

Longest  anal  ray,  i^ 

Last  anal  ray,        -  i/^ 

Snout  to  adipose  dorsal,   -  17^6 

Width  of  adipose  dorsal,  /4 

Length  of  adipose  dorsal,  Y\ 

Length  of  pectoral,      -  3/^ 

Upper  jaw,  2^ 

Maxilla,  -               2 

The  head  has  about  28  dark  spots,  the  largest  on  the  gill  cover,  oblong,  ^  inch 
long.  Body  with  many  large  and  small  black  spots,  a  few  with  a  pale  ring  around 
them,  and  some  as  large  as  the  largest  on  the  gill  cover ;  one  on  the  caudal  peduncle 
of  one  side  distinctly  X-shaped.  General  color  dark  bluish  gray  ;  belly  and  lower 
parts  iridescent  silvery ;  fins  all  dusky ;  the  dorsal  with  many  black  spots ;  eye  pale 
lemon,  the  upper  part  dusky. 

Gill  rakers,  9+  u,  the  longest  5/l6  inch.     B.  u  ;  D.  10.     Scales,  21-123-20. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  329 

60.     Lake  Tahoe  Trout  ;  Red-throat  Trout  (Salmo  henshawi  Gill  &  Jordan). 

(Introduced.) 

Salmo  henshawi  GILL  &  JORDAN,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2,  358,  1878,  Lake  Tahoe  ;  Kept.  Chief 

Eng.,  part  3,  1878,  App.  NN,  1619,  pi.  IV. 

Salmo  purpuratus  var.  henshawi  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  316,  1883. 
Salmo  mykiss  CHENEY,  Third  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish,  239,  color  pi.  facing  p.  238, 

1898. 
Salmo  mykiss  henshawi  JORDAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C,  IX,  14,  pi.  II,  fig.  5,  1891  ;  JORDAN  & 

EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  493,  1896. 
Salmo  clarkii  henshawi  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  op.   cit.  2819,  pi.  LXXIX,  fig.  208,  1900. 

Body  elongate,  not  much  compressed,  its  greatest  depth  one-fourth  of  the  total 
length  without  caudal ;  caudal  peduncle  rather  long,  its  least  depth  equaling  two- 
fifths  of  the  length  of  the  head  ;  head  long,  conical,  slender,  its  length  contained 
about  four  times  in  the  total  to  caudal  base ;  a  slight  keel  on  the  top  of  the  head ; 


LAKE  TAHOE  TROUT. 

snout  obtusely  pointed  ;  maxilla  not  extending  far  behind  the  eye,  about  equal  to 
pectoral,  which  is  three-fifths  of  length  of  head ;  gill  rakers  short  and  stout,  about 
1 8  on  the  first  arch,  of  which  13  are  below  the  angle;  vomerine  teeth  in  two  long, 
alternating  series;  hyoid  teeth  rather  weak,  in  a  small  patch;  dorsal  fin  small,  its 
last  rays  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  highest ;  anal  fin  rather  high  ;  caudal  short  and 
distinctly  forked.  D.  9  to  1 1  ;  A.  12  ;  B.  10.  Scales  27  to  37-160  to  200-27  to  40  ; 
pyloric  caeca  50  to  60. 

Color  dark  green  in  life,  varying  to  pale  green  ;  the  sides  silvery  with  a  broad 
coppery  shade  which  extends  also  on  the  cheeks  and  opercles  ;  a  yellowish  tinge  on 
the  sides  of  the  lower  jaw  and  red  or  orange  dashes  between  its  rami ;  back  every- 
where covered  with  large,  roundish  black  spots;  dorsal,  adipose  fin  and  caudal  fin 
with  similar  spots,  and  a  few  on  the  anal ;  belly  with  black  spots. 

The  Tahoe  Trout  is  a  large  species  inhabiting  Tahoe  Lake,  Pyramid  Lake,  Web- 
ber Lake,  Donner  Lake,  Independence  Lake,  Truckee  River,  Humboldt  River, 
Carson  River,  and  most  streams  of  the  east  slope  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  ;  it  occurs 


330        SKVKMII     KKPORT    OK    THK    luRKST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

also  in  the  head  waters  of  Feather  River,  west  of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  probably  by 
introduction  from  Nevada. 

The  usual  weight  is  5  or  6  pounds,  but  individuals  weighing  20  to  29  pounds  are 

recorded. 

Eggs  of  the  Lake  Tahoc,  Cal.,  Trout  were  obtained  by  James  Annin,  Jr.,  at 
Caledonia,  X.  V..  and  young  fish  reared  at  his  establishment  were  sent  to  the  aqua- 
rium in  November,  1896.  They  throve  till  the  latter  part  of  June,  1897,  when  they 
were  overcome  by  the  warm  water.  They  could  not  endure  a  transfer  to  the  cooler 
salt  water,  like  most  of  the  other  fish  of  the  Salmon  family. 

At  Caledonia  Station,  according  to  Mr.  Cheney,  this  fish  begins  to  spawn  before 
the  middle  of  March,  and  continues  for  two  months.  The  impregnation  of  eggs  is 
from  90^  to  95$,  but  just  before  the  hatching  period  a  large  number  of  the  eggs 
burst  and  the  embryos  arc  lost.  There  is  loss  too  between  the  hatching  and  feeding 
times,  and  the  fry  do  not  feed  as  readily  as  the  Brook  Trout.  Altogether,  Mr. 
Annin,  the  superintendent  of  hatcheries,  estimates  the  total  loss  between  impregna- 
tion of  the  eggs  and  feeding  of  the  fry  as  about  40%.  After  the  fry  begin  to  feed 
they  are  not  more  difficult  to  rear  than  Brook  Trout. 

61.     Steelhead  ;  Gairdner's  Trout ;  Salmon  Trout  (Salmo  gairdntri  Richardson). 

(Introduced.) 

Salnw  gainineri  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  313,  1883  ;  BEAN, 
Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  IX,  198,  pi.  XLIX,  fig.  9,  1891,  not  fig.  10,  which  is  young  mykiss; 
JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  498,  1896,  pi.  LXXXI,  fig.  215, 
1900;  CHENEY,  Third  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish,  241,  color  pi.,  1898. 

Form  of  S.  salar.  Body  elongate,  little  compressed,  its  greatest  depth  two- 
ninths  of  the  total  length  without  caudal ;  caudal  peduncle  short,  its  least  depth 
three-sevenths  of  length  of  head  ;  head  rather  short,  one-fifth  of  total  length  without 
caudal,  maxilla  reaching  far  behind  the  eye,  its  length  one-half  the  length  of  head  ; 
eye  small,  two-thirds  of  length  of  snout,  two-elevenths  as  long  as  the  head  ;  teeth 
rather  small,  vomerines  in  two  long,  alternating  series  about  as  long  as  the  palatine 
series;  gill  rakers  short  and  stout,  about  20  on  the  first  arch,  of  which  12  are  below 
the  angle ;  dorsal  origin  much  nearer  to  tip  of  snout  than  to  base  of  caudal,  base  of 
dorsal  two-thirds  of  length  of  head,  longest  dorsal  ray  one-half  the  length  of  head 
and  twice  as  long  as  last  ray;  adipose  fin  very  small  and  narrow,  over  the  beginning 
of  the  anal;  caudal  fin  moderately  forked  in  the  young;  ventral  origin  midway 
between  tip  of  snout  and  base  of  caudal,  ventral  fin  one-half  the  depth  of  body ; 
anal  base  one-half  as  long  as  the  head,  longest  anal  ray  equal  to  postorbital  part  of 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


331 


head;  pectoral  fin  one-eighth  of  total  length  without  caudal.  B.  11  or  12;  D.  1 1  ; 
A.  12.  Scales  from  137  to  177,  usually  about  150-28;  pyloric  caeca  42;  vertebrae 
38+20=58.  Color  olive  green  above,  sides  silvery,  head,  back,  dorsal  and  caudal 
fins  profusely  covered  with  small  black  spots,  no  red  between  the  rami  of  the  lower 
jaw. 

The  Steelhead  Trout  is  found  in  coastwise  streams  from  Southern  California  to 
Bristol  Bay,  Alaska.  It  spawns  in  the  late  winter  and  early  spring;  ripe  eggs  were 
obtained  at  Sitka,  Alaska,  June  10.  Spent  fish  of  this  species  are  frequently  taken 
with  the  spring  run  of  the  King  Salmon. 

The  economic  value  of  the  Steelhead  is  very  great ;  the  fish  reaches  a  weight  of 
30  pounds,  though  the  average  weight  is  under  20  pounds,  and  the  non-anadromous 
forms  seldom  exceed  5  or  6  pounds. 

From  information  furnished  by  Mr.  Annin  it  appears  evident  that  some  of  the 
eggs  of  Trout  received  at  Caledonia,  N.  Y.,  many  years  ago  from  the  McLeod  River, 


STEELHEAD. 

Cal.,  as  Rainbows,  really  included  both  Rainbows  and  Steelheads.  He  finds  certain 
females  producing  deep  salmon-colored  eggs  while  in  the  same  pond  and  receiving 
the  same  food  as  other  females  which  furnish  very  light-colored,  almost  white,  eggs. 
Some  of  the  females  also  differ  from  others  in  going  to  the  spawning  beds  nearly 
two  months  earlier.  It  is  now  known  also  that  the  McLeod  contains  a  small-scaled 
form  of  the  Rainbow,  known  to  the  Indians  as  the  no-shec,  and  this  also  may  easily 
have  been  sent  to  the  east  under  the  name  of  Rainbow.  Striking  differences  in  the 
appearance  and  habits  of  so-called  Rainbows  introduced  into  the  various  States 
lend  color  to  this  supposition. 

Steelheads  were  obtained  for  the  New  York  aquarium  in  November,  1896,  from 
the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission.  They  were  hatched  from  eggs  shipped  from  Fort 
Gaston,  Cal.,  to  the  station  at  Craig  Brook,  Me.  The  length  of  the  trout  when 
received  ranged  from  4  to  4^  inches.  After  one  year  they  were  10  inches  long  on 


332         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    TIM.     FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

the  average,  and  weighed  many  times  as  much  as  they  did  when  received.  None  of 
them  at  any  time  showed  a  red  lateral  band  such  as  is  present  in  the  Rainbow,  and 
they  are  farther  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  white  tips  on  the  ventral  and  anal 
fins ;  the  dorsal  also  has  a  small  white  tip.  They  have  been  kept  almost  from  their 
arrival  in  salt  water,  and  could  not  have  been  kept  in  the  warm  Croton  water  in 
June.  The  salt  water  never  rose  above  71^2°  F.  and  continued  at  this  high  tem- 
perature only  10  days. 

The  N.  Y.  Fisheries,  Game  and  Forest  Commission  planted  some  of  these  trout 
in  a  Long  Island  stream  and  some  in  a  lake  in  Northern  New  York.  Those  that 
were  planted  on  Long  Island,  says  Mr.  Cheney,  when  rather  more  than  a  year  old 
rose  to  the  fly  of  the  trout  fisherman  and  made  a  most  gallant  fight,  but  it  is  too 
early  to  tell  the  outcome  of  the  experiment.  The  eggs  are  one-fifth  of  an  inch  in 
diameter;  they  hatch  in  42  to  50  days  with  water  at  50°. 


BROWN  TROUT. 

62.     Brown   Trout  (Salmo  fario  Linnaeus).     (Introduced.) 

Salmo  fario  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  78,  color  pi.  6,  1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Check- 
List  Fish.  N.  A.,  512,  1896. 
Salar  ausonii  CUVIER  &  VALENCIENNES,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  XXI,  319,  pi.  618,  1848. 

The  Brown  Trout  of  Europe  was  introduced  into  the  United  States  from 
Germany  in  February,  1883,  and  in  subsequent  years;  it  has  now  become  thoroughly 
acclimated  in  the  fresh  waters  of  many  of  the  States. 

The  body  of  this  trout  is  comparatively  short  and  stout,  its  greatest  depth  being 
contained  about  four  times  in  the  length  without  the  caudal.  The  caudal  peduncle 
is  short  and  deep,  its  depth  equal  to  two-fifths  of  the  length  of  the  head.  The 
length  of  the  head  in  adults  is  one-fourth  of  the  total  length  without  caudal  or 
slightly  less.  The  diameter  of  the  eye  is  about  one-fifth  of  the  length  of  the  head, 
and  less  than  length  of  snout.  The  dorsal  fin  is  placed  nearer  to  the  tip  of  the  snout 
than  to  the  root  of  the  tail ;  the  longest  ray  of  this  fin  equals  the  distance  from  the 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  333 

eye  to  the  end  of  the  opercle.  The  ventral  is  under  the  posterior  part  of  the  dorsal ; 
its  length  is  about  one-half  that  of  the  head.  The  adipose  dorsal  is  placed  over  the 
end  of  the  anal  base ;  it  is  long  and  expanded  at  the  end.  The  caudal  is  emarginate 
in  young  examples,  but  nearly  truncate  in  specimens  10  inches  long.  The  pectoral 
is  nearly  one-sixth  of  the  length  without  the  caudal.  In  the  male  the  jaws  are  pro- 
duced, and  very  old  ones  have  a  hook.  The  maxilla  extends  to  the  hind  margin  of 
the  eye.  The  triangular  head  of  the  vomer  has  a  transverse  series  of  teeth,  and  the 
shaft  of  the  bone  bears  two  opposite  or  alternating  series  of  strong  persistent  teeth. 
D.  13-14;  A.  'lo-n  ;  P.  13;  V.  9.  Scales  25-20-30;  pyloric  caeca  38-51  ;  vertebrae 
57-58- 

On  the  head,  body  and  dorsal  fin  usually  numerous  red  and  black  spots,  the  latter 
circular  or  X-shaped  and  some  of  them  with  a  pale  border  ;  yellowish  margin  usually 
present  on  the  front  of  the  dorsal  and  anal  and  the  outer  part  of  the  ventral.  The 
dark  spots  are  few  in  number  below  the  lateral  line.  The  ground  color  of  the  body 
is  brownish  or  brownish  black,  varying  with  food  and  locality. 

Names.  In  European  countries  in  which  this  species  is  native  it  bears  the  name 
of  trout  or  brook  trout  or  the  equivalents  of  these  terms.  In  Germany  it  is  bach- 
forelle ;  in  Italy,  trota  ;  in  France,  truite.  In  the  United  States  it  is  known  as  the 
Brown  Trout  and  von  Behr  trout,  the  latter  in  honor  of  Herr  von  Behr,  president  of 
the  Deutscher  Fischerie  Verein,  who  has  been  very  active  in  the  acclimation  of  the 
fish  in  America. 

Distribution.  The  Brown  Trout  is  widely  distributed  in  Continental  Europe  and 
inhabits  lakes  as  well  as  streams,  especially  in  Norway  and  Sweden.  Tributaries  of 
the  White  Sea,  the  Baltic,  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Caspian  contain  this  species.  In 
Great  Britain  it  lives  in  lakes  and  streams  and  has  reached  a  high  state  of  perfec- 
tion ;  in  Germany  and  Austria,  however,  the  Trout  is  a  characteristic  fish,  and  our 
supply  has  been  drawn  principally  from  the  former  country.  Moreau  found  it  at  an 
elevation  of  7,000  feet  in  the  Pyrenees,  and  a  color  variety  is  native  to  Northern 
Algeria  in  about  37°  north  latitude.  In  the  United  States  the  Brown  Trout  has 
been  successfully  reared  in  Colorado  at  an  elevation  of  nearly  2  miles  above  sea 
level ;  it  is  now  well  established  in  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  Missouri, 
Michigan.  Wisconsin,  Nebraska,  Colorado,  and  several  other  States.  This  Trout  has 
proved  to  be  well  adapted  to  the  region  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  which  has  no 
native  black  spotted  species,  though  the  western  streams  and  lakes  contain  many 
forms  in  a  high  state  of  development. 

Size.  Under  favorable  conditions  the  Brown  Trout  has  been  credited  with  a 
weight  of  22  pounds  and  a  length  of  35  inches.  In  New  Zealand  rivers,  where  it 


334         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

\\-a-;  introduced  with  unusual  success,  it  now  approximates  equal  size ;  but  in  most 
localities  IO  pounds  is  about  the  limit  of  weight  and  5  or  6  pounds  is  a  good  average, 
while  in  some  regions  the  length  seldom  exceeds  i  foot,  and  the  weight  ranges  from 
Yi  pound  to  I  pound.  In  the  United  States  a  wild  specimen,  seven  years  old, 
weighed  about  11  pounds.  In  a  well  in  Scotland  an  individual  aged  15  years  meas- 
ured only  about  I  foot  in  length.  These  illustrations  will  serve  to  show  how  much 
the  growth  of  a  Brown  Trout  is  affected  by  its  surroundings  and  food  supply.  The 
species  has  been  known  to  become  sexually  mature  when  two  years  old  and  8  inches 
long.  • 

Habits.  The  Brown  Trout  thrives  in  clear,  cold,  rapid  streams  and  at  the 
mouths  of  streams  tributary  to  lakes.  In  its  movements  it  is  swift,  and  it  leaps  over 
obstructions  like  the  Salmon.  It  feeds  usually  in  the  morning  and  evening,  is  more 
active  during  evening  and  night,  and  often  lies  quietly  in  deep  pools  or  in  the 
shadow  of  overhanging  bushes  and  trees  for  hours  at  a  time.  It  feeds  on  insects  and 
their  larvae,  worms,  mollusks  and  small  fishes,  and,  like  its  relative,  the  Rainbow 
Trout,  it  is  fond  of  the  eggs  of  fishes.  In  Europe  it  is  described  as  rising  eagerly 
to  the  surface  in  pursuit  of  gnats,  and  is  said  to  grow  most  rapidly  when  fed  on 
insects. 

Reproduction.  Spawning  begins  in  October  and  continues  through  December 
and  sometimes  into  January.  The  eggs  are  from  one-sixth  to  one-fifth  of  an  inch  in 
diameter  and  yellowish  or  reddish  in  color;  they  are  deposited  at  intervals  during  a 
period  of  many  days  in  crevices  between  stones,  under  projecting  roots  of  trees,  and 
sometimes  in  nests  excavated  by  the  spawning  fishes.  The  parents  cover  the  eggs 
to  some  extent  with  gravel.  The  hatching. period  varies  according  to  temperature 
from  40  to  70  days.  Females  aged  three  years  furnish  on  the  average  about  350 
eggs  each,  but  individuals  of  this  age  have  yielded  as  many  as  700,  and  even  at  the 
age  of  two  years  some  females  produce  from  400  to  500.  When  they  are' four  or 
five  years  old,  the  number  of  eggs  has  reached  1,500  to  2,000.  The  young  thrive  in 
water  with  a  temperature  of  about  50°  F.  Sterility  in  the  females  is  common,  and 
breeding  females  have  been  observed  to  cease  reproduction  when  eight  years  old. 

Qualities.  The  Brown  Trout  is  in  its  prime  from  May  to  the  last  of  September. 
Its  flesh  is  very  digestible  and  nutritious,  and  deeper  red  than  that  of  the  Salmon 
when  suitable  food  is  furnished  ;  the  flavor  and  color,  however,  vary  with  food  and 
locality.  Insect  food  produces  the  most  rapid  growth  and  best  condition.  This 
species  has  been  so  long  known  as  one  of  the  noblest  of  the  game  fishes  and  its 
adaptability  for  capture  with  artificial  flies  because  of  its  feeding  habits  is  so  well 
understood  that  I  need  not  dwell  on  these  familiar  details. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  335 

63.     Hybrid   Trout  (Brown  and  Brook). 

A  very  beautiful  and  interesting  hybrid  is  produced  by  crossing  the  Brown  Trout 
and  the  Brook  Trout.  The  following  is  a  description  of  this  hybrid  : 

Salmo   (HYBRID  =  fario-|-fontinalis) 

Hybrid  Trout. 

In  a  paper  published  some  years  ago  the  writer  stated,  as  a  result  of  his  studies, 
that  when  a  large-scaled  trout  is  crossed  with  a  small-scaled  one,  the  hybrid  will  be 
large-scaled  whichever  way  the  cross  be  made.  The  hybrid  between  the  Brown  Trout 
and  the  Brook  is  a  large-scaled  form,  and  it  is  sterile  as  far  as  reported.  The  New 
York  aquarium  has  had  this  hybrid  from  the  South  Side  Sportsmen's  Club  and  from 
the  New  York  hatcheries  at  Coldspring  Harbor,  L.  I.,  and  Caledonia.  It  is  always 
a  strikingly  handsome  fish,  and  grows  to  a  large  size ;  but  it  is  far  less  hardy  than 
either  of  its  parents.  The  cross  has  always  been  artificially  made,  and  never  occurs 
naturally.  Two  specimens  studied  gave  the  following  measurements  in  inches  : 

MEASUREMENTS. 

CALEDONIA,  N.  Y.      OAKDALE,  N.  Y. 
JUNE  io,   1896.  MARCH  23,  1897. 

JAMES  ANNIN,  JR.          G.  P.  SLADE. 

Extreme  length,  9^                        14^ 

Length  of  middle  caudal  rays  from  end  of  scales,             ^ 

Depth  of  body,  i^                          3>^ 

Least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle,  7/& 

Length  of  head,      -  2                              3/^ 

Length  of  snout,  -                                                         i/^ 

Length  of  upper  jaw,  i/^ 

Length  of  lower  jaw,  -                 i^ 

Diameter  of  eye,     -  -                     Vie                         7/i6 

Distance  from  snout. to  dorsal  origin,  3^ 

Length  of  dorsal  base,  i3/i6 

Length  of  longest  dorsal  ray,  is/i6 

Length  of  last  dorsal  ray,  Y± 

Distance  from  snout  to  ventral  origin,  -                          4>2 

Length  of  ventral,  i/^ 

Distance  from  snout  to  anal  origin,     -  6 

Length  of  anal  base,        -  ^ 

Length  of  longest  anal  ray,  iX 

Length  of  last  anal  ray, 


336         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

The  Caledonian  specimen  has  no  hyoid  teeth  ;  the  vomerines  are  in  a  very  small 
patch  on  the  head  of  the  bone  only.  The  gill  rakers  are  4+  10,  the  longest  about 
one-half  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  It  has  about  124  tubes  in  the  lateral  line. 
Branchiostegals,  10.  The  following  color  notes  were  taken  from  the  fresh  fish: 
Dorsal  fin  with  numerous  dark  blotches  resembling  those  of  young  rainbow  ;  adipose 
long  and  slender,  amber  color  with  two  obscure  dusky  blotches,  one  of  these  very  indis- 
tinct ;  lower  half  of  sides  pink  ;  ventral,  anal  and  caudal  pink;  ventral  and  anal  with 
a  milk  white  front  margin,  that  in  the  anal  limited  behind  by  a  dark  line  as  in  Brook 
Trout ;  sides  reticulated  with  large  meshes  of  lemon  yellow  interspersed  with  darker 
purplish  or  olive.  Dorsal  blotches  are  mingled  with  pale  lemon.  Pectoral  pale 
vermilion.  Eye  silvery  white  with  yellowish  reflections. 

The  specimen  from  Oakdale,  L.  I.,  weighed  20  ounces.  It  has  a  triangular  patch 
of  vomerine  teeth,  as  found  in  font inalis,  but  continued  behind  by  several  teeth  in 
a  single  row,  the  entire  length  of  the  vomerine  series  being  seven-sixteenths  of 
an  inch. 


LOCH   LEVEN  TROUT. 

64.     Loch  Leven  Trout  (Sal mo  trutta  levenensis  Walker).     (Introduced.) 

Salmo  levenensis  WALKER,  Wern.  Mem.,  I,  541,  1811  ;  YARRELL,  Brit.  Fish.,  ed.  2,  II,  117, 
1841  ;  ed.  3,  I,  257,  fig.  1859  ;  GUNTHER,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  VI,  101,  1866  ;  DAY, 
Fish.  Great  Brit.  &  Ireland,  II,  92,  pi.  CXVI,  fig.  2  &  2a,  1884  ;  BAIRD,  Kept.  U.  S. 
F.  C,  XII,  LVIII,  1886. 

Salmo  trutta  levenensis  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Check-List  Fish.  N.  A.,  512,  1896. 

The  Loch  Leven  Trout  of  Great  Britain  was  introduced  into  the  United  States 
from  Scotland  in  1885  and  subsequent  years.  It  is  somewhat  closely  related  to  the 
European  Brown  Trout,  Salmo  fario,  and  has  been  artificially  crossed  with  that 
species  in  the  United  States,  so  that  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to  find  the  pure  bred 
Loch  Levens  in  fishcultural  establishments  at  home. 

The  body  of  the  Loch  Leven  is  more  slender  and  elongate  than  that  of  the 
Brown  Trout,  its  greatest  depth  contained  four  and  one-fourth  to  four  and  one-half 
times  in  the  total  length  without  caudal.  Caudal  peduncle  slender,  its  least  depth 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  337 

three-eighths  of  the  greatest  depth  of  the  body,  and  equal  to  length  of  snout  and 
eye  combined.  The  head  is  rather  short  and  conical,  its  length  two-ninths  to  one- 
fifth  of  the  total  length  without  caudal.  The  snout  is  one-fourth  or  slightly  more 
than  one-fourth  as  long  as  the  head.  The  interorbital  space  is  somewhat  con- 
vex, its  width  equal  to  three-fifths  of  the  length  of  postorbital  part  of  head. 
The  eye  is  of  moderate  size,  its  long  diameter  contained  five  and  one-half  to 
six  times  in  the  length  of  the  head,  and  equaling  about  twice  the  greatest 
width  of  the  maxilla.  The  maxilla  reaches  to  or  slightly  beyond  the  hind 
margin  of  the  eye.  Teeth  rather  strong,  those  in  the  intermaxillary  and  man- 
dible the  largest,  triangular  head  of  vomer  with  two  or  three  in  a  transverse 
series  at  its  base,  teeth  on  the  shaft  of  the  vomer  usually  in  a  single,  partially 
zigzag,  persistent  series.  Mandible  without  a  hook  and  little  produced  even  in 
breeding  males.  Dorsal  origin  distant  from  tip  of  snout  about  as  far  as  end  of 
dorsal  base  from  base  of  caudal ;  the  dorsal  fin  higher  than  long,  its  base  one-eighth 
of  total  length  without  caudal,  its  longest  ray  equal  to  longest  ray  of  anal  fin.  The 
anal  fin  is  much  higher  than  long,  its  distance  from  the  base  of  the  ventral  equaling 
length  of  the  head.  The  ventral  origin  is  nearly  under  the  middle  of  the  dorsal, 
the  fin  being  as  long  as  the  postorbital  part  of  the  head.  Pectoral  equals  length  of 
head  without  the  snout.  Adipose  fin  very  small,  its  width  one-half  its  length,  which 
is  about  equal  to  eye.  Caudal  fin  emarginate  unless  fully  extended,  when  it 
becomes  truncate,  the  outer  rays  about  one-seventh  of  total  length,  including 
caudal.  D.  i3(  =  iv,  9);  A.  I2(  =  iii,  9);  P.  14;  V.  9.  Scales  24  to  28 — 118  to 
130 —  26  to  30  ;  pyloric  caeca  47  to  90  ;  vertebrae  56  to  59. 

Upper  parts  brownish  or  greenish  olive,  or  sometimes  with  a  reddish  tinge,  sides 
silvery  with  a  varying  number  of  x-shaped  black  spots,  or  sometimes  rounded  brown 
spots  or  rounded  black  spots  which  may  be  ocellated  ;  occasionally  red  spots  are 
seen  on  the  sides,  and  the  adipose  fin  may  have  several  bright  orange  spots,  or  it 
may  show  a  red  edge  and  several  dark  spots ;  sides  of  the  head  with  round  black 
spots;  dorsal  and  adipose  fins  usually  with  numerous  small  brown  spots;  tip  of 
pectoral  blackish  ;  anal  and  caudal  fins  unspotted,  but  the  caudal  sometimes  has  an 
orange  margin  and  the  anal  a  white  edge  with  black  at  its  base ;  a  similar  edge  may 
sometimes  be  observed  on  the  ventral. 

The  Loch  Leven  Trout  is  a  non-migratory  species,  inhabiting  Loch  Leven  and 
other  lakes  of  Southern  Scotland  and  of  the  North  of  England.  Its  range  in  Great 
Britain  and  on  the  Continent  of  Europe  has  been  greatly  extended  by  fishcultural 
operations,  and  the  fish  is  now  fairly  well  known  in  the  United  States,  though 

mixed  to  some  extent  with  the  Brown  Trout,  as  remarked  above. 
22 


SKVKNTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


The  Loch  Leven  Trout  has  been  recorded  of  the  weight  of  18  pounds,  but  the 
average  weight  at  6  years  of  age  is  about  7  pounds,  though  some  individuals  of  that 
age  may  reach  10  pounds.  The  natural  food  of  this  species  includes  fresh-water 
mollusks  (snails.  /litcciiimti,  etc.),  crustaceans,  worms  and  small  fish.  In  captivity  it 
is  reared  on  liver,  horse  flesh,  chopped  clams  and  various  other  meats. 

As  a  food  fish  the  Loch  Leven  is  highly  esteemed  on  account  of  the  red  color 
and  the  delicate  flavor  of  its  flesh  when  obtained  from  suitable  waters  ;  in  some 
localities  the  flesh  often  becomes  white  from  lack  of  food  or  improper  food. 

The  spawning  season  may  begin  late  in  September  or  early  in  October  and 
continue  till  December.  In  Michigan  it  corresponds  with  that  of  the  Brook  Trout. 
The  egg  varies  from  about  one-fifth  to  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  A  Trout 
\vt-ighing  2  pounds  contained  1,944  eggs,  the  weight  of  which  was  one-half  pound. 

The  Loch  Leven  will  take  the  artificial  fly  as  readily  as  the  Brown  Trout  and 
the  Brook  Trout.  Its  great  size  and  strength  add  to  its  attractions  for  the  angler. 


RAINBOW  TROUT  — ADULT  MALE. 

65.     Rainbow  Trout  (Sahno  iridais  Gibbons).     (Introduced.) 

Sa/mo  irideus  GIBBONS,  Proc.  Cal.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.,  36,  1855,  San  Leandro  Creek,  Alameda 
County,  Cal.;  JORDAN  \-  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  312,  in  part,  1883  5 
BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  XII,  36,  pi.  V,  figs.  2  &  3,  1894  ;  Fishes  Penna.,  77,  color 
pi.  V,  1893  ;  Ann.  Rept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish,  etc.,  I;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47, 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  pi.  LXXXI,  fig.  216,  1900. 

Salmo  irideus  shasta  JORDAN  \  KVI-.RMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  502,  1896. 

Body  short  and  deep,  its  greatest  depth  equaling  two-sevenths  of  the  total  length 
without  caudal.  The  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  equals  one-half  the  length  of 
head.  The  head  is  short  and  deep  ;  its  length  is  contained  about  four  and  two- 
thirds  times  in  the  total  length  without  the  caudal.  The  snout  is  short,  not  much 
longer  than  the  eye,  about  one-fourth  the  length  of  head.  Diameter  of  the  eye 
contained  four  and  two-thirds  times  in  length  of  head  ;  maxilla  not  quite  reaching 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  339 

to  below  hind  margin  of  eye  ;  vomerines  in  two  irregular  series  ;  gill  rakers  about 
20.  Dorsal  origin  a  little  nearer  tip  of  snout  than  to  caudal  base.  The  length  of 
the  dorsal  base  is  contained  seven  and  one-half  times  in  total  without  caudal,  and 
slightly  exceeds  longest  dorsal  ray  ;  last  dorsal  ray  one-half  as  long  as  the  longest. 
Ventral  origin  is  under  middle  of  dorsal  base;  the  fin  is  as  long  as  the  longest  dorsal 
ray  ;  the  ventral  appendage  about  as  long  as  the  eye  ;  when  the  ventral  is  extended, 
the  distance  of  its  tip  from  the  vent  is  one-third  of  length  of  head.  The  anal  base 
is  a  little  more  than  one-half  as  long  as  the  head  ;  the  longest  anal  ray  equals  the 
longest  dorsal  ray  ;  the  last  ray  is  not  quite  so  long  as  the  eye.  Adipose  fin  short, 
its  width  nearly  equal  to  its  length  and  two-thirds  of  diameter  of  eye.  B.  1 1  ;  D.  1 1 
divided  rays  and  4  rudiments;  A.  10  divided  rays  and  3  rudiments.  Scales  21 — 135 
to  140 — 20. 

The   upper  parts  usually  greenish  blue,  sometimes  purplish  ;  the  sides  more  or 
less  silvery  and  profusely  spotted  with  small  black  spots,  which  are  most  numerous 


YOUNG. 


above  the  lateral  line ;  head,  dorsal,  adipose,  and  caudal  fins  also  black  spotted. 
Sea-run  specimens  are  uniform  silvery  without  black  spots.  In  the  breeding  season 
the  broad  crimson  lateral  band  becomes  brighter,  and  the  sides  of  both  sexes  are 
iridescent  purplish.  The  jaws  of  the  male  in  the  breeding  season  are  not  much 
distorted,  but  they  are  very  much  larger  than  in  the  female. 

The  Rainbow  Trout  is  a  native  of  the  mountain  streams  of  the  Pacific  coast  and 
ranges  from  California  to  Southern  Alaska.  A  small  example  was  taken  at  Sitka,  in 
1880,  by  Admiral  L.  A.  Beardslee,  U.  S.  N.,  and  is  now  in  the  collection  of  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum.  This  trout  is  found  chiefly  in  mountain  streams  west  of  the 
Sierra  Nevadas.  It  rarely  descends  into  the  lower  stretches  of  the  rivers,  but 
occasionally  does  so  and  passes  out  to  sea.  The  Rainbow  has  been  extensively 
introduced  into  many  Eastern  States,  but  not  with  uniform  success.  In  Wisconsin, 
Michigan,  Missouri  and  North  Carolina  it  has  been  well  acclimatized,  and  it  is  also 
fairly  established  in  New  York. 


34°        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

The  average  individuals  of  this  species  are  less  than  I  foot  in  length,  but  speci- 
mens measuring  more  than  2  feet  and  weighing  13  pounds  have  been  recorded.  At 
Neosho,  Mo.,  the  young  have  been  artificially  grown  to  a  length  of  nearly  I  foot  in 
a  year. 

The  Rainbow  feeds  on  worms,  insect  larvae  and  salmon  eggs.  In  streams  in 
which  the  California  Salmon  and  Rainbow  exist  together,  the  Rainbow  is  more 
destructive  to  the  salmon  eggs  than  any  other  species.  Spawning  takes  place  in 
winter  and  early  spring,  varying  with  temperature  and  locality.  The  bulk  of  the 
eggs  are  usually  taken  in  January,  February  and  March,  and  the  average  yield 
from  each  female  is  about  900  eggs.  A  few  of  the  females  spawn  when  two  years 
old,  but  about  one-half  of  them  begin  at  three  years.  The  egg  is  from  one-fifth  to 
two-ninths  of  an  inch  in  diameter ;  it  has  a  rich  cream  color  when  first  taken,  chang- 
ing to  pink  or  flesh  color  before  hatching. 

«The  Rainbow  will  live  in  water  of  a  much  higher  temperature  than  the  Brook 
Trout  will  endure  and  it  thrives  in  tidal  streams  and  even  in  salt  water.  On  Long 
Island,  for  example,  the  South  Side  Sportsmen's  Club  obtains  a  great  deal  of  fine 
sport  with  this  trout  in  the  estuary  of  its  trout  brook.  The  flesh  of  the  Rainbow 
is  generally  much  esteemed,  and  in  most  localities  the  game  qualities  of  the  fish  are 
scarcely  inferior  to  those  of  the  Brook  Trout. 

Large  Rainbow  Trout  do  not  stand  transportation  well  when  ice  is  used  to  cool 
the  water  in  which  they  are  carried.  They  frequently  injure  their  eyes,  and  become 
blind  soon  after  the  end  of  a  journey.  They  are  inveterate  fighters,  and  the  strong- 
est invariably  rules  and  harasses  the  rest.  Contrary  to  what  has  been  stated  hereto- 
fore, they  will  not  endure  high  temperatures  as  well  as  the  Brook  Trout,  at  least  in 
the  aquarium. 

66.     Swiss  Lake  Trout  (Salmo  Icmanns  Cuvier).     (Introduced.) 

Stj/tno  lemanus  CUVIER,  R£gne  Anim.  fide  Gunther;  GUNTHER,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus., 

VI,  81,  1866. 

Salmo  tmtta  JURINE,  M£m.  Soc.  Phys.  Geneve,  III,  i,  158,  pi.  4,  1825. 
Fario  lemanus  CUVIER  &  VALENCIENNES,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  XXI,  300,  pi.  617   (male), 

1848. 
Swiss  Lake  Trout  ATKINS,  Kept.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  XVII,  XVIII,  XIX,  1893  and  1894. 

Head  well  proportioned  in  its  shape,  of  moderate  size,  body  rather  stout ; 
preoperculum  with  a  distinct  lower  limb,  operculum  rather  broad  and  high  ;  snout 
of  moderate  length,  rather  produced  in  the  male  sex,  in  which  a  mandibular  hook  is 
developed  in  the  spawning  season  ;  maxillary  longer  than  the  snout,  and  at  least  as 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  34 l 

strong  and  broad  as  in  .S.  fario;  in  specimens  12  inches  long  it  extends  somewhat 
behind  the  vertical  from  the  hind  margin  of  the  orbit.  Teeth  moderately  strong, 
those  on  the  vomer  in  a  single  series,  alternately  bent  toward  the  right  and  left, 
persistent  throughout  life.  Pectoral  fin  rounded,  its  length  being  less,  and  in  young 
individuals  more  than,  one-half  of  its  distance  from  the  ventral.  The  caudal 
becomes  truncate  with  age;  in  specimens  of  from  12  to  15  inches  in  length  it  is 
emarginate,  the  middle  rays  being  half  as  long  as  the  outer  ones.  The  hind  part  of 
the  body  of  moderate  depth;  there  are  13  or  14  scales  in  a  transverse  series 
descending  from  behind  the  adipose  fin  forward  to  the  lateral  line. 

Back  greenish,  sides  and  belly  silvery,  numerous  very  small  X-shaped  black  spots 
on  the  sides ;  opercles  and  dorsal  fin  with  numerous  black  dots ;  the  other  fins 
greenish.  D.  13  ;  A.  12  ;  P.  14 ;  V.  9.  Scales  26  to  28 — 115  to  128 — 36;  pyloric 
caeca  45 — 52  ;  vertebrae  57  (once),  58 — 59.  (After  Giinther.) 

Attempts  have  been  made  from  time  to  time  to  introduce  into  large,  cold  lakes 
of  the  United  States  the  fine  Lake  Trout  of  Lake  Geneva,  Switzerland.  Eggs  have 
been  furnished  to  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  by  the  Swiss  government,  and  these 
were  hatched  at  the  Craig  Brook,  Me.,  station,  and  from  there  the  young  were 
distributed  to  lakes  believed  to  be  suitable  for  the  experiment.  In  New  York,  the 
Adirondack  League  Club  obtained  1,000  of  the  young  of  this  species  in  1896  and 
deposited  them  in  Green  Lake,  in  Herkimer  County.  The  specimen  described  below 
is  probably  one  of  the  results  of  that  experiment.  Swiss  Lake  Trout  were  furnished 
also  to  the  New  York  Fish  Commission  for  planting  in  Lake  George,  and  100  year- 
lings were  presented  to  the  New  York  Aquarium. 

A  specimen  taken  in  Green  Lake,  Adirondack  League  Club  preserve,  Herkimer 
County,  July  29,  1899,  was  forwarded  to  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  and  there  described  by  Dr.  W.  C.  Kendall,  from  whose  notes  the  following 
account  is  drawn. 

The  total  length  of  the  specimen  is  11^  inches.  When  first  taken  it  was 
reported  to  measure  n^  inches.  The  body  is  moderately  elongate,  its  greatest 
depth  contained  three  and  three-fifths  times  in  the  total  length  to  base  of  caudal. 
Head  large,  slightly  more  than  one-third  of  total  length  to  base  of  caudal ;  eye 
rather  large,  about  one-fifth  of  length  of  head  ;  snout  long,  about  three-tenths  of 
length  of  head  ;  teeth  on  jaws,  palatines  and  tongue  long,  curved  and  sharp,  those 
of  the  lower  jaw  longest,  shaft  of  vomer  long  with  a  zigzag  row  of  sharp  teeth  ;  gill 
rakers  short,  the  longest  one-third  of  diameter  of  iris,  4+11  on  right  side,  5  +  10 
on  left  side.  Height  of  longest  dorsal  ray  two-thirds  of  length  of  head.  Pectoral 
five-eighths  as  long  as  the  head.  B.  11-12  ;  D.  9  ;  A.  8.  Scales  in  lateral  line  115. 


342         SEVENTH     REPORT    (>F    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

General  appearance  of  Saltno  salar  scbago,  from  which  it  would  probably  not  be 
distinguished  by  the  casual  observer  if  caught  whore  the  Landlocked  Salmon 
occurs;  but  the  Icinanns  is  distinguishable  by  the  heavier  appearance  forward  of 
the  dorsal  fin. 

Color  in  spirits,  brownish  on  back,  top  of  head  and  sides  of  head  ;  sides  and 
belly  very  silvery ;  large  roundish  black  spots  above  lateral  line  forward  and  on 
cheeks  and  opercles ;  perpendicularly  elongate  spots  forward  below  lateral  line ; 
black  of  all  spots  most  intense  on  edges  of  scales  ;  posteriorly  the  spots  show  only 
on  the  edges  of  the  scales,  being  variously  crescentic,  double  or  triple  crescentic, 
X  <>r  double  X--snaPet' :  fi'ls  pale  with  slightly  dusky  tinge;  dorsal  with  5  trans- 
verse rows  of  black  spots. 

Mr.  De  XVitt,  who  sent  the  specimen,  furnished  the  following  notes  on  Green 
Lake,  from  whence  it  was  forwarded  :  "  Maximum  depth  42  feet,  with  temperature 
at  bottom  at  that  depth,  as  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  ascertain,  about  40°.  Has  no 
outlet  so  far  as  we  know.  No  Brown  Trout  have  ever  been  put  in  it,  and  we  take  it 
for  granted  that  the  specimen  I  send  is  one  of  the  Swiss  Trout." 


LAKE   TROUT. 

67.     Lake    Trout;    Salmon    Trout    (Cristiromcr    namaycush  Walbaum). 

Sal, no  amethyst  inns  MITCHILL,  Jour.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  I,  410,  1818. 

Salmo  confinis  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  238,  pi.  38,  fig.  123,  1842. 

Sa/mo  amethystus  DEKAY,  op.  cit.  240,  pi.  76,  f  g.  241. 

Xalrelinus  namaycush  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus,  317,  1883;  GOODE, 

Fish.  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  485,  pi.  i9iB,  1884;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna,  82,  color  pi. 

8,  1893. 

Cnstivomer  namayeush  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  504,  1896,  pi. 
LXXXII,  fig.  217,  1900;  BEAN,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  348,  1897. 

The  Lake  Trout  or  Namayeush  has  a  stout  and  moderately  elongate  body.  The 
caudal  peduncle  is  slender;  its  height  little  more  than  one-third  of  the  greatest 
height  of  the  fish.  The  eye  is  large,  placed  near  the  top  of  the  head,  two-thirds  as 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  343 

long  as  the  snout,  and  contained  four  and  a  half  to  five  and  a  half  times  in  length  of 
head.  The  maxilla  reaches  far  behind  the  eye  ;  its  length  nearly  half  that  of  head. 
The  origin  of  the  dorsal  is  midway  between  tip  of  snout  and  root  of  tail.  The 
length  of  the  base  equals  length  of  maxilla ;  its  longest  ray  one-sixth  of  total 
without  caudal.  The  ventral  is  under  the  hind  part  of  dorsal ;  its  length  half  the 
length  of  head.  The  appendage  is  very  short,  about  half  the  length  of  eye.  The 
fin,  when  extended,  reaches  nearly  to  the  vent.  The  distance  between  ventral 
origin  and  anal  origin  is  one-fifth  of  total  length  without  caudal.  The  anal  base  is 
about  one-third  of  length  of  head  ;  the  longest  ray  half  of  length  of  head  ;  the  last 
ray  equal  to  eye.  The  pectoral  is  nearly  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  head.  B.  1 1  to 
12  ;  D.  9  to  10,  besides  several  rudiments;  A.  9  and  several  rudiments  ;  V.  9.  Scales 
of  lateral  line  about  200. 

The  coloration  is  extremely  variable,  generally  grayish,  in  the  variety  known  as 
the  Tuladi,  nearly  black.  Alaskan  specimens  are  usually  very  dark  ;  occasionally 
the  upper  parts  are  pale.  The  sides  are  profusely  covered  with  roundish  pale  spots, 
sometimes  with  a  reddish  tinge.  On  the  back  and  top  of  head  there  are  fine 
vermiculations  resembling  those  of  the  Brook  Trout.  The  caudal,  in  addition  to 
numerous  pale  spots,  has  many  small  dark  blotches. 

The  Lake  Trout  has  received  many  names,  among  which  are  the  following : 
Mackinaw,  Namaycush,  Togue,  Tuladi  and  Salmon  Trout.  Additional  names  of 
the  species  are  Lunge,  Red  Trout,  Gray  Trout,  and  Black  Salmon.  Togue  and 
Tuladi  are  names  applied  in  Maine,  New  Brunswick  and  Canada,  Mackinaw  and 
Salmon  Trout  in  the  Great  Lakes  region,  the  latter  used  also  in  New  York.  Namay- 
cush is  of  course  an  Indian  name. 

The  Lake  Trout  is  native  in  the  Great  Lakes  region,  lakes  of  New  York  and 
New  England,  Idaho  and  northward  into  Labrador,  British  America  and  Alaska. 
Extending  over  such  a  wide  range  of  country,  it  varies  greatly  in  size,  form  and 
color,  which  will  in  part  account  for  the  various  names  which  it  has  received.  It 
has  been  found  above  the  Arctic  Circle  in  Alaska. 

This  is  one  of  the  largest  species  of  the  Salmon  family  resident  in  fresh  waters. 
It  reaches  a  length  of  3  feet,  and  specimens  weighing  40  pounds  are  not  uncommon. 
It  is  said  that  an  example  of  90  pounds  and  6  feet  in  length  has  been  taken.  The 
species  is  found  in  its  best  condition  in  Lakes  Huron,  Michigan  and  Superior.  In 
Alaska  it  grows  to  a  large  size,  and  is  a  very  shapely  and  beautifully  colored  fish. 

The  Lake  Trout  is  one  of  the  most  rapacious  fishes  of  its  family.  In  Lake 
Michigan  it  feeds  largely  on  the  Cisco  and  other  small  Whitefishes.  At  Two  Rivers, 
Wis.,  a  Lake  Trout  measuring  23  inches  was  found  to  contain  a  Burbot  about  17 


344         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

inches  long.  The  gluttony  of  this  species  is  proverbial.  It  will  devour  table  refuse, 
and  materials  of  this  kind  have  frequently  been  taken  from  its  stomach.  Even 
twigs,  leaves  and  pieces  of  wood  have  been  taken  by  this  Trout.  The  species  is 
much  more  sluggish  in  its  habits  than  the  Brook  Trout,  and  is  taken  on  or  near  the 
bottom.  The  gill  and  pound  nets  in  which  this  species  is  principally  captured  are 
set  in  deep  water. 

The  spawning  of  the  Lake  Trout  usually  begins  in  October  and  continues  into 
November.  For  this  purpose  they  come  up  on  rocky  shoals  and  reefs  in  depths  of 
from  70  to  90  feet,  and  spawn  near  the  edges  of  rock  caverns,  into  which  the  eggs 
settle.  The  young  are  hatched  late  in  the  winter  or  early  in  spring.  In  some  locali- 
ties the  depth  of  the  spawning  areas  ranges  from  15  fathoms  to  only  7  feet.  Mr. 
Milner  found  14,943  eggs  in  a  Lake  Trout  weighing  24  pounds.  In  the  hatchery, 
with  a  water  temperature  of  47°,  the  young  hatch  about  the  last  week  of  January, 
but  their  hatching  may  be  retarded  several  weeks  by  lower  temperatures. 

The  fishery  for  the  Lake  Trout  is  most  active  in  September,  October  and  Novem- 
ber, and  the  fish  are  taken  chiefly  in  pound  and  gill  nets.  In  some  regions  many  of 
them  also  are  caught  with  hooks.  In  Lake  Erie  a  few  large  trout  of  this  species, 
weighing  from  25  to  40  pounds,  are  taken  off  the  city  of  Erie.  In  1885,  according  to 
the  statistics  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  100,000  pounds  of  Lake  Trout  were 
taken  in  Erie  County,  Pa. 

Hon.  H.  W.  Sage  is  authority  for  the  information  that  the  Lake  Trout  was  form- 
erly common  in  the  lake  near  Ithaca.  About  1830  a  large  individual  was  found 
stranded  in  Cayuga  Lake  Inlet,  about  i*/£  miles  from  the  lake. 

68.     Brook  Trout  (Salvelinus  fontinalis  Mitchill). 

Salmo  fontinalis  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  435,  1815,  near  New- 
York;  RICHARDSON,  Fauna  Bor.-Amer.,  Ill,  176,  pi.  83,  fig.  i,  1836;  DEKAY,  N.  Y. 
Fauna,  Fishes,  235,  pi.  38,  fig.  120,  1842. 

Salmo  erythrogaster  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  236,  pi.  39,  fig.  136,  1842. 

Baione  fontinalis  DEKAY,  op.  cit.  244,  pi.  20,  fig.  58,  1842. 

Salvelinus  fontinalis  GOODE,  Fish.  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  497,  pi.  192,  1884;  BEAN, 
Fishes  Penna.,  80,  color  pi.  7,  1893;  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  350,  1897; 
BOWERS,  Manual  Fish  Cult.,  ed.  2,  color  pi.  frontispiece,  1900;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  506,  pi.  LXXXII,  fig.  218,  1900. 

The  Brook  Trout  varies  greatly  in  the  shape  of  the  body,  which  is  sometimes 
short  and  deep  and  again  elongate  and  moderately  thin.  The  depth  is  usually 
about  one-fourth  or  two-ninths  of  total  length  without  caudal,  and  about  equal  to 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  345 

length  of  head.  The  least  depth  of  the  caudal  peduncle  is  a  little  more  than  one- 
third  of  its  greatest  depth.  The  head  is  large  and  the  snout  somewhat  obtuse. 
The  eye  is  in  front  of  the  middle  of  its  length,  a  little  more  than  one-half  as  long  as 
the  snout,  and  about  one-sixth  of  length  of  head.  The  dorsal  fin  is  about  midway 
between  tip  of  snout  and  root  of  tail.  The  length  of  its  base  equals  about  half  its 
greatest  depth  of  body.  The  longest  ray  equals  length  of  ventral.  The  ventral 
origin  is  a  little  behind  the  middle  of  the  dorsal.  In  the  male,  when  laid  backward, 
it  reaches  nearly  to  the  vent.  The  length  of  the  appendage  equals  that  of  the 
eye.  The  anal  base  is  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  ventral,  its  longest  ray  equal  to 
ventral.  The  adipose -fin  is  short  and  stout,  its  width  two-thirds  of  its  length  and 
about  two-thirds  of  length  of  eye.  D.  10 ;  A.  9.  Scales  in  lateral  line  225  to  235  ; 
six  gill  rakers  above  the  angle  of  the  first  arch,  1 1  below. 


BROOK  TROUT. 

The  coloration  is  highly  variable  with  age  and  locality.  The  upper  parts  are 
usually  grayish,  much  mottled  with  dark  olive  or  black.  The  dorsal  fin  and  anterior 
part  of  caudal  base  and  top  of  head  are  also  mottled.  The  caudal  has  narrow  dark 
bars.  The  lower  fins  dusky  with  a  creamy  white  anterior  edge  bound  behind  by  a 
narrow  black  streak.  On  the  sides  numerous  pale  brownish  blotches  encircle  small 
vermilion  spots. 

The  Brook  or  Speckled  Trout  of  the  east  is  indigenous  to  the  region  east  of  the 
Alleghany  Mountains  and  the  Great  Lakes  region,  extending  from  North  Carolina 
on  the  south  to  Labrador  on  the  north.  The  distribution  of  this  Trout  has  been 
wonderfully  extended  by  artificial  introduction,  as  it  has  always  been  a  favorite  with 
fish  culturists.  It  is  now  to  be  found  thriving  in  many  of  the  Western  States  and 
Territories,  and  is  particularly  thrifty  in  Nebraska,  Colorado,  Nevada,  and  California. 
It  has  also  been  sent  to  Mexico  and  to  European  countries.  The  average  Brook 
Trout  seldom  exceeds  7  or  8  inches  in  length,  and  smaller  individuals  are  much 


346         SEVKXTII    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

more  abundant  and  require  legal  protection.  In  the  northeastern  part  of  its  habitat 
the  Brook  Trout  grows  much  larger,  specimens  weighing  from  3  to  6  pounds  being 
not  uncommon ;  and  in  one  of  the  Rangeley  lakes  an  individual  weighing  1 1  pounds 
is  recorded,  while  Seth  Green  took  a  1 2-pound  specimen  in  the  Sault  St.  Mary,  and 
Hallock  mentions  one  which  was  said  to  weigh  17  pounds. 

The  Brook  Trout  does  not  flourish  in  water  warmer  than  68°  and  prefers  a  tem- 
perature of  about  50°.  It  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  cold,  clear  mountain  streams,  and 
will  leave  a  region  which  becomes  polluted  by  mill  refuse  and  other  hurtful  sub- 
stances. In  the  Long  Island  region  and  around  Cape  Cod,  where  the  Brook  Trout 
has  free  access  to  salt  water,  it  has  the  habit  of  going  to  sea  in  the  fall  and  remain- 
ing during  the  winter.  It  then  grows  rapidly  and  becomes  a  much  more  beautiful 
fish  than  many  which  live  exclusively  in  fresh  water.  In  hot  weather,  when  the 
temperature  of  the  streams  becomes  too  high  and  lakes  are  accessible,  trout  seek 
the  deep  parts  of  the  lakes  and  the  vicinity  of  cold  springs.  In  streams  they  are  to 
be  found  in  deep  pools  or  in  channels.  They  feed  in  spring  and  early  summer 
among  the  rapids  on  insects  and  small  crustaceans. 

The  Brook  Trout  is  a  nest-builder.  Cavities  are  made  in  the  gravel,  and  the  nest 
is  shaped  with  the  tail,  and  the  larger  stones  are  carried  in  the  mouths  of  the 
parents.  After  the  eggs  are  deposited  they  are  covered  with  gravel.  The  eggs  are 
not  all  deposited  at  one  time.  Spawning  usually  begins  in  October,  but  Brook 
Trout  are  spawning  at  some  locality  in  almost  every  month  of  the  year  except  mid- 
summer. The  egg  is  about  one-fifth  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  varies  in  color  from 
pale  lemon  to  orange  red.  The  average  yield  of  the  female  is  from  400  to  600. 
Livingston  Stone  has  taken  1,800  from  a  fish  weighing  i  pound. 

The  period  of  hatching  will  depend  on  the  temperature,  ranging  from  165  days 
in  water  of  37°  to  32  days  in  water  of  54°.  The  yolk  sack  is  absorbed  in  from  30  to 
80  days,  and  after  its  absorption  the  young  fish  begin  to  feed.  The  rate  of  growth 
will  of  course  depend  on  the  amount  of  food  consumed.  In  artificial  culture  year- 
lings, according  to  Mr.  Ainsworth's  estimate,  will  average  2  ounces ;  fishes  of  two 
years  4  ounces;  of  three  years,  8  ounces,  and  of  4  years,  I  pound. 

The  value  of  the  Brook  Trout  as  a  food  fish  and  its  game  qualities  are  so  well 
known  that  I  need  hardly  refer  to  them  here. 

The  Brook  Trout  is  well  adapted  to  domestication  in  aquarium  tanks  ;  it  soon 
overcomes  its  fear  of  moving  objects,  takes  its  food  regularly,  and  is  always  attrac- 
tive because  of  its  beauty  and  graceful  movements.  It  will  live  in  fresh  and  salt 
water.  When  it  is  attacked  by  fungus  in  fresh  water,  the  parasite  is  easily  killed  by 
introducing  salt  water,  gradually  increasing  in  salinity,  and  the  trout  is  not  at  all 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  347 

injured  or  inconvenienced  by  the  treatment.  In  captivity  the  food  consists  almost 
entirely  of  chopped  hard  clams  and  liver  for  the  young,  while  hard  clams,  live 
killifish  and  occasional  earthworms  are  given  to  the  large  fish.  The  increase  in  size 
with  such  feeding  is  remarkable.  A  Brook  Trout  from  Caledonia,  N.  Y.,  not  more 
than  3^  inches  long  in  November,  1896,  measured  12^  inches  in  length  and  3^ 
inches  in  depth  December  10,  1897. 

A  single  young  Brook  Trout  from  Caledonia  survived  in  water  of  76°  F.,  but  that 
temperature  was  generally  fatal  to  the  species. 

Dr.  Meek  has  found  the  trout  in  small  streams  on  the  uplands  throughout  the 
Cayuga  Lake  basin. 

Mitchill  knew  this  fish  chiefly  as  an  inhabitant  of  Long  Island  waters,  and  has 
given  an  interesting  account  of  the  fishing  at  Nichols',  Patchogue  and  Fireplace, 
where  a  Mr.  Robbins  in  12  days  in  the  summer  of  1814  caught  190  trout  weighing 
139  pounds  ii  ounces.  The  largest  at  Patchogue  weighed  2^/2  pounds,  the  largest 
at  Fireplace,  3  pounds.  A  Mr.  Purvis  of  New  York  caught  a  trout  measuring 
24  inches  and  weighing  4^  pounds  at  Fireplace. 

At  that  time,  according  to  Mitchill,  the  trout  was  "  bought  at  the  extravagant 
price  of  a  quarter  of  a  dollar  for  a  single  fish  not  more  than  10  or  12  inches 
long,"  and  New  York  anglers  traveled  "  away  to  Hempstead  and  Islip  for  the 
pleasure  of  catching  and  eating  him." 

69.     Saibling  (Salvelinus  alpinus  Linnseus).     (Introduced.) 

Salmo  alpinus  LINNAEUS,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  X,  I,  309,  1758,  Lapland,  West  Gothland. 
Salvelinus  alpinus  BEAN,   Proc.  U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,  Sterling  Lake,  New  York  and  New 

Jersey  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Check-List  Fish.  N.  A.,   293,  1896  ;  and  Bull.  47, 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  508,  1896. 

Body  moderately  elongate,  compressed,  its  greatest  depth  two-ninths  of  total 
length  to  caudal  base ;  the  caudal  peduncle  short  and  stout,  its  least  depth  two-fifths 
of  length  of  head ;  head  rather  short,  its  length  contained  from  four  and  one-third 
to  four  and  one-half  times  in  total  length  to  base  of  caudal  (middle  caudal  rays). 
The  body  is  somewhat  elevated  at  the  nape  and  for  a  short  distance  behind  it. 
Mouth  large,  the  maxilla  reaching  somewhat  behind  eye,  its  greatest  width  less  than 
one-fourth  of  its  length,  the  upper  jaw  one-half  as  long  as  the  head  ;  eye  rather 
large,  nearly  equal  to  snout,  one-fifth  of  length  of  head  ;  interorbital  space  convex, 
one  and  one-half  times  diameter  of  eye;  lower  jaw  very  slightly  projecting;  vome- 
rine  teeth  in  a  very  small  patch  on  the  head  of  the  bone,  lingual  teeth  strong,  teeth 
on  both  jaws  well  developed,  those  of  the  mandible  strongest  ;  gill  rakers  short, 


SKYKNTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

straight,  very  slender,  the  longest  one  half  as  long  as  the  eye,  1 1  above  and  14 
below  the  angle  of  the  first  arch.  The  dorsal  origin  is  nearer  to  tip  of  snout  than 
to  base  of  caudal,  its  distance  from  the  snout  equaling  twice  the  length  of  head  ; 
the  dorsal  base  is  as  long  as  the  postorbital  part  of  head  ;  the  longest  dorsal  ray 
is  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  head,  and  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  last  ray.  Adipose 
fin  twice  as  long  as  wide,  as  long  as  the  iris,  its  origin  distant  from  base  of  middle 
caudal  rays  a  space  equal  to  length  of  head  without  the  snout ;  the  fin  is  over  the 
end  of  anal  base.  Ventral  midway  between  tip  of  snout  and  base  of  middle  caudal 
rays,  its  length  two-thirds  of  length  of  head  ;  its  appendage  as  long  as  the  eye. 
Anal  fin  distant  from  ventral  origin  a  space  equal  to  length  of  head  ;  anal  base  as 
long  as  snout  and  eye  combined ;  longest  anal  ray  equal  to  ventral  and  nearly  two 
and  one-half  times  last  anal  ray.  Pectoral  as  long  as  the  head  without  the  snout. 
Caudal  well  forked,  its  outer  rays  about  as  long  as  the  pectoral  fin. 

Color  of  the  upper  parts  dark  gray  or  greenish,  the  sides  with  a  silvery  shade 
passing  into  a  deep  red  or  orange  on  the  lower  half  and,  especially,  the  belly ;  red 
spots  on  the  sides;  lower  fins  margined  with  white  and  a  blackish  shade  within  the 
margin;  sides  of  the  head  silvery  ;  dorsal  and  caudal  fins  uniform  dusky,  unspotted. 

The  Saibling  has  been  introduced  into  the  United  States,  and  a  specimen  was 
obtained  from  Sterling  Lake,  N.  J.,  December  29,  1888.  This  was  presented  by  A. 
S.  Hewitt,  Jr.,  to  Eugene  G.  Blackford  of  New  York  City,  and  by  him  forwarded  to 
the  U.  S.  National  Museum  for  identification  and  preservation.  The  specimen  is 
9)/5  inches  long.  It  does  not  differ  in  any  way  from  European  specimens  with 
which  it  has  been  compared,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  following  description  : 

The  greatest  height  of  the  body  equals  two-ninths  of  the  total  length  without 
caudal  ;  the  least  height  of  the  caudal  peduncle  is  two-fifths  of  greatest  depth  of 
body  and  one-third  of  length  of  head.  Head  large,  one-fourth  of  total  length  with- 
out caudal  ;  snout  equal  to  eye,  four  in  head  ;  maxilla  extending  to  slightly  behind 
orbit,  its  width  nearly  one-fourth  of  its  length ;  mandible  slightly  projecting. 
Dorsal  origin  nearer  to  tip  of  snout  than  to  base  of  caudal ;  base  of  dorsal  one- 
half  as  long  as  the  head ;  longest  dorsal  ray  equal  to  pectoral  and  nearly  two-thirds 
of  length  of  head  ;  last  dorsal  ray  one-third  of  length  of  head.  Adipose  fin  over 
the  last  two  or  three  anal  rays,  its  length  about  equal  to  diameter  of  iris.  The 
ventral  origin  is  under  the  fifth  or  sixth  divided  ray  of  the  dorsal ;  the  fin  is  as  long 
as  the  postorbital  part  of  the  head  ;  its  appendage  is  not  quite  one-third  as  long 
as  the  fin,  and  equals  the  diameter  of  the  iris.  The  anal  base  is  four-ninths  as  long 
as  the  head ;  the  last  ray  of  the  fin  is  one-half  as  long  as  the  longest,  which  is 
one-half  as  long  as  the  head.  The  pectoral  reaches  almost  to  below  the  origin  of 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  349 

the  dorsal,  its  length  two-thirds  of  length  of  head.  Caudal  deeply  forked,  its  middle 
rays  less  than  one-half  as  long  as  the  outer,  which  are  equal  to  length  of  head  with- 
out the  snout. 

The  fish  is  an  immature  male  with  about  10  oblong  parr  marks  on  the  sides  and 
with  a  few  narrow  dark  blotches  simulating  half  bands  on  the  back  from  near  the 
nape  to  a  point  behind  the  dorsal  fin  ;  numerous  pale  spots  along  the  middle  of  the 
sides,  each  of  which  no  doubt  had  a  vermilion  spot  in  the  center  in  life. 

Sterling  Lake  is  in  New  York  and  New  Jersey  ;  and  it  was  stated  that  the  trout 
are  found  in  streams  emptying  into  the  lake.  This  is  noteworthy  as  being  the  only 
instance,  as  far  as  known,  of  successful  introduction  of  the  Saibling  into  our  waters. 

70.     Sunapee    Trout;   Golden    Trout;   Silver   Trout   (Salvelinus  aureolus  Bean). 

(Introduced.) 

Salvelinus   aureolus    BEAN,    Proc.   U.   S.   Nat.  Mus.,   628,    1887,    Sunapee    Lake,   New 

Hampshire. 
Salvelinus  alpinus  aureolus  JORDAN,  Forest  and  Stream,  Jan.  22,   1891;  QUACKENBOS, 

Trans.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  XII,  139,  1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat. 

Mus.,  I,  511,  1896,  pi.  LXXXIII,  fig.  220,  1900. 


SUNAPEE    TROUT. 


The  type  of  the  description,  No.  39,334,  was  obtained  in  Sunapee  Lake,  N.  H., 
in  the  fall  of  1887  by  Dr.  John  D.  Quackenbos. 

The  length  of  the  specimen  to  the  caudal  base  is  62/.  inches;  the  greatest 
height  of  the  body  equals  the  length  of  the  head,  and  is  contained  about  four 
times  in  the  total  without  caudal ;  the  least  height  of  the  tail  equals  one-third  the 
length  of  the  head.  The  maxilla  reaches  past  the  middle,  but  not  to  the  end  of 
the  eye  ;  its  length  is  contained  about  two  and  two-thirds  times  in  length  of  head. 
The  length  of  the  upper  jaw  is  contained  about  two  and  one-third  times  in  the 
length  of  the  head,  and  is  equal  to  the  longest  anal  ray ;  the  eye  is  a  little  longer 
than  the  snout,  and  is  contained  four  and  two-sevenths  times  in  the  length  of  the 
head  ;  hyoid  teeth  well  developed  ;  the  first  dorsal  is  a  little  nearer  the  tip  of  snout 


350         SKVl.MH     UK  PORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

than  to  the  base  of  caudal,  and  the  length  of  its  base  is  one-half  the  length  of  the 
head  ;  the  adipose  dorsal  is  distant  from  end  of  first  dorsal  a  space  equal  to  twice 
the  length  of  the  ventral  ;  the  anal  is  at  a  distance  from  the  snout  equal  to  about 
three  times  the  length  of  the  head  ;  the  longest  anal  ray  is  equal  to  the  length  of 
the  upper  jaw ;  the  length  of  the  middle  caudal  rays  is  equal  to  twice  the  diameter 
of  the  eye.  The  ventral  is  situated  midway  between  the  tip  of  the  snout  and  caudal 
base;  its  length  equals  one-half  the  length  of  the  head.  The  length  of  the  pectoral 
is  about  twice  the  width  of  the  interorbital  area.  B.  10 ;  D.  iv,  9;  A.  Hi,  8  ;  P.  13; 
V.  9.  Scales,  35-210-40;  gill  rakers,  6-|-io-i2.  The  peculiarity  of  the  gill  rakers  of 
this  trout  is  that  they  are  always  curled  up  at  the  ends  and  not  straight,  as  in  the 
oquassa  from  Maine. 

Colors.  Sides  silvery  white.  Back  with  about  six  well-defined  band-like  mark- 
ings, besides  some  irregular  dark  blotches.  There  are  about  10  parr  marks  on  the 
sides  and  numerous  small,  roundish,  white  spots.  In  colors  this  char  is  different 
from  the  oquassa  from  Maine,  but,  if  fresh  specimens  of  the  Maine  trout  were 
compared  with  this  young  fish,  the  difference  in  color  might  not  be  so  great. 

The  specimen  described  is  a  young  male  with  the  spermaries  showing  as  a  mere 
slight  ribbon.  Its  stomach  contained  an  earthworm  and  the  wing  cases  of  a  squash 
beetle.  The  other  two  specimens  (somewhat  smaller)  are  females  far  from  maturity. 

In  a  female,  1 1  inches  in  total  length,  both  parr  marks  and  bands  across  the  back 
show  very  plainly.  This  female  has  a  few  free  eggs  in  the  abdominal  cavity  and 
seems  to  be  nearly  spent.  In  examples  of  this  size  the  tail  is  deeply  forked,  the 
middle  rays  being  less  than  one-half  as  long  as  the  external  rays. 

In  males  the  pectoral  is  always  longer  than  in  females  of  equal  size. 

The  following  color  notes  were  taken  from  Nos.  38,321  to  38,328,  collected  by  Col. 
Hodge  in  Sunapee  Lake,  December  10,  1886.  Head  and  upper  parts  brownish  gray, 
caudal  the  same,  with  the  exception  of  a  narrow  white  margin  on  the  lower  lobe ; 
under  surface  of  head,  in  most  examples,  brownish  gray,  in  others  whitish  ;  belly 
orange,  this  color  extending  up  on  the  sides  but  not  to  the  middle  line  of  the  body  ; 
anal  orange,  with  white  margin  in  front  ;  ventrals  orange,  with  broad  white  margin 
on  the  outer  rays;  pectorals,  gray  upper  half  and  orange  lower  half;  dorsal  gray, 
lighter  along  the  base;  sides,  both  above  and  below  lateral  line,  with  numerous 
orange  spots,  fading  out  to  whitish.  The  largest  of  these  spots  are  little  more  than 
one-third  as  long  as  the  iris.  No  mottlings  anywhere. 

The  Golden  Trout  is  a  native  of  Sunapee  Lake  and  Dan  Hole  Pond,  in  New 
Hampshire,  and  of  Flood's  Pond,  in  Maine.  Doubtless  it  exists  in  other  lakes  of 
New  England  and  British  North  America. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


351 


It  is  a  large  species,  reaching  a  length  of  20  inches  and  the  weight  of  6  or  8 
pounds ;  even  larger  individuals  have  been  reported.  Spawning  takes  place  in 
Sunapee  Lake  on  reefs  in  shallow  water,  and  not  in  the  streams  tributary  to  the 
lake  ;  the  season  is  about  the  same  as  for  the  Brook  Trout.  The  colors  of  the  male 
in  the  breeding  season  are  gorgeous,  and  the  sight  of  a  host  of  spawning  fish  in  the 
water  is  one  to  be  remembered. 

Many  large  and  small  trout  of  this  kind  have  been  deposited  in  Lake  George 
and  other  suitable  waters  of  the  State. 


71.     Smelt ;  Ice  Fish  (Osmerus  mordax  Mitchill). 

Atherina  mordax  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  446,  1815,  New  York. 
Osmerus  viridescens  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  243,  pi.  39,  fig.   124,  streams   flowing 

into  Long  island  Sound,  Hackensack  and  Passaic  Rivers. 
Osmerus  mordax  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  64,  pi.  26,  fig.  46,  1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN? 

Bull.  47,  U.  S.   Nat.  Mus.,  I,  523,  1896,  pi.  LXXXVI,  fig.  228,  1900;  EVERMANN  & 

KENDALL,  Kept.  U.  S.  Commr.  Fish  &  Fisheries  for  1894,  593,  1896,  Lake  Mem- 

phremagog  and  Lake  Champlain. 


SMELT. 

The  Smelt  is  known  along  our  east  coast  from  Labrador  to  Virginia.  It  prob- 
ably extends  still  farther  north,  but  the  record  of  W.  A.  Stearns,  published  in  the 
Proceedings  of  the  National  Museum  for  1883,  p.  124,  fixes  the  most  northern 
locality  known  at  present.  He  found  the  Smelt  common  in  August  in  shoal  water 
off  the  wharves  of  Cape  Breton.  In  Pennsylvania  the  fish  is  common  in  the  spring 
in  the  Delaware  and  Schuylkill  Rivers.  In  numerous  lakes  of  Maine,  New  Hamp- 
shire, and  other  New  England  States,  the  Smelt  is  common  landlocked,  and  thrives 
as  well  as  in  the  salt  water. 

DeKay  knew  the  Smelt  as  a  marine  species  ascending  the  Hackensack  and 
Passaic  Rivers.  The  species  occurs  also  in  Lakes  Champlain  and  Memphremagog. 
In  the  former  lake  it  reaches  a  large  size.  At  Port  Henry,  N.  Y.,  the  fish  is  called 
Ice  Fish. 


352         SEVKMII    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

The  upper  parts  are  greenish  ;  a  broad  silvery  band  along  the  sides ;  body  and 
fins  with  numerous  minute  dusky  points. 

The  Smelt  grows  to  a  length  of  I  foot ;  the  average  size  as  found  in  the  markets 
is  about  7  inches.  It  enters  the  rivers  for  the  purpose  of  spawning  and  is  most 
abundant  in  the  winter  and  early  spring  months.  Spawning  takes  place  in  the 
Raritan  River,  N.  J.,  in  March.  The  eggs  of  the  Smelt  have  been  artificially 
hatched  by  Mr.  Ricardo,  Fred  Mather  and  other  fish  culturists. 

The  Smelt  begins  to  run  into  Gravesend  Bay  in  December  and  remains  during 
cold  weather.  In  the  spring  it  ascends  rivers  to  spawn.  The  eggs  are  small  (z/c  inch 
in  diameter)  and  number  496,000  to  the  fluid  quart ;  they  adhere  to  stones,  twigs, 
etc.,  on  the  bottom.  Some  females  begin  to  spawn  when  only  3  or  4  inches  long. 

Its  range  has  been  widely  extended  by  artificial  introduction,  which  is  very  easily 
effected  by  transporting  the  fertilized  eggs  from  the  small  brooks  in  which  the 
species  spawns. 

In  fish  cultural  operations  "  the  spawning  fish,  of  both  sexes,  are  placed  in 
troughs,  which  are  covered  to  exclude  light,  which  is  very  injurious  to  the  eggs. 
The  eggs  are  naturally  laid  and  fertilized,  and  become  attached  to  each  other  and  to 
the  troughs.  They  are  scooped  up  with  a  flat  shovel,  placed  on  wire  trays  in  water, 
and  are  forced  through  the  meshes  of  the  trays  to  separate  them.  They  are 
hatched  in  automatic  shad  jars,  blanketed  to  exclude  light.  If  during  hatching  the 
eggs  bunch,  they  are  removed  from  the  jars  and  again  passed  through  the  meshes 
of  the  wire  trays." 

The  Smelt  is  an  excellent  food  fish  and  is  also  used  for  bait,  and  still  more 
extensively  as  food  for  Landlocked  Salmon,  Lake  and  Brook  Trout  and  other 
important  salmonoids,  which  are  artificially  reared  in  lakes.  It  has  proved  to  be  one 
of  the  best  fishes  for  this  purpose.  Immense  quantities  of  Smelts  are  caught 
during  the  winter  months  in  nets,  seines  and  by  hook  and  line.  They  are  usually 
shipped  to  market  in  the  frozen  condition,  packed  in  snow  or  crushed  ice.  The  fish 
which  have  not  been  frozen,  however,  are  prized  more  highly  than  any  others. 

The  fry  are  hardy  in  transportation. 

In  captivity  the  adults  live  till  about  the  end  of  June,  when  the  water  becomes 
too  warm  and  they  die.  Their  food  consists  mainly  of  shrimps  and  other  small 
crustaceans. 


' .  I 

M     ,     :      i 
IIIJ  I  F  ?  ,' 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  353 

72.     Banded   Pickerel   (Lucius  americanus  Gmelm). 

Esox   scomberius    MITCHILL,  Amer.  Month.   Mag.,    II,  322,   March,    1818,    Murderer's 

Creek,  New  York. 
Esox  fasciatus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  224,  pi.  34,  fig.   no,  1842,  streams  and 

ponds  of  Long  Island. 
Esox  americanus  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  89,  pi.  28,  fig.  53,  1893. 

The  Banded  Pickerel  is  probably  identical  with  the  "  Mackerel  Pike  "  of  Mitchill. 
It  is  a  small  fish,  seldom  exceeding  12  inches  in  length,  and  will  not  average  more 
than  y2  pound  in  weight.  It  occurs  only  east  of  the  Alleghanies,  from  Massachu- 
setts to  Florida  in  coastwise  streams.  In  Pennsylvania  it  is  limited  to  waters  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  State,  and  the  same  is  true  in  New  York. 

This  Pickerel  is  too  small  to  have  much  importance  as  a  food  fish.  It  resembles 
in  general  appearance  and  habits  the  Little  Pickerel  of  the  west.  It  frequents  clear, 


BANDED    PICKEREL. 

cold  and  rapid  brooks  and  is  said  to  associate  with  the  Brook  Trout  without  injury 
to  the  latter. 

December  30,  1895,  James  Annin,  Jr.,  sent  from  Rockland,  N.  Y.,  a  small  Pickerel 
which  had  attracted  his  attention  on  account  of  its  colors  and  markings.  It  was 
taken  in  a  small  spring  brook,  tributary  to  the  Beaverkill,  which,  about  10  or  15 
miles  below,  unites  with  the  Delaware.  Subsequently  two  examples  were  forwarded 

• 

alive  from  the  same    place.     The    following    notes   and    measurements,    in    inches, 
relate  to  the  first  individual  of  undetermined  sex,  the  organs  being  undeveloped. 

MEASUREMENTS. 

INCHES. 

Length,  including  caudal  fin,      -  7^ 

External  caudal  lobe  (horizontally),      -  1^5 

Middle  caudal  rays  (from  end  of  scales),  -                                                                    ^ 

Length  of  head,     -  i^ 

Greatest  depth  of  body,     -  i/^ 
23 


354         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


INCHES. 


Least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle,     - 

Length  of  snout,  ... 

Length  of  maxilla,  .... 

Length  of  mandible, 

Diameter  of  eye,    -  ... 

Distance  from  snout  to  dorsal, 

Length  of  dorsal  base, 

Length  of  longest  dorsal  ray, 

From  end  of  dorsal  to  caudal  origin, 

Distance  from  snout  to  pectoral, 

Length  of  pectoral, 

Distance  from  snout  to  ventral, 

Length  of  ventral. 

Distance  from  snout  to  anal, 

Length  of  anal  base, 

Length  of  longest  anal  ray, 

From  end  of  anal  base  to  origin  of  lower  caudal  lobe,  - 


LITTLE  PICKEREL. 

B.  12;  D.  12;  A.  II  ;  V.  9.  Scales,  24-110.  The  maxilla  reaches  to  below  the 
middle  of  the  pupil.  The  mandible  projects  '/J6  of  an  inch  when  the  mouth  is 
closed.  The  diameter  of  the  eye  is  contained  five  and  two-thirds  times  in  length  of 
head.  The  stomach  was  empty,  but  insect  remains  were  voided  from  the  vent. 


73.     Little  Pickerel  (Lucius  vcrmiculatus  LeSueur). 

Esox  vermiculatus  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  90,  pi.  28,  fig.  54,  1893. 

Lucius  rennicitlatus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  627,  1896. 

This  Pickerel  inhabits  the  valleys  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  Rivers  and  streams 
flowing  into  the  Great  Lakes  from  the  southward.  In  ponds  formed  in  the  spring 
by  the  overflow  of  river  banks  it  is  one  of  the  characteristic  fishes  and  is  often 
destroyed  in  great  numbers  by  the  drying  up  of  such  bodies  of  water.  In  Pennsyl- 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


355 


vania  the  Little  Pickerel,  or  Trout  Pickerel,  is  common  in  the  Ohio  and  its  tribu- 
taries. Prof.  Cope  mentions  it  also  as  an  inhabitant  of  the  Susquehanna  River,  in 
which  it  is  probably  not  a  native. 

The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  obtained  a  moderate  number  of  specimens  in  the 
Lake  Ontario  region  at  the  following  New  York  localities:  Black  Creek,  tributary  of 
Oswego  River,  Scriba  Corner,  July  15  ;  Lakeview  Hotel,  7  miles  west  of  Oswego,  July 
17;  Wart  Creek,  July  24;  Great  Sodus  Bay,  August  16;  Outlet  Long  Pond,  4  miles 
west  of  Charlotte,  August  7  ;  Marsh  Creek,  near  Point  Breeze,  August  21.  This  fish 
grows  to  the  length  of  i  foot  and  is,  therefore,  too  small  to  have  much  importance 
for  food. 

74.     Chain  Pickerel ;  Green  Pike  (Lucius  reticulatus  LeSueur). 

Esox  reticulatus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  353,  1883. 
Esox  reticulatus  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  90,  pi.  29,  fig.  55,  1893. 
Esox  tridecemlineattis  MITCHILL,  Mirror,  361,  1825,  Oneida,  N.  Y. 


CHAIN   PICKEREL. 

The  Chain  Pickerel  is  known  under  other  names  ;  it  is  the  Jack  of  the  south,  the 
Federation  Pike  of  Oneida  Lake,  N.  Y.,  the  Green  Pike  of  the  Great  Lakes  and  the 
Eastern  Pickerel  of  many  writers.  It  does  not  occur  west  of  the  Alleghanies,  but  is 
found  from  Maine  to  Florida  and  Alabama  east  of  this  range  of  mountains.  It 
lives  in  ponds,  lakes  and  streams  and  occurs  within  the  same  territory  as  L.  aineri- 
canus,  but  farther  away  from  the  coast.  (After  Eugene  Smith,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 
N.  Y.,  No.  9,  p.  29,  1897.) 

At  Water  Mill  this  Pickerel  occurs  in  or  near  brackish  water  at  the  east  end  of 
Mecox  Bay,  and  it  is  in  very  plump  condition  on  account  of  the  abundance  of  small 
fishes  on  which  it  feeds,  for  example,  the  Silversides,  young  Sunfish,  and  small 
Killifishes  of  several  kinds. 

Dr.  Meek  notes  that  the  species  seems  to  be  subject  to  individual  variation.  In 
many  respects  the  specimens  from  Cayuga  Lake  appear  to  be  intermediate  between 
reticulatris  and  vcrmiculatus.  It  is  not  very  common. 

The  Pickerel  is  common  in  ponds  and  streams  of  the  Hudson  Highlands,  accord- 


356        SEVENTH    RKPORT    OF    Till.    FoKFST,     FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

ing  to  Dr.  Mearns,  and  is  taken  in  winter  as  well  as  summer.  A  specimen  weighing 
3^  pounds  was  caught  in  Poplopen's  Pond  in  1882.  It  is  abundant  also  in  Kaaters- 
kill  Lake,  of  the  Catskill  Mountains.  The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  obtained  it  in 
Black  River,  Huntingtonville,  N.  Y.,  July  5.  Examples  were  sent  from  Canan- 
daigua  Lake,  and  young  were  obtained  in  Bronx  River. 

The  Pickerel  is  the  largest  of  its  group,  reaching  a  length  of  2  feet  and  a  weight, 
occasionally,  of  8  pounds,  though  this  is  much  above  the  average. 

Like  the  Pike,  this  is  one  of  the  tyrants  among  fishes,  a  fierce  and  hungry 
marauder;  and  yet  it  has  been  introduced  by  fishermen  into  many  waters  in  which 
it  is  not  native  and  has  greatly  multiplied.  In  the  Potomac,  the  Connecticut,  the 
Delaware  and  other  large  rivers  the  Pickerel  abounds ;  it  is  to  be  found  in  large 
numbers  lying  in  wait  among  the  river  grasses  cr  in  ponds  under  the  shelter  of  leafy 
water  plants  for  the  minnows  which  it  consumes  in  enormons  numbers,  or  some 
unlucky  insect,  frog  or  snake  which  attracts  its  voracious  appetite. 

Spawning  takes  place  in  the  winter  and  early  in  the  spring,  and  the  young  soon 
become  solitary  and  wolfish  like  their  elders. 

The  fish  obtained  from  Canandaigua  Lake  spawned  in  their  tank  in  June,  1897, 
and  the  young  were  naturally  hatched,  but  they  died  when  about  three-fourths  of 
an  inch  long  for  want  of  acceptable  food. 

As  a  food  fish  not  much  can  be  said  in  praise  of  the  Chain  Pickerel,  though  it  is 
eaten  and  doubtless  liked  by  a  good  many  people.  The  flesh  is  often  coarse  and 
watery  and  it  is  always  full  of  small  bones.  This  fish,  however,  furnishes  consider- 
able sport  to  the  angler,  since  it  is  a  very  free  biter  and  fights  with  great  boldness 
and  stubbornness  when  hooked.  It  is  caught  by  trolling  with  a  spoon  or  still  fish- 
ing with  live  shiners,  pickerel  frogs  and  many  other  baits.  A  minnow  gang  is  often 
very  effective  in  Pickerel  fishing.  The  hooks  must  be  tied  on  gimp  as  a  protection 
for  the  line  from  the  sharp  teeth  of  the  fish. 

This  species  is  always  hard  to  keep  in  good  condition  in  captivity,  because  of  its 
liability  to  fungus  attacks.  The  salt  water  treatment,  however,  keeps  the  fungus  in 
check. 

75.     Common    Pike  (Lucius  Indus  Linnaeus). 

Esox  lueius  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  353,  1883. 
Esox  lueius  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  91,  pi.  29,  fig.  56,  1893. 
Esox  estor  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  222,  1842. 

The  ground  color  of  the  body  is  grayish  varying  to  bluish  or  greenish  gray.  The 
sides  are  thickly  covered  with  pale  blotches,  none  of  them  as  large  as  the  eye, 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  357 

arranged  nearly  in  rows.  The  dorsal,  anal  and  caudal  fins  have  many  rounded,  dark 
spots.  Adults  without  dark  bar  below  eye.  Naked  part  of  opercle  bounded  by  a 
whitish  streak.  In  the  young  the  sides  are  covered  with  oblique  yellowish  bars, 
which  afterward  break  up  into  the  pale  spots  of  the  adult. 

Pike  is  the  best  known  name  for  this  species,  though  the  misnomer  "  Pickerel " 
is  rather  extensively  used.  The  origin  of  Pike  is  involved  in  uncertainty  ;  some 
trace  it  to  the  resemblance  in  shape  of  the  snout  to  the  pike  or  spear,  while  others 
believe  it  to  refer  to  the  darting  motion  of  the  fish  when  speeding  through  the 
water.  The  name  Pickerel  is  used  in  Vermont  and  around  Lake  George,  N.  Y. 
"  Frank  Forrester "  (Herbert)  styles  it  the  Great  Northern  Pickerel.  The  name 
Jack  is  applied  in  Great  Britain  to  young  Pike.  BrocJiet  is  the  French  name,  Hecht 
the  German  and  Luccio  the  Italian  designation  of  the  species.  In  Prof.  Cope's 
paper  in  earlier  reports  of  the  Pennsylvania  Fish  Commission  the  names  Lake  Pike 
and  Grass  Pike  are  used  for  the  fish. 


COMMON   PIKE. 

Distribution.  In  the  north  temperate  and  arctic  regions  of  North  America, 
Europe  and  Asia  the  Pike  is  equally  common.  In  North  America  it  extends  from 
Pennsylvania  to  high  northern  latitudes.  In  Alaska  Townsend  and  others  found  it 
in  abundance  in  the  Yukon.  From  Greenland  and  the  islands  of  the  Arctic  Ocean 
the  Pike  appears  to  be  absent.  The  identity  of  our  American  Pike  with  the 
common  one  of  Europe  was  recognized  by  Cuvier  and  Richardson  more  than  half  a 
century  ago;  the  former  compared  specimens  from  Lake  Huron  with  European 
examples,  and  Richardson  with  the  English  Pike,  and  both  were  unable  to  find 
specific  differences  between  the  two. 

The  Pike  is  said  to  be  common  in  Lake  Champlain  and  in  all  its  larger  tribu- 
taries. In  the  Lake  Ontario  region  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  collectors  secured  it 
at  the  following  places  :  Mud  Creek,  Cape  Vincent,  N.  Y.,  June  25,  1894,  Chaumont 
River,  July  10,  outlet  Long  Pond,  4  miles  west  of  Charlotte,  N.  Y.,  August  17. 

Dr.  Meek  found  the  species  in  Cayuga  Lake,  where,  he  says,  he  was  unable  to 
find  any  other  fish  of  the  genus  except  the  Pickerel.  James  Annin,  Jr.,  obtained 


SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

the  Pike  in  Silver  Lake,  Wyoming  County,  N.  Y.,  July  i,  1896.  He  reports  that  it 
does  not  occur  in  Canandaigua  Lake. 

On  the  continent  of  Europe  the  largest  recorded  specimen  was  taken  at 
Bregenty  in  1862;  this  \vas  said  to  weigh  145  pounds.  In  Scotland  a  Pike  measur- 
ing more  than  7  feet  and  weighing  72  pounds  has  been  reported.  We  do  not  find 
monsters  like  these  in  America.  "Frank  Forrester  "  mentions  individuals  of  16  to 
17  pounds.  Lake  George,  N.  Y.,  is  famous  for  its  large  Pike.  Dr.  Frank  Presbrey 
of  Washington,  D.  C,  caught  one  there  in  1889  weighing  a  little  more  than  16 
pounds,  and  more  than  30  examples  averaging  in  excess  of  10  pounds  each  were 
taken  that  season  by  another  Washington  party  in  the  same  waters.  Some  of  the 
largest  Pike  were  upward  of  4  feet  long.  The  average  length  of  adults  is  about  2 
feet.  v 

The  fishing  season  generally  begins  June  i  and  ends  December  i,  but  many  of 
the  States  have  no  close  season.  In  Pennsylvania  the  close  time  lasts  from  Decem- 
ber i  to  June  i. 

The  Pike  is  a  voracious  fish  and  destroys  everything  within  its  reach  in  the  form 
of  animal  life;  other  fish,  water  birds  and  mammals  are  consumed  in  enormous 
numbers.  From  its  concealment,  like  a  beast  of  prey,  it  darts  out  suddenly  on 
its  victims  and  seldom  misses  its  mark.  The  Pike  is  even  more  destructive  than 
the  Pickerel,  and  two  of  the  latter,  measuring  5  inches  in  length,  have  been  reported 
to  eat  more  than  100  minnows  in  a  day.  Spawning  takes  place  in  winter  and  early 
spring  on  shallows  and  frequently  on  overflowed  meadows.  The  eggs  are  about 
one-eighth  inch  in  diameter,  and  a  female  weighing  32  pounds  was  estimated  by 
Buckland  to  contain  595,000.  The  young  Pike  has  a  very  large  yolk  sac.  The  period 
of  hatching  varies,  with  the  temperature  of  the  water,  from  14  to  30  days.  The 
female  is  said  to  be  larger  than  the  male ;  the  fish  breeds  at  the  age  of  three  years. 
At  the  age  of  one  year  the  fish  may  reach  a  length  of  12  inches,  and  if  well 
supplied  with  food  it  will  increase  in  weight  from  2  to  3  pounds  yearly. 

The  Pike  is  a  fairly  good  food  fish  and  forms  an  important  element  of  the  Lake 
Erie  fisheries.  As  a  game  fish  the  species  is  widely  known  ;  it  can  be  readily  caught 
by  trolling  or  spinning  or  on  lines  set  under  the  ice.  Live  minnows  and  frogs  are 
favorite  baits ;  and  Dr.  Henshall  says  it  will  rise  to  a  large,  gaudy  fly.  In  Lake 
George  the  White  Chub  is  one  of  the  best  known  baits. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OE    NEW    YORK.  359 

76.  Mascalonge;   Spotted   Mascalonge   (Lucius  masquinongy   Mitchill). 

Esox  masquinongy  MITCHILL,  Mirror,  297,  1824,  Lake  Erie. 
Esox  nobilior  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  93,  pi.  29,  fig.  57,  1893. 

Lucius    masquinongy    JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.   Nat.  Mus.,  I,  629,   1896, 
pi.  C.,  fig.  270,  1900. 

The  color  is  usually  dark  gray,  sometimes  immaculate  as  in  the  color  variety 
immaculatus,  but  generally  with  numerous  distinct,  roundish,  black  spots  about  as 
large  as  buckshot.  The  dark  spots  are  present  only  on  the  basal  parts  of  the  dorsal, 
anal  and  caudal  fins.  The  lower  parts  are  pale,  the  belly  white. 

The  name  of  this  giant  Pike  is  apparently  derived  from  the  language  of  the 
Ojibwa  or  the  Cree  Indians;  it  is  variously  spelled  and  its  meaning  is  uncertain, 
though  the  roots,  according  to  H.  W.  Henshaw,  are  probably  mask  (ugly)  and 
kinonge  (hs\i).  In  the  books  it  appears  as  Muscalonge,  Muskellunge,  Muskallunge 


MASCALONGE. 

Mascalonge  and  Maskinonge,  all  variations  of  the  same  term.  Some  writers  style  it 
the  Great  Pike,  and  by  others  it  is  confused  with  the  common  Pike,  E.  lucius.  Prof. 
Cope  mentions  also  the  name  Blue  Pike. 

The  Mascalonge  is  recorded  by  Prof.  Cope  from  Conneaut  Lake,  Crawford 
County,  Pa.,  the  specimen  measuring  17  inches  in  circumference  behind  the  eyes. 
It  is  found  occasionally  in  the  Ohio  Valley.  The  species,  however,  is  most  abundant 
in  the  Great  Lakes  region.  In  Lake  Erie  favorite  localities  are  Dunkirk  and  Barce- 
lona, N.  Y.,  Erie,  Pa.,  and  Mills'  Grove,  O.  The  northern  limit  of  the  fish  is  not 
definitely  fixed. 

It  is  asserted  by  some  persons  that  the  fish  inhabits  Cayuga  Lake,  but  others 
deny  this.  Dr.  Meek  was  unable  to  find  it  there  after  diligent  search.  It  was 
known  in  Lake  Champlain  more  than  half  a  century  ago  and  was  described  by  Rev. 
Zadock  Thompson.  Mitchill  and  Kirtland  had  it  from  Lake  Erie.  DeKay  con- 
founded the  Mascalonge  with  the  Pike,  and  apparently  had  no  example  of  the 
former.  In  the  St.  Lawrence  River  the  species  is  well  known. 


360        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

It  is  recorded  that  in  1865  Mr.  Schultz  caught  a  Mascalonge  at  Milwaukee 
weighing  100  pounds.  In  1864  Fred.  Alvord  declared  that  he  had  an  85-pound 
specimen  in  Maumee  Bay.  The  average  length  of  the  species  is  about  3  feet,  and 
there  is  reason  to  believe  that  a  length  of  8  feet  is  sometimes  reached.  Individuals 
weighing  50  pounds  are  moderately  common.  With  the  exception  of  the  Lake 
Trout  and  some  of  the  Salmon,  this  is  undoubtedly  the  largest  game  fish  in  the 
United  States. 

The  fish  seem  not  to  be  gregarious,  but  occur  usually  in  pairs.  Their  food 
consists  mainly  of  smaller  fishes,  and  their  voracity  is  notorious.  In  the  spawning 
season,  in  small  rivers  falling  into  Lake  Simcoe,  Richardson  states  that  they  feed 
on  small  fishes  and  on  gelatinous  green  balls  which  grow  on  the  sides  of  banks 
under  the  water. 

This  is  an  excellent  food  fish,  but  not  common  enough  to  have  much  commercial 
importance.  As  a  game  fish  it  has  few  superiors.  The  spoon  bait  is  very  effective 
in  the  capture  of  Mascalonge,  and  live  fishes  are  extensively  used.  A  correspondent 
of  Land  and  Water  describes  a  singular  and  successful  lure  made  from  a  young 
brown  calf's  tail,  through  the  center  of  which  the  shank  of  the  hook  was  passed  and 
fastened  to  a  swivel. 

77.     Northern    Mascalonge    (Lucius  iinmaculatus   Garrard). 

Body  unspotted,  or  with  vague,  dark,  cross  shades ;  tail  a  little  more  slender  and 
fins  a  little  higher  than  in  the  Spotted  or  Lake  Mascalonge. 

Lakes  and  rivers  of  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota,  locally  abundant.  This  is 
probably  not  distinct  from  the  Mascalonge  of  Chautauqua  Lake. 

78.     Unspotted    Mascalonge ;    Barred    Mascalonge    (Lucius  ohiensis    Kirtland). 
Lucius  Indus  immaculatus  BEAN,  by  error,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  353,  1897. 

Examples  of  Unspotted  Mascalonge  were  received  at  the  New  York  aquarium 
from  Chautauqua  Lake,  N.  Y.,  which  belongs  to  the  Ohio  River  drainage  system. 
It  appears  that  the  typical  spotted  form  also  inhabits  the  Ohio  basin,  but  occurs 
rarely.  Mr.  Annin  sent  one  individual  December  4,  1895,  and  two  on  May  4,  1896. 

In  all  the  specimens  the  maxilla  extends  to  below  the  front  edge  of  the  pupil. 
The  gill  rakers  are  mere  clumps  of  spiny  tubercles.  In  the  two  males  the  diameter 
of  the  eye  is  contained  from  four  and  one-third  to  five  times  in  the  length  of  the 
snout,  and  from  10  to  1 1  times  in  the  length  of  the  head. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  361 

In  the  individual  of  December  4,  1895,  the  lateral  line  tubes  are  distributed  over 
various  parts  of  the  sides  without  much  regularity  except  in  the  median  line. 
There  are  no  black  spots.  About  20  entire,  blotch-like,  irregular  cross  bands  and 
several  parts  of  bands  and  blotches  intervening.  The  lower  third  of  the  pectoral  is 
pink.  The  dorsal,  caudal  and  anal  with  dark  blotches  making  pseudo  bands. 
Iris  lemon  yellow  overlying  silvery  white.  The  general  color  is  olive  green  with 
golden  tints. 

The  two  males  of  May  4,  1896,  furnished  the  following  notes  : 

Olive  green  tinged  with  golden  bronze ;  sides  with  about  twenty  irregular  dusky 
blotches  resembling  interrupted  bands ;  dorsal,  caudal  and  anal  with  numerous 
large  dusky  blotches,  those  on  dorsal  and  anal  almost  forming  bands  ;  iris  lemon 
yellow  and  silvery  in  the  larger,  almost  vermilion  and  orange  in  the  smaller ;  a 
dark  blotch  at  upper  edge  of  opercle. 

The  Chautauqua  Lake  Mascalonge,  according  to  James  Annin,  Jr.,  who  sent  the 
specimens,  is  a  very  fine  food  and  game  fish,  and  attains  to  the  weight  of  50  pounds. 
In  the  spring  of  1895  it  was  not  unusual  to  capture  individuals  weighing  from  40  to 
50  pounds,  and  20  to  30  pounds  was  a  very  common  weight.  In  winter  the  fish 
frequent  nearly  the  same  localities  as  in  summer,  being  found  in  the  vicinity  of 
water  plants.  When  the  lake  becomes  very  clear  in  February  they  go  into  deep 
water,  but  they  live  in  deep  water  more  or  less  all  the  year. 

For  the  fish  culture  operations  the  nets  are  set  as  soon  after  the  first  of  April  as 
the  ice  leaves  the  lake.  The  fish  begin  to  spawn  a  few  days  after  and  continue  till 
the  latter  part  of  April.  They  go  into  shallower  water  for  spawning  ;  most  of  them 
spawn  in  from  10  to  15  feet  of  water.  They  do  not  resort  to  the  gravel  like  many 
other  fish,  but  to  mud,  generally  going  into  bays.  The  eggs  are  placed  in  boxes,  all 
of  which  are  provided  with  screens  at  top  and  bottom.  The  bottom  has  an  extra 
screen  to  prevent  minnows  from  injuring  the  eggs.  The  boxes  are  sunk  from  i  foot 
to  2  feet  under  the  surface  of  the  water.  Every  day  or  two  they  are  drawn  up,  the 
covers  removed,  and  all  bad  eggs  and  sediment  cleaned  out. 

During  the  first  experiments  in  Chautauqua  Lake,  N.  Y.,  Monroe  Green  and 
Jonathan  Mason  obtained  the  eggs  in  April  and  May,  1890,  and  these  were  arti- 
ficially hatched.  A  large  female  yielded  60,000  eggs.  With  the  water  at  the  tem- 
perature of  40°  to  46°  very  few  of  the  eggs  were  developed,  but  when  it  neared 
60°,  in  May,  better  results  were  secured.  On  May  27  75,000  young  fish  were  planted 
in  the  lake.  The  eggs  were  hatched  in  a  box  suspended  about  4  feet  from  the 
bottom  in  18  feet  of  water. 


3^2         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,     HSU     AND    clAME    COMMISSION. 

79.     Silversides ;    Friar ;    Whitebait   (Mcnidia   notata   Mitchill). 

Atherina  notata  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  446,   1815;  DEKAY,  N.  Y. 

Fauna,  Fishes,  141,  pi.  28,  fig.  88,  1842,  New  York. 
Atherina  riridcsccns  MITCHILL,  op.  cit.,  447,  1815,  N.  Y. 
Chirostoma  notatinn  GOODK  iS:  HKAN,  Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  XI,  21,  1879. 
Atherina  mcniJia  DEKAY,  op.  cit.,  142,  pi.  74,  fig.  236,  1842,  N.  Y.,  not  of  LINNAEUS. 
MeniJia  notata  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  VII,  146,   1888  ;   i9th  Kept.  Commrs.  Fish.  N. 

Y..  J7i,  1890. 

Translucent  green  ;  lateral  band  silvery,  mostly  on  the  level  of  the  eye,  its  width 
less  than  one-half  the  diameter  of  eye.  Scales  of  upper  parts  with  dark  dots  along 
their  edges;  chin  speckled. 

The  Common  Silversides  grows  to  a  length  of  6  inches. 

The  Silversides  was  first  made  known  by  Dr.  Mitchill  under  the  name  of  Small 
Silverside,  Atherina  notata,  and  he  described  the  young  of  the  same  species  as  the 


SILVERSIDES. 

Green-Sided  Silverside,  Atherina  i'iri</fscfin;.  Dr.  DeKay  states  that  the  Silversides 
was  known  in  the  harbor  of  New  York  as  the  Anchovy  and  the  Sand  Smelt.  Friar 
is  a  New  England  name  for  the  species  ;  Capelin  is  in  use  about  Boston,  and  Merit 
fish  in  the  vicinity  of  Watch  Hill.  Sperling  is  a  name  recently  applied  to  this 
species  by  some  fishermen,  and  we  have  known  persons  to  offer  the  Silversides  as 
Whitebait.  In  Great  South  Bay  it  is  known  as  Shiner. 

The  Silversides  is  known  to  occur  on  the  coast  from  Maine  to  Virginia.  It  is 
one  of  the  most  abundant  of  the  small  fishes  in  our  waters,  swimming  in  immense 
schools  made  up  of  fish  of  different  sizes,  and  it  forms  a  considerable  part  of  the 
food  of  more  valuable  species,  such  as  the  Mackerel,  Bluefish,  Weakfish  and 
Flounders,  and  is  very  much  in  demand  as  a  bait  for  hook  and  line  fishing.  We 
seined  the  Silversides  in  all  parts  of  Great  South  Bay,  and  found  it  to  be  one  of  the 
most  abundant  and  characteristic  species. 

The  Common  Silversides,  or  Spearing,  lives  in  Gravesend  Bay  almost  all  the 
year,  hibernating  in  spring  holes  in  winter.  It  is  well  suited  for  a  captive  life  and 
can  endure  a  temperature  of  71^°  in  the  salt  water. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  363 

In  1898  the  species  was  found  for  the  State  Museum  at  all  Long  Island  localities 
visited,  Peconic  Bay,  Mecox  Bay,  the  ocean  at  Southampton,  and  throughout  Great 
South  Bay.  Small  individuals  are  sold  in  the  markets  as  Whitebait.  In  the  time 
of  DeKay  the  fish  was  called  Anchovy  and  Sand  Smelt  and  was  esteemed  a  savory 
food.  Twenty  years  before  he  wrote  of  the  fishes  of  New  York,  it  was  caught  from 
the  wharves  and  sold  for  bait. 

80.     Striped  Mullet  (Mugil  cephalns  Linn.neus). 

Mugil cephalus  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  103,  1900. 

Mugil  ctibula  BEAN,  igth  Rept.  Commrs.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  272,  pi.  XXI,  fig.  26,  1890. 

Mugil  lineatus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  144,  pi.  15,  fig.  42,  1842,  New  York. 

Color,  darkish  blue  above ;  the  sides  silvery  ;  exposed  part  of  scales,  especially  of 
eight  or  ten  upper  series,  darker  than  body  color,  causing  a  striped  appearance 


STRIPED    MULLET. 


belly  and  lower  part  of  sides  yellowish  ;  ventral  fins  yellowish  ;  soft  dorsal,  anal  and 
ventrals  dusky  ;  tip  and  base  of  pectoral  dusky. 

The  Striped  Mullet  grows  to  the  length  of  2  feet,  but  the  average  size  in  New 
York  waters  is  much  less. 

The  fish  is  known  in  Great  South  Bay  as  Mullet  and  Jumping  Mullet;  the  name 
Mullet  is  applied  to  it  also  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  is  in  general  use  along  the 
east  coast ;  it  is  known  in  the  Chesapeake  as  Mullet  or  Fatback.  The  latter  name  is 
probably  applied  to  more  than  one  species. 

The  Striped  Mullet  is  known  on  our  coast  from  Cape  Cod  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
The  young  are  much  more  abundant  than  the  adults.  In  Great  South  Bay  we 
found  the  species  not  uncommon  ;  two  examples  were  taken  at  the  mouth  of  Swan 
Creek,  September  12.  Several  schools  were  present.  We  were  informed  that  they 
appear  occasionally,  and  one  gentleman  of  Patchogue  was  very  successful  in  taking 
this  and  its  allied  species  with  hook  and  line.  DeKay  states  that  the  Striped  Mullet 


364        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

was  first  observed  in  New  York  waters  by  Dr.  Mitchill.  He  found  them  in  the 
market  in  the  beginning  of  September.  This  species  is  one  of  our  choice  food 
fishes.  It  is  not  uncommon  in  September  in  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  N.  J.,  but  we 
are  informed  that  large  specimens  are  never  taken  in  that  body  of  water. 

In  1898  the  Striped  Mullet  was  not  abundant  in  the  waters  seined  till  fall  ;  the 
great  schools  were  absent  till  October.  Several  individuals  were  obtained  in  Mecox 
Bay,  August  2,  and  a  larger  number  in  Clam  Pond  Cove,  Great  South  Bay, 
August  22. 

The  young  of  this  species  are  abundant  in  Gravesend  Bay  in  midsummer;  larger 
ones  appear  in  September  and  October.  One  winter,  some  years  ago,  Mullet  hiber- 
nated in  the  mud  in  Sheepshead  Bay  and  were  taken  with  eel  spears.  The  Mullets 
feed  and  thrive  most  of  the  year  in  captivity,  but  will  not  survive  the  intense  heat 
of  summer.  In  the  aquarium  their  food  includes  hard  clam  and  shrimp. 

In  1883  Jordan  &  Gilbert  established  a  genus  Qucriinana  for  "  little  mullets  with 
but  two  spines  in  the  anal  fin  and  with  the  teeth  in  the  jaws  less  ciliiform  than  in 
Mugil;  adipose  eyelid  wanting;  preorbital  serrate."  The  genus  was  based  on 
My.vus  harcngus  of  Giinther.  Querimana  is  nothing  more  than  the  young  of  Mugil. 
The  only  good  character  by  which  it  was  distinguished  is  the  presence  of  two  anal 
spines  instead  of  three ;  in  all  other  respects  Querimana  and  Mugil  agree  perfectly. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  all  young  Mugils  pass  through  a  Qucriinana  stage  in  which  only 
two  of  the  three  anal  spines  are  developed,  the  adipose  eyelid  is  rudimentary,  and 
the  teeth  are  comparatively  stouter  than  in  the  adult.  The  third  anal  spine  of 
Mugil  is  really  a  simple  articulated  ray  till  the  fish  reaches  a  length  varying  from 
about  40  mm.  to  50  mm.  The  first  simple  ray  of  the  anal  becomes  a  spine  by  the 
breaking  off  at  an  articulation,  the  subsequent  sharpening  of  the  point,  and  the 
deposit  of  hard  material  in  the  articulations,  thus  forming  a  somewhat  slender,  but 
perfect  spine. 

This  fact  of  development  was  carefully  studied  in  large  series  of  specimens  in  the 
U.  S.  National  Museum,  and  it  is  both  interesting  and  important  from  the  fish  cul- 
tural as  well  as  the  systematic  standpoint.  In  Mugil  ceplialus  one  example,  41  mm. 
long,  shows  the  third  anal  spine  very  plainly ;  it  is  well  developed  and  has  a  sharp 
point,  but  several  articulations  still  remain.  Other  examples  of  equal  length  have 
the  first  simple  anal  ray  scarcely  developed  into  a  spine,  and  in  still  others  this  ray 
does  not  take  on  the  character  of  a  spine  at  all.  Querimana  harcngiis,  the  type  of 
the  genus,  is  the  young  of  Mugil  curcma,  and  Q.  gyrans  is  the  immature  Mugil 
trichodon.  A  re-examination  of  the  types  of  Querimana  gyrans  shows  the  presence 
of  33  rows  of  scales  in  some  examples  instead  of  29. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  365 

8l.     White    Mullet   (Mugil  curema  Cuv.  &  Val.). 

Mugil  curema  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C,  VII,  145,   1888  ;  igth  Kept.  Commrs.  Fish.  N. 

Y.,  272,  pi.  XXI,  fig.  26,  1890. 

Mugil  curema  BEAN,  520!  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  103,  1900. 
Mugil petrosus  DEKAY.  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  147,  1842. 

Color  silvery,  bluish  above  ;  no  dusky  streaks  along  the  sides  in  life,  but  faint 
streaks  are  evident  after  preservation  in  spirits  ;  a  small  dark  blotch  at  base  of 
pectoral  ;  caudal  pale,  yellowish  at  base,  dusky  at  tip ;  anal  and  ventrals  yellowish ; 
two  yellow  blotches  on  side  of  head. 

The  White  Mullet  reaches  the  length  of  I  foot.  On  the  Atlantic  coast  it  ranges 
from  Cape  Cod  to  Brazil  ;  in  the  Pacific  it  is  recorded  from  California  to  Chili.  It 
is  a  very  important  food  fish. 


WHITE   MULLET. 

The  White  Mullet  appears  with  the  striped  species,  but  is  less  abundant  in 
Gravesend  Bay  and  is  smaller  in  size.  The  young  were  taken  in  Great  South  Bay 
in  August,  1898,  and  half-grown  individuals  were  abundant  in  September  and 
October.  Adults  were  scarce. 

Dr.  Mitchill  calls  this  the  Summer  Mullet.  He  records  a  specimen  that  weighed 
2^  pounds,  the  heaviest  coming  under  his  observation.  DeKay  found  the  species 
in  New  York  markets  in  July  and  August. 

82.     Common    Mackerel   (Scomber  scombrus   Linnaeus). 

Scomber  scombrus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  424,  1883. 
Scomber  scombrus  JORDAN   &   EVERMANN,  Bull.   47,   U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  865,  1896,  pi. 
CXXXIII,  fig.  363,  1900. 

Color  dark  blue,  or  greenish  blue  above,  the  upper  parts  with  30  or  more  wavy 
transverse  bands  of  a  darker  hue,  these  extending  below  the  lateral  line  and  nearly 
to  the  median  line  of  the  body ;  beneath  the  ends  of  these  lines  and  slightly  sepa- 


SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

rated  from  them  is  a  narrow,  longitudinal,  dark  streak  running  almost  the  entire  dis. 
tance  from  the  pectoral  to  the  caudal  ;  top  of  the  head  very  dark;  a  dark  blotch  in 
the  axil  of  the  pectoral ;  gill  covers  and  jaws  silvery ;  sides  white  with  cupreous 
reflections ;  belly  white. 

The  Mackerel  is  one  of  the  best  known  food  fishes  of  the  North  Atlantic,  ranging 
from  Norway  to  Spain  in  Europe  and  from  Labrador  to  Cape  Hatteras  in  North 
America.  It  reaches  the  length  of  18  inches.  The  fish  is  migratory  and  frequently 
disappears  for  a  short  or  long  period  of  time  from  its  accustomed  localities.  On  the 
New  York  coast  the  Mackerel  appears  in  May  and  June  in  great  schools,  but  the 
number  varies  greatly  in  different  years. 

Two  young,  3%^  to  $l/2  inches  long,  were  taken  in  Gravesend  Bay,  L.  I.,  May  23, 
1896,  in  John  B.  DeNyse's  shad  fyke.  No  more  were  seen,  and  these  were  the  first 
of  the  year.  They  come  about  the  time  of  the  appearance  of  Anchovy  and  Weak- 


COMMON   MACKEREL. 

fish.  They  are  often  seen  swimming  at  the  surface  of  the  bay  in  small  bunches  of 
18  or  20,  occasionally  100,  in  the  latter  part  of  May  or  early  in  June.  They  are 
always  split  up  into  small  bunches,  probably  by  the  attacks  of  Weakfish  and  other 
predaceous  species  which  are  present  at  the  time.  Flukes  attack  them  also  in 
shallow  water. 

83.     Chub  Mackerel ;  Thimble-Eye  Mackerel  (Scomber  colias  Gmelin). 

Scomber  colias  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  104,  pi.  u,  fig.  33,  1842. 

Scomber  colias   JORDAN    &   EVERMANN,   Bull.    47,   U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,  I,   866,   1896,  pi. 

CXXXIII,  fig.  364,  1900. 
Scomber  colias  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  360,  1897. 

Colors  essentially  the  same  as  in  Scomber  scombrus,  the  wavy  transverse  bands 
about  30  in  number;  sides  mottled  with  small  dusky  blotches  below  the  median 
line ;  about  20  black  specks  on  base  of  preopercle,  usually  arranged  in  more  than  one 
series  ;  belly  and  sides  silvery  ;  a  black  blotch  in  axil  of  pectoral. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  367 

The  Chub  Mackerel  is  found  in  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans,  north  to  Eng- 
land and  Maine  and  to  San  Francisco  ;  very  common  in  the  Mediterranean  and  in 
Southern  California;  sometimes  abundant  on  our  eastern  coast  and  frequently 
absent  for  long  periods.  It  reaches  the  length  of  14  inches,  and  is  an  important 
food  fish. 

July  25,  1887,  the  schooner  Peter  Cooper  caught  6,000  Thimble-eye  Mackerel  off 
Manasquan,  N.  J.  About  50,000  Mackerel  were  taken  by  the  Menhaden  steamer 
A.  Morris  near  Ocean  City,  July  19,  1887.  Some  of  these  were  preserved  in  brine 
by  W.  B.  Steelman,  and  I  found  them  to  be  S.  colias. 

The  Thimble-eyes  usually  arrive  in  August.  In  1886  they  were  often  caught. 
This  species  was  not  found  in  large  numbers  in  Gravesend  Bay  in  1897,  but  in  1896 
it  abounded  in  all  the  little  creeks,  and  in  some  instances  the  fish  could  be  dipped 
up  by  boat  loads  with  scoop  nets.  The  fish  reached  10  inches  in  length  before 
the  end  of  the  summer. 


*"**! 


\  i 


CHUB  MACKEREL. 


84.     Tunny;    Horse   Mackerel   (TJninnus  thynnus  Linnaeus). 

Thynnus  nt/garis  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,   105,  pi.  10,  fig.  28,  1842,  after  STOKER. 
Orcynus  thynnus  JORDAN  &r  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  429,  1883. 
Thunmis  thynnus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  870,  1896. 

Color  dark  blue  above  ;  grayish  below  with  silvery  spots  ;  pupil  black,  iris  golden 
with  greenish  reflections  ;  rays  of  spinous  dorsal  dusky,  the  connecting  membrane 
nearly  black,  second  dorsal  reddish  brown  ;  pectorals  silver  gray ;  ventrals  black 
above,  white  beneath  ;  dorsal  and  anal  finlets  bright  yellow,  dark  at  base  and  on 
anterior  edge  ;  gill  covers  silvery  gray. 

The  Tunny  is  the  largest  fish  of  the  Mackerel  family,  reaching  a  length  of  10 
feet  or  more.  It  is  pelagic,  but  comes  to  all  warm  coasts,  northward  to  England, 
Newfoundland,  San  Francisco,  and  Japan.  In  our  waters  it  appears  usually  in 
summer  and  is  often  taken  in  rather  large  numbers  off  Block  Island,  and  on  Cape 


368         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

Cod  and  Cape  Ann.  On  account  of  its  enormous  size  and  great  strength,  it  is  often 
destructive  to  the  fishermen's  nets. 

Dr.  Storer  says  it  comes  into  Massachusetts  Bay  about  the  middle  of  June  and 
remains  till  early  in  October.  It  was  not  uncommon  to  observe  50  or  more  in  a  day 
at  Provincetown.  It  feeds  on  Menhaden,  Mackerel,  Whiting,  Dogfish  and  other 
small  fishes.  The  usual  implement  of  capture  at  first  was  the  harpoon,  but,  now 
that  its  flesh  has  become  valuable  for  canning  and  when  marketed  fresh,  it  is  taken 
in  pound  nets  and  by  line  fishing.  The  fish  arrives  on  tjie  coast  in  poor  condition 
and  without  value,  but  becomes  very  fat  during  the  summer  months,  and  is  then 
utilized  for  the  oil,  which  is  obtained  from  the  head  and  belly  by  boiling,  and 
for  its  flesh,  which  is  favorably  regarded,  either  fresh,  salted  or  preserved  in  cans. 

The  Tunny  is  said  to  spawn  in  June,  and  the  recently  hatched  young,  according 
to  Yarrell,  weigh  \l/2  ounces,  growing  to  4  ounces  by  August  and  30  ounces  in 
October.  Adults  often  weigh  1,000  pounds.  The  Killer  Whale  is  the  most  dreaded 
enemy  of  the  Tunny, 


TUNNY. 

In  Southern  California  this  fish  is  highly  prized  by  anglers  who  are  fond  of  big 
game  and  hard  play.  In  the  Bay  of  Chaleur  and  off  Caraquette,  in  the  Gulf  of 
St.  Lawrence  region,  100  Tunny  were  captured  by  means  of  baited  lines,  and  the 
fishing  was  considered  exciting  because  the  fish  pulled  with  such  violence  as  to 
endanger  the  lives  of  the  fishermen  by  dragging  them  overboard.  This  kind  of 
exercise  might  be  had  near  Rockport,  Mass.,  or  off  the  New  Jersey  coast  annually 
in  summer. 

85.     Bonito  (Sarda  sarda  Bloch). 

Pelamys  sarda  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  106,  pi.  9,  fig.  27,  1842. 

Sarda  sarda  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C,  VII,  138,  1888  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U. 
S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  872,  1896  ;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  360,  1897,  Graves- 
end  Bay. 

Color  steel  blue  above,  the  sides  silvery,  the  abdomen  and  under  surface  of  head 
silvery  white  ;  from  10  to  20  dark  bluish,  narrow  bands  obliquely  downward  and  for- 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  369 

ward  from  the  back,  some  of  them  almost  reaching  the  belly  ;  iris  yellowish  ;  first 
dorsal  fin  sometimes  pale,  sometimes  nearly  black;  pectoral  dark  above,  light 
beneath. 

The  Bonito  inhabits  the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  both  coasts  and  is  common  in  the 
Mediterranean.  On  our  coast  it  ranges  habitually  north  to  Cape  Ann.  It  reaches 
the  length  of  30  inches  and  the  weight  of  10  or  12  pounds.  Though  not  generally 
esteemed  as  a  food  fish,  it  meets  with  a  steady  sale  either  fresh  or  salted  like  the 
Mackerel.  The  fish  is  believed  to  live  in  the  open  sea,  coming  to  the  shores  only  to 
feed  or  to  deposit  its  eggs.  It  is  predaceous  and  active,  feeding  insatiably  on 
Mackerel  and  Menhaden  ;  it  takes  trolling  bait  as  freely  as  the  Bluefish,  to  which  it 
is  not  inferior  in  quality  of  flesh. 

The  fish  is  generally  scarce  in  Gravesend  Bay.  Five  were  taken  in  one  day  in  a 
pound  net  in  October,  1897,  an  unusual  number  for  that  species.  The  Bonito  will 
not  live  in  captivity. 


BONITO. 


86.     Spanish  Mackerel  (Scomberomorus  maculatus  Mitchill). 

Cybium  maculatum  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  108,  pi.  73,  fig.  232,  1842,  N.  Y. 
Scomberomorus  maculatus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,   Bull.    16,   U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,   426,    1883  , 

BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.   F.  C.,  VII,   138  ;   ipth  Rept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish.,  254,  pi.  VII. 

fig.  9,  1890  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  874,    1896,  pi. 

CXXXIV,  fig.  368,  1900. 

Color  silvery  ;  upper  parts  bluish  ;  sides  with  numerous  oblong  spots  of  a  dull 
orange,  none  of  them  more  than  one-third  as  long  as  the  snout,  these  spots  fully  as 
numerous  above  the  lateral  line  as  below  it  ;  the  membrane  connecting  the  first 
eight  spines  of  the  dorsal  black,  the  rest  of  the  fin  white  ;  soft  dorsal  with  a  yellow- 
ish tinge,  its  margin  dark;  anal  and  ventral  white;  pectoral  black  inside,  yellowish 
with  dark  borders  outside  and  covered  with  dusky  points ;  caudal  dusky  except  at 
base. 

The  Spanish  Mackerel  inhabits  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts  of  North  America, 
24 


37°        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

on  our  coast  ranging  north  to  Maine  and  south  to  Brazil.  It  is  one  of  the  choicest 
of  our  food  fishes  and  grows  to  the  length  of  3  feet  and  the  \veight  of  10  pounds. 
The  species  spawns  on  the  Long  Island  coast  in  August  or  earlier.  The  eggs  are 
very  small,  about  one  twenty-fifth  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  they  float  in  salt 
water.  The  rate  of  growth  is  unknown,  as  the  young  are  seldom  or  never  seen  by 
persons  who  know  the  fish.  The  Spanish  Mackerel  is  caught  chiefly  in  pound  nets. 
It  is  recorded  that  the  species  has  been  obtained  off  the  coast  of  Maine  by  Capt. 
Atwood.  Mitchill  describes  the  species  without  making  any  remark  on  its  abun- 
dance or  scarcity,  and  states  that  it  comes  in  July.  In  1854  the  species  had  very  little 
importance  in  the  New  York  market,  but  at  the  present  time  it  is  one  of  the  most 
highly  prized  fishes  and  is  obtained  in  large  numbers.  Spanish  Mackerel  have  been 
sparingly  caught  by  trolling  off  Fire  Island  Inlet.  We  did  not  obtain  the  species  in 


SPANISH   MACKEREL. 

Great  South  Bay,  but  Erastus  Gordon,  of  Patchogue,  informed  us  that  it  is  obtained 
in  moderate  numbers.  In  1884  the  fish  was  not  plentiful  and  the  average  price  was 
about  $i  each.  They  appear  in  New  York  waters  in  July  and  usually  leave  in 
September.  The  spawning  season  at  Long  Island  begins  late  in  August  and  con- 
tinues about  a  month.  The  Spanish  Mackerel  congregate  in  enormous  schools. 
Mr.  Earll  records  the  appearance  of  a  school  off  Long  Island  which  was  estimated 
to  contain  several  million  individuals.  The  fish  are  taken  principally  in  traps;  a  few 
are  caught  by  trolling,  but  this  is  an  unsatisfactory  method  of  capture. 

87.     Cero  (Scombcroinori's  regalis  Bloch). 

Scomberomorus  regalis  JORDAN  &:  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  426,  1883  ;  JOR- 
DAN &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  875,  1896,  pi.  CXXXV,  fig.  369, 
1900. 

Color  silvery;    a  narrow  longitudinal  stripe  of    brownish   or   bronze  beginning 
behind  the  pectoral  and  running    to  base  of    caudal ;  numerous    oblong    brownish 


THK    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


3/1 


spots  mostly  below  this  stripe,  none  of  them  more  than  one-half  the  diameter  of 
eye  ;  upper  anterior  part  of  spinous  dorsal  black,  the  rest  of  the  fin  white. 

The  Spotted  Cero  is  found  from  Cape  Cod  to  Brazil,  but  is  not  common  north- 
ward ;  it  is  abundant  in  the  West  Indies.  The  species  grows  to  the  length  of  5 
feet  and  the  weight  of  20  pounds  ;  it  is  a  fish  of  the  same  good  qualities  as  the 
Spanish  Mackerel  and  is  readily  caught  by  trolling. 


88.     Kingfish  ;  Sierra  (Scombcronioriis  cavalla  Cuvier). 

Scomberomonis  caballa  JORDAN  &    GILBERT,    Bull.    16,    U.  S.    Nat.    Mus.,    427,    1883  ; 
JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  875,  1896. 

Color  grayish  silvery,  the  sides  sometimes  with  dark  spots,  or  yellowish  in  the 
young ;  spinous  dorsal  blackish  above,  or  without  dark  blotch. 


KINGFISH. 


The  Kingfish,  or  Cavalla,  is  a  very  important  and  valuable  food  fish  of  the  tropi- 
cal Atlantic,  coming  in  immense  numbers  to  the  Florida  Keys,  the  West  Indies,  and 
north  to  Charleston,  occasionally,  in  summer,  to  Cape  Cod.  Southward  it  extends 
to  Africa  and  Brazil,  frequenting  the  open  seas.  In  habits  it  resembles  the  Spanish 
Mackerel ;  it  is  caught  by  trolling,  and  at  Key  West  it  is  so  abundant  that  two 
men  in  a  small  sailboat  sometimes  catch  more  than  100  in  a  day.  The  flesh  is  excel- 
lent, either  fresh  or  smoked. 


372         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

89.    Swordfish  (Xiphias gladius  Linnaeus). 

Xiphias gladius  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  III,  pi.  26,  fig.  79,  1842;  JORDAN  &  GIL- 
BERT, Bull.  1 6,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  420,  1883;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,  I,  894,  1896. 

Color  above  rich  purplish  blue,  shading  into  whitish  beneath,  the  sides  and  belly 
with  a  silvery  lustre.  Fins,  dark  bluish  with  silvery  sheen,  except  dorsal.  Top  of 
head  rich  purplish  blue,  the  color  extending  upon  the  rostrum.  Lower  side  of  ros- 
trum rich  brownish  purple.  Eye  deep  blue. 


r 


SWORDFISH  —  ADULT. 

The  Swordfish  inhabits  the  Atlantic  and  come%  near  both  coasts ;  it  is  most 
abundant  between  Cuba  and  Cape  Breton,  rather  common  in  the  Mediterranean, 
and  is  occasionally  taken  off  Southern  California.  The  fish  appear  in  the  vicinity 
of  Sandy  Hook  about  June  first,  and  the  fishing  season  continues  as  far  east  as 
Martha's  Vineyard  and  Nantucket  Shoals  till  about  the  middle  of  September. 


SWORDFISH  -  YOUNG. 


They  disappear  to  the  southward  as  soon  as  the  cold  winds  begin  to  blow.  They 
feed  on  Mackerel,  Menhaden  and  Squid.  They  are  often  caught  on  trawl  lines,  but 
the  chief  means  of  capture  is  the  harpoon. 

The  average  length  of  Swordfish  is  10  feet,  but  individuals  measuring  16  feet  are 
on  record.  An  individual  weighing  750  pounds  was  killed  in  1874  off  Portland. 

The  flesh  of  this  fish  is  very  palatable,  and  the  fishery  is  an  important  one  as  well 
as  an  exciting  occupation. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


373 


Young  Swordfish  have  the  skin  covered  with  small,  rough  excrescences,  the  jaws 
much  more  nearly  equal,  and  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins  not  divided  into  two  separate 
parts. 

90.     Yellow  Mackerel  (Caranx  hippos  Linneeus). 

Scomber  hippos  LINNAEUS,  Syst.  Nat.  ed.,  XII,  I,  494,  1766,  Charleston,  South  Carolina. 
Caranx  carangus  CUVIER  &  VALENCIENNES,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  IX,  91,  1833  ;  GUNTHER, 

Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  II,  448,  1860. 
Caranx  defensor  DE!VAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,   120,  pi.   24,  fig.   72,   1842  ;  HOLBROOK, 

Ichth.  S.  C.,  87,  pi.  12,  fig.  r,  1860. 
Carangus  hippos  GILL,   Proc.   Ac.  Nat.    Sci.    Phila.,  433,    1862  ;  GOODE  &  BEAN,  Bull. 

Essex  Inst.,  XI,  16,  1879. 
Caranx  hippies  JORDAN  &    GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.   S.  Nat.  Mus.,  437,  1883  ;  Proc.  U.  S. 

Nat.  Mus.,  200,  1883. 
Caranx  hippos  BEAN,  Bull.  U.S.  F.  C,  VII,    139,  1888;  Bull.  Am.   Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX, 

362,  1897  ;  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  103,  1900;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN, 

Bull.  47,  U.   S.  Nat.  Mus.,  920,  1896,  pi.  CXLI,  fig.  387,  1900  ;  MEARNS,  Bull.  Am. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  318,  1898  ;  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  XVII,  98,  1898. 


YELLOW  MACKEREL. 

Body  oblong,  the  anterior  profile  very  strongly  arched.  The  depth  is  contained 
two  and  one-half  times  in  the  length.  Head  large  and  deep,  its  length  being 
contained  three  and  one-half  times  in  that  of  the  body  ;  mouth  large,  low  ;  lower 
jaw  prominent,  maxillary  extending  to  nearly  opposite  posterior  border  of  eye,  two 
and  one-third  in  head  ;  teeth  in  upper  jaw  in  a  broad  villiform  band,  an  outer 
series  of  large,  wide-set,  conical  teeth,  teeth  of  lower  jaw  in  one  row,  a  distinct 
canine  on  each  side  of  symphysis ;  villiform  teeth  on  vomer,  palatines,  pterygoids, 
and  tongue  ;  lateral  line  with  a  wide  arch,  its  length  one  and  one-third  in  straight 
part,  the  angle  under  fifth  dorsal  ray,  plates  not  covering  all  of  the  straight  part, 


374        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

lateral  line  (scutes)  about  30 ;  dorsal  spines  short,  rather  stout ;  gill  rakers  stout, 
rather  long,  15  below  angle;  occipital  keel  sharp;  eye  not  very  large;  pectoral 
falcate,  one-fifth  longer  than  head  ;  breast  naked  or  with  only  a  small  triangular 
patch  of  scales  in  front  of  ventrals ;  caudal  lobes  equal,  nearly  as  long  as  head. 
D.VIII-I,  20;  A.  II-I,  17. 

Olivaceous  above,  sides  and  below  golden  ;  a  large,  distinct  black  blotch  on 
opercle,  bordered  behind  with  pale  ;  a  large  faint  black  spot  on  lower  rays  of  pec- 
torals, the  latter  sometimes  wanting  in  young  ;  axil  of  pectoral  with  a  black 
blotch  ;  edge  of  soft  dorsal  black ;  upper  edge  of  caudal  peduncle  dusky. 

The  Yellow  Mackerel  is  a  widely  distributed  fish  in  warm  seas;  it  is  recorded 
from  the  East  Indies,  both  coasts  of  tropical  America,  and  northward  to  Cape  Ann 
and  the  Gulf  of  California.  The  young  are  common  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  where 
they  appear  in  July  and  become  most  abundant  in  October.  Individuals  I  inch 
long  have  been  obtained  there  about  July  I  ;  larger  fish  occur  in  the  fall.  In 
August,  1898,  only  a  few  young  ones  were  secured  in  Great  South  Bay  and  at  South- 
ampton, L.  I. 

The  fish  probably  spawns  in  West  Florida  in  May  in  the  salt  water  bayous,  as 
the  young  fish  are  seen  coming  out  of  such  places  in  schools  in  the  fall  on  their  way 
to  the  sea.  Fish  weighing  about  a  pound  or  two  are  considered  equal  to  Pompano 
for  the  table,  but  large  fish  are  not  esteemed,  the  flesh  being  dark  and  almost  taste- 
less. The  species  reaches  the  weight  of  20  pounds. 

The  Yellow  Mackerel  resembles  the  Big-eyed  Scad  in  its  endurance  of  captivity 
and  its  feeding  habits.  At  the  end  of  November  it  has  been  known  to  thrive  in  a 
pool  containing  about  50,000  gallons  of  water  in  company  with  the  Crevalle",  the  Big- 
eyed  Scad  and  other  species. 

91.     Crevall£  (Caranx  crysos  Mitchill). 

Scomber  crysos  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  424,  1815,  New  York. 

Caranx  chrysus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  970,  1883;  BEAN,  ipth 
Kept.  N.  Y.  Com.  Fish.,  256,  pi.  VII,  fig.  10,  1890. 

Caranx  crysos  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  121,  pi.  27,  fig.  85,  1842;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANX,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  921,  1896,  pi.  CXLII,  fig.  388,  1900;  BEAN,  Bull. 
Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  362,  1897;  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  XVII,  98,  1898. 

Greenish  olive,  golden  yellow  or  silvery  below ;  a  black  blotch  on  opercle ;  fins 
all  pale.  An  individual  3^  inches  long,  taken  at  Beesley's  Point,  N.  J.,  August  11, 
1887,  showed  the  following  colors:  Caudal  yellow;  basal  half  of  elevated  part  of 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


375 


anal  yellow  ;  cheeks  and  lower  half  of  sides  also  yellow  ;  a  black  opercular  spot,  but 
none  on  pectoral  ;  several  narrow  pale  bars  on  sides ;  tip  of  elevated  part  of  soft 
dorsal  dusky  ;  membrane  between  dorsal  spines  dusky  ;  iris  copper  color. 

The  Crevalle  is  found  on  the  east  coast  from  Nova  Scotia  southward,  ranging  to 
the  West  Indies  and  Brazil.  The  young  are  very  common  along  the  coast  of 
Southern  New  England  in  summer.  DeKay  calls  it  the  Yellow  Caranx,  and  Mitchill 
mentions  it  as  the  Yellow  Mackerel.  The  specimens  seen  by  both  these  authors 
came  from  the  Bay  of  New  York. 

At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  the  young  arrive  in  July  and  leave  in  October.  In 
Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  N.  J.,  young  individuals  were  taken  sparingly  in  August. 
DeKay  records  the  species  as  abundant  in  New  York  Bay  in  September  and 
October.  The  writer  saw  several  examples  from  a  fish  trap  at  Islip,  L.  I.,  October 
I,  1890. 


CREVALLE. 


Young  Crevalle  make  a  croaking  sound  when  captured  in  a  net  or  held  in  the 
hand. 

On  the  Gulf  coast  of  Florida,  Alabama  and  Mississippi  the  fish  is  migratory,  just 
as  it  is  here  ;  it  makes  its  appearance  in  April,  spawns  in  July  or  August,  and  then 
disappears  and  is  replaced  by  the  young.  It  feeds  on  small  fish,  which  it  pursues 
eagerly,  and  is  preyed  on  by  sharks  and  porpoises. 

It  grows  to  the  length  of   15  inches  and  is  highly  prized  for  food. 

The  Crevalle  can  be  successfully  kept  in  captivity  in  large  pools  with  a  tempera- 
ture above  50°  in  winter.  The  fish  occasionally  school  together  under  a  large  shark 
and  follow  it  about. 


376         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

92.     Common  Pompano  (Trachinotus  carolinns  Linnasus). 

Lichia  Carolina  DEKAV,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  114,  pi.  10,  fig.  30,  1842,  off  Sandy  Hook. 
Trachynotus  carolinns  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  442,  1883. 
Trachynotus  carolinns  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  VII,  140,  1888  ;   igth  Kept.  N.  Y.  Comm. 

Fish.,  254,  pi.  VIII,  fig.  n,  1890. 
Trachinotus  carolinus  BEJVN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  363,   1897,  52d  Ann.  Kept. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  104,  1900. 

Uniform  bluish  above,  sides  silvery,  golden  in  the  adult,  without  bands,  fins  plain 
silvery  or  dusky. 

This  fish  has  no  other  name  on  our  east  coast  except  the  southern  variation  of 
Pompeynose.  In  Great  South  Bay  the  name  Butter  fish  is  applied  to  it  because 
it  is  confounded  with  the  Poronotus  triacanthus,  to  which  the  name  properly 


COMMON  POMPANO. 

belongs.     Mitchill  described  it  under  the  name  Thornbacked  Grunt,  a  name  not  now 
in  use. 

The  Pompano  ranges  on  our  coast  from  Cape  Cod  to  Florida,  the  adults  rarely 
or  never  coming  into  northern  waters,  but  the  young  are  taken  in  variable  numbers 
every  year.  At  Woods  Hole  they  sometimes  occur  in  considerable  numbers,  and 
they  have  been  taken  in  great  abundance  in  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  but  not  recently. 
In  Great  South  Bay,  in  1890,  only  a  single  young  individual  was  secured  at  Oak 
Island  Beach  on  the  last  day  of  September.  It  occurs  occasionally  also  on  the 
Pacific  coast.  Dr.  DeKay,  in  1842,  mentioned  it  as  an  exceedingly  rare  species  on 
the  New  York  coast.  His  description  was  based  on  a  specimen  taken  off  Sandy 
Hook  more  than  20  years  before.  In  1898  young  specimens  were  found  in  moderate 
numbers  at  Oak  Island  Beach,  Great  South  Bay,  September  14,  and  on  the  east  side 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


377 


of  Fire  Island  Beach  September  16.  The  young  are  summer  and  fall  visitors  in 
Gravesend  Bay.  Twenty-two  individuals  were  placed  in  a  tank  in  August,  1897,  and 
grew  rapidly  till  the  temperature  of  the  water  fell  below  60°  F.  in  November.  Dur- 
ing this  month  all  of  them  died. 

The  species  reaches  the  length  of  20  inches.     It  is  one  of  the  finest  of  our  food 
fishes. 

93.     Bluefish  ;  Snap  Mackerel ;  Snapper  (Pomatomus  saltatrix  Linnaeus). 

Scomber  plumbeiis  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  424,  pi.  IV,  fig.  i,  1815. 
Temnodon  saltator  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  130,  pi.  26,  fig.  81,  1842. 
Pomatomus  saltatrix  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  914,  1883. 
Pomatomus  saltatrix  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  VII,  1888  ;   i9th  Kept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish., 

269,  pi.  XX,  fig.  24,  1890  ;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  363,  1897  ;  52d  Ann.  Kept. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  104,  1900. 


BLUEFISH. 

Bluish  or  greenish,  silvery  below,  a  black  blotch  at  the  base  of  the  pectoral. 

Some  of  the  many  names  applied  to  this  widely  distributed  fish  are  the  follow- 
ing: Mackerel  (New  Jersey),  Horse  Mackerel  (New  York  and  Rhode  Island),  Snap- 
ping Mackerel  (New  England  and  New  Jersey),  Skip  Mackerel  (New  York),  Snapper 
and  Blue  Snapper  (New  England),  Green  Fish  (Maryland,  Virginia  and  North  Caro- 
lina), Salt-water  Jack  (Southern  States),  Tailor  (Chesapeake  Bay),  Whitefish  (Hud- 
son River).  Bluefish  is  the  name  most  extensively  used  on  the  coast  and  in  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico. 

The  Bluefish  ranges  on  our  coast  from  Maine  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  is 
believed  to  frequent  warm  seas  of  both  continents.  It  ranged  farther  to  the  north- 
ward in  1887  than  for  many  years  before.  We  heard  of  its  capture  in  the  vicinity 
of  Mount  Desert,  Me.  On  our  coast  and  elsewhere  its  movements  are  erratic,  and 
its  abundance  fluctuates  greatly  within  certain  periods;  it  disappears  sometimes 
altogether  for  a  term  of  years.  The  young,  under  about  I  inch  in  length,  seem  to 
be  unknown.  The  spawning  habits  and  localities  have  not  been  recorded.  The 


SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

smallest  known  examples  were  obtained  at  the  surface  off  shore  by  the  U.  S.  Fish 
Commission.  The  writer  has  seined  individuals  a  little  more  than  an  inch  long 
at  Ocean  City,  N.  J.,  the  last  of  August.  The  young  ascend  rivers  into  fresh 
water. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  destructive  of  all  fishes!"  It  feeds  ravenously,  and,  when 
gorged  with  food,  continues  to  destroy  its  victims  for  the  sake  of  gratifying  its  kill- 
ing propensity.  If  follows  the  great  schools  of  Alewives,  Weakfish,  Mullets  and 
other  valuable  food  fishes  along  our  coast  in  summer,  and  the  young  may  be  dis- 
covered in  shallow  bays  and  sounds,  pursuing  the  Silversides,  young  Herring, 
Anchovies  and  other  fishes  smaller  than  themselves.  According  to  DeKay  Bluefish 
were  unknown  on  the  New  York  coast  till  about  1810,  when  a  few  appeared.  In 
1815  Dr.  Mitchill  wrote:  "  Young  ones  are  taken  plentifully  with  the  hook  at  our 
wharves  by  the  boys  in  August."  The  largest  mentioned  by  Mitchill  was  13  inches 
long,  3  inches  deep  and  weighed  about  14  ounces.  The  name  Bluefish  was  in  use  at 
the  time  of  Mitchill's  report. 

DeKay  noticed  the  gradual  disappearance  of  the  Weakfish  with  the  increasing 
abundance  of  Bluefish. 

The  best  known  methods  of  taking  Bluefish  are  by  trolling  at  the  surface  with  a 
squid  of  metal  or  bone  and  by  heaving  and  hauling  in  the  surf  near  the  mouths  of 
streams  into  which  Alewives  are  running.  Artificial  minnows  are  also  used  with  a 
light  rod,  when  young  Bluefish  are  seen  feeding  near  the  surface.  The  most  recent 
method  in  use  by  anglers  is  that  of  chumming  in  the  manner  usually  employed  in 
Striped  Bass  fishing.  This  method,  which  involves  the  use  of  rod  and  reel,  was  in 
use  near  the  inlet  at  Fire  Island  early  in  October,  1890.  During  the  summer,  in 
this  bay,  it  was  not  an  uncommon  thing  for  anglers  to  catch  150  or  200  small 
Bluefish  with  hook  and  line  in  a  single  day.  The  species  is  to  be  found  in  all  parts 
of  the  bay  visited  by  us.  It  was  taken  at  the  following  localities  :  Blue  Point  Cove, 
Oak  Island  and  Fire  Island.  Large  numbers  of  Bluefish  were  caught  late  in 
September  by  means  of  gill  nets  set  in  the  ocean  near  Blue  Point  life-saving  station. 
A  fisherman  caught  450  at  one  time  and  250  at  another,  the  dates  being  September 
23  and  24,  1890.  In  August  of  that  year  Bluefish  drove  immense  schools  of  Round 
Herring  ( litritmcus  feres)  on  the  ocean  beach,  near  the  Life-saving  station.  Septem- 
ber 24,  while  walking  along  the  beach  of  East  Island,  not  far  from  the  Blue  Point 
station,  in  a  distance  of  half  a  mile.  I  saw  51  Round  Herring  lying  on  the  beach, 
having  been  chased  in  a  short  time  previously  by  Bluefish.  When  the  fishermen 
find  the  Round  Herring  on  the  shore,  they  know  that  Bluefish  are  present.  Small 
Bluefish  were  caught  in  a  trap  at  Islip,  October  I,  1890.  In  the  summer  of  1898 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  379 

young  Bluefish  were  abundant  in  all  the  waters  visited  in  Peconic  Bay  and  Great 
South  Bay  and  were  taken  as  late  as  October  16. 

During  the  warm  season  they  often  run  up  the  rivers,  the  young,  called  Snappers, 
frequently  into  nearly  fresh  waters.  (After  Eugene  Smith.) 

The  Bluefish  is  so  active  in  its  movements  that  it  is  difficult  to  keep  it  in 
captivity.  As  with  the  species  of  Caranx  and  Seriola,  however,  its  longevity 
depends  on  range  and  temperature  ;  in  a  large  body  of  water,  not  colder  than  60°  in 
winter,  it  can  be  maintained  easily. 

94.     Crab-eater;  Cobia  (RacJiyccntron  canadus  Linnaeus). 

Centronotus  spinosus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  490,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  9,  1815, 

New  York. 
Elacate  atlantica  CUVIER  &  VALENCIENNES,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  VIII,  334,  pi.  233,   1831, 

Brazil;  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  113,  pi.  25,  fig.  77,   1842. 
Elacate  canada  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  418,   1883  ;  BEAN,  Bull. 

U.  S.  F.  C,  VII,  144,  pi.  II,  fig.   13,  1888  ;   i9th  Kept.  N.  Y.  Comm.  Fish.,  270,  pi. 

XX,  fig.  25,  1890,  young,  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay. 
Rachycentron  canadus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  948,   1896,  pi. 

CXLVIII,  fig.  401,  1900  ;  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.  XVII,  98,  1898. 


CRAB-EATER. 

Color  olive  brown  ;  sides  with  a  distinct  broad  dark  band  and  a  less  distinct  band 
above  and  below  it ;  lower  parts  silvery. 

The  Crab-eater  inhabits  all  warm  seas,  occasionally  appearing  on  our  northern 
coast  in  summer  and  ranging  northward  to  Massachusetts  Bay.  Individuals  are 
occasionally  taken  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass. 

Dr.  Mitchill  had  a  specimen  of  the  Crab-eater  which  was  caught  in  New  York 
Bay  June  11,  1815.  He  found  in  its  stomach  20  spotted  Sand  Crabs  and  several 
young  Flounders.  The  fish  was  eaten  at  his  table,  and  pronounced  one  of  the  best 
he  had  ever  tasted.  This  example  was  31  inches  long.  Dr.  DeKay  styles  it  the 
Northern  Crab-eater.  The  specimen  described  by  him  was  captured  in  Boston 
Harbor,  and  placed  in  a  live  car  with  other  fish,  chiefly  Porgies  (Stenotoinus  clirysops), 


3O        SKVKNTII    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

and  it  destroyed  and  ate  every  fish  in  the  car.  Dr.  A.  K.  Fisher  of  Washington  has 
found  the  young  of  the  Crab-eater  in  the  Hudson  near  Sing  Sing.  Though  we  have 
no  specimens  of  the  Crab-eater  from  Great  South  Bay,  there  is  scarcely  a  doubt  of 
its  occurrence  in  that  body  of  water. 

A  young  example,  3^  inches  long,  was  caught  at  Somers  Point,  N.  J.,  near  the 
club  house,  August  2,  1887,  by  Capt.  Richard  Chamberlain.  Ground  color  nearly 
black  ;  a  white  stripe,  about  as  wide  as  pupil,  from  upper  angle  of  gill  opening  to 
caudal ;  another  one,  but  narrower,  begins  at  lower  extremity  of  pectoral  base,  curves 
very  slightly  upward,  fading  out  near  the  tail;  upper  caudal  lobe  with  a  narrow 


HARVEST   FISH. 

whitish  margin  along  its  upper  surface,  relieved  by  a  trace  of  orange  red  at  its 
base ;  lower  caudal  lobe  with  a  narrow  orange  red  margin  ;  pectorals,  ventrals  and 
caudal  black ;  back  fades  to  a  dark  green  ;  belly  grayish  white  ;  iris  golden  bronze. 
This  species  has  not  previously  been  recorded  from  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  and  the 
young  seems  not  to  have  been  described. 

Another  example,  4  inches  long,  was  seined  in  one  of  the  thoroughfares  in  the 
bay  August  23.  This  has  the  same  markings  as  the  first.  The  caudal  when  fully 
expanded,  is  rounded,  the  end  truncate ;  there  is  no  emargination  as  in  the  adult. 
A  figure  of  the  young  is  published  in  Bulletin  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  pi.  2, 
fig.  13,  1888. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  381 

95.     Harvest  Fish  ;  Pappy  Fish  (Rhombus  paru  Linnaeus). 

Stromateus  longipinnis  MITCHII.L,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  366,  1815,  New  York 

Bay. 

Rhombus  longipinnis  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  136,  pi.  75,  239,  1842. 
Rhombus  paru  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  965,  1896,  pi.  CL,  fig. 

404,  1900  ;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  364,  1897. 

Color  greenish  above,  golden  yellow  below.  Mitchill  gives  the  following  descrip- 
tion :  "  Silvery,  with  tints  of  blue,  green  and  iridescent ;  dusky  on  the  head  and 
with  inky  patches  on  the  belly  towards  the  tail,  which  in  certain  lights  appear 
beautifully  red  and  purple  ;  back  bluish,  with  occasional  clouds." 

The  Harvest  Fish  inhabits  the  West  Indies  and  is  found  on  our  Atlantic  coast 
from  Cape  Cod  southward,  ranging  to  Brazil.  The  young  are  frequently  seen  swim- 
ming beneath  the  Portuguese  Man-of-War. 

DeKay  had  several  specimens  of  the  species,  but  found  it  less  common  than  the 
Short-finned  Harvest  fish,  R.  triacantJius.  At  Charleston  the  fish  is  called  Rudder 
fish. 

The  species  reaches  a  length  of  8  inches.  It  is  a  valuable  food  fish.  It  is  a 
summer  visitor  in  Gravesend  Bay  and  is  sometimes  rare,  but  was  formerly  abundant 
there.  It  is  not  adapted  to  a  captive  life.  At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  Dr.  Smith 
reports  it  as  usually  rare,  but  occasionally  common.  As  a  rule  only  3  or  4  are 
taken  in  a  season,  but  one  year  300  or  400  were  obtained.  It  occurs  mostly  in  June 
and  July,  associated  with  the  Butter  fish,  R.  triacanthus. 

96.     Butter  fish ;  Harvest  fish  (Rhombus  triacanthus  Peck). 

Stromateus  cryptosus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  365,  pi.  I,  fig.  3,  1815, 

New  York  Bay. 
Rhombus  triacanthus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  137,  pi.  26,  fig.  80,  1842  ;  JORDAN  & 

EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  967,  1896,  pi.  CL,  fig.  405,  1900  ;  BEAN,  Bull. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  TX,  363,  1897  ;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  104, 

1900. 
Poronotus  triacanthus  BEAN,  igth  Kept.  N.  Y.  Com.  Fish.,  257,  pi.  XI,  fig.  14,  1890. 

This  is  known  as  the  Dollar  fish,  Harvest  fish  and  Lafayette.  Mitchill  called  it 
the  Cryptous  Broad  Shiner,  and  DeKay  described  it  under  the  name  Short-finned 
Harvest  fish.  About  Cape  Cod  it  is  the  Sheepshead  and  Skipjack.  In  Connecticut 
it  is  called  Pumpkin  Seed  and  at  Norfolk,  Starfish. 


382         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

The  Butter  fish  ranges  from  Maine  to  South  Carolina,  and  is  gradually  replaced 
southward  by  the  Long-finned  Harvest  fish,  Rhombus  parn.  It  is  a  summer  visitor, 
associated  with  the  Mackerel.  DeKay  records  it  in  New  York  Bay  July  I,  and 
obtained  it  from  fyke  nets  in  New  York  Harbor  as  late  as  October  12.  We  seined 
young  examples  at  Blue  Point  Life-saving  station  October  7,  and  others  were  secured 
September  30  at  Oak  Island  Beach.  It  is  taken  chiefly  in  pound  nets,  and  has 
recently  become  a  highly  prized  market  fish.  A  few  years  ago  it  was  little  esteemed 
The  young  are  to  be  found  in  the  summer  months  swimming  at  the  surface  in  shel- 
tered bays  and  frequently  under  the  shelter  of  the  streamers  of  Jelly  fishes,  where 
they  are  sometimes  destroyed  by  the  lasso  cells  of  their  host. 

The  Harvest  fish  is  present  in  Gravesend  Bay  from  April  to  November.  Adults 
were  taken  at  Southampton  Beach  August  I  and  August  3,  1898.  The  fish  was  not 
found  in  Great  South  Bay  during  the  summer  and  fall  of  1898. 


BUTTER   FISH. 


97-     Crappie  (Pomoxis  annular  is  Rafinesque). 

Pomoxis  annularis  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,   103,  pi.  30,  fig.  59,    1893;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANX,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  987,  1896,  pi.  CLIV,  fig.  415,  1900. 

Color  clear  silvery  olive,  the  sides  mottled  with  dark  greenish  blotches.  On  the 
upper  part  of  the  body  are  traces  of  narrow  vertical  bars.  The  dorsal  and  caudal 
are  mottled,  but  the  anal  is  usually  uniform  pale. 

Among  the  many  names  which  have  been  applied  to  the  Crappie  are :  Bachelor, 
Newlight,  Campbellite,  Sac-a-lait,  Bridge  Perch,  Strawberry  Perch,  Chinquapin  Perch, 
Speckled  Perch,  Tin  Perch,  Goggle-eye,  John  Demon,  Shad,  White  Croppie  and  Tim- 
ber Croppie. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


383 


In  the  lower  Mississippi  Valley  the  Crappie  is  one  of  the  most  common  fishes. 
It  is  abundant  also  in  the  Ohio  Valley  and  occurs  rarely  in  Lake  Erie.  The  Ohio, 
Illinois  and  Mississippi  Rivers  are  particularly  noted  for  an  abundance  of  Crappies, 
and  the  fish  is  very  plentiful  in  Lake  Pontchartrain,  La.,  where  it  is  one  of  the  most 
highly  prized  of  the  smaller  game  fishes. 

Dr.  Meek  did  not  obtain  the  Crappie  in  the  Cayuga  Lake  basin,  but  says  it  may  be 
found  in  the  canal  near  Montezuma,  where  the  Calico  Bass  is  said  to  be  frequently 
taken. 

The  Crappie  is  a  very  general  favorite  for  pond  culture,  can  be  readily  trans- 
ported and  under  favorable  conditions  multiplies  prodigiously.  Its  range  has  been 
very  much  extended  by  artificial  means.  The  best  distinguishing  marks  between 


CRAPPIE. 


the  Crappie  and  the  Calico  Bass  are  the  more  elongated  form  of  the  Crappie,  the 
presence  of  six  spines  in  the  dorsal  and  the  nearly  uniform  whitish  color  of  the  anal. 
In  the  Crappie  the  greatest  depth  of  the  body  is  usually  contained  two  and  one-half 
times  in  the  total  length  without  the  tail,  while  in  the  Calico  Bass  the  depth  equals 
one-half  the  length.  These  two  species  are  so  similar  in  size  and  habits  that  they 
are  rarely  distinguished  except  by  ichthyologists. 

The  Crappie  grows  to  a  length  of  about  I  foot  and  usually  weighs  I  pound 
or  less,  but  in  a  lake  near  St.  Louis  an  individual  weighing  3  pounds  has  been 
recorded. 

Crappie  fishing  usually  begins  in  June  and  lasts  till  the  coming  of  cold  weather. 
Large  numbers  of  these  fish  are  collected  near  Quincy,  111.,  for  distribution  to  other 
waters.  At  Peoria,  111.,  Prof.  Forbes  has  taken  them  in  March  and  April ;  he  has 
found  them  also  in  Pistakee  Lake  and  at  Ottawa.  Cedar  Lake,  Ind.,  and  King's 
Lake,  Mo.,  are  celebrated  Crappie  waters.  Near  Covington,  Ky.,  in  private  ponds 


384        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

belonging  to  Joseph  Schlosser,  there  are  myriads  of  Crappies  as  well  as  other  game 
fishes. 

Prof.  S.  A.  Forbes  has  studied  the  feeding  habits  of  the  Crappie,  and  finds  that 
the  young  live  chiefly  on  entomostraca  and  small  insect  larvae.  The  adults  subsist 
on  the  same  food  when  obtainable,  but  in  times  of  scarcity  they  feed  to  some  extent 
on  other  fishes.  Small  Minnows  and  Darters  have  been  found  in  their  stomachs. 
In  the  autumn  Prof.  Forbes  has  found  a  larger  percentage  of  small  fishes,  sometimes 
constituting  nearly  two-fifths  of  their  food.  The  Hellgramite  is  eaten  by  the 
Crappie.  In  cold  weather  it  does  not  consume  one-fourth  the  amount  of  food 
which  it  takes  in  the  early  spring.  The  Crappie  prefers  still  waters,  thriving  even  in 
warm  and  muddy  water,  and  has  been  taken  in  large  numbers  in  midsummer  at 
depths  of  only  a  few  feet ;  in  cold  weather  it  retires  to  deeper  water,  becomes  rather 
sluggish  and  takes  little  food.  Dr.  Henshall  states  that  the  Crappie  is  found  about 
dams  and  in  deep,  still  parts  of  streams  and  ponds,  especially  about  logs,  brush  and 
drift. 

The  Crappie  is  a  very  free  biter  and  can  be  caught  readily  with  Minnows  or 
worms.  Spoon  bait  has  been  successfully  used  in  trolling  for  this  species.  It  is 
recorded  that  two  men  have  taken  a  thousand  Crappies  in  three  days'  fishing  with 
hook  and  line.  As  the  fish  is  gregarious,  congregating  in  large  schools,  and  fearless, 
it  can  be  taken  in  the  immense  numbers  given.  The  best  bait  for  Crappie  is  a  small 
Shiner.  It  rises  well  also  to  the  artificial  fly.  As  a  food  fish  this  is  one  of  the  best 
in  our  inland  waters,  and  its  adaptability  for  life  in  artificial  ponds  should  make  it  a 
favorite  with  fish  culturists. 

98.     Calico    Bass  ;    Strawberry    Bass   (Pomoxis  sparoides  Lace*pede). 

Pomoxys  sparoides  JORDAN   &  GILBERT,  Bull.    16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  465,  1883;  BEAN, 

Fishes  Penna.,  102,  color  pi.  9,  1803. 
Pomoxis  sparoides  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  IV,  312,  1888;  BOLLMAN,  Rept.  U.  S.  F. 

C.,  XVI,  559,  pi.  68,  fig.  2,  1892;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 

987,  1896,  pi.  CLIV,  fig.  416,  1900. 

The  sides  are  olivaceous  with  silvery  reflections  and  mottled  with  pale  green. 
The  dorsal,  anal  and  caudal  show  pale  spots  surrounded  by  green  reticulations. 

The  Calico  Bass,  on  account  of  its  wide  distribution  and  variability,  has  received 
a  profusion  of  names.  Many  of  these  are  variations  of  the  term  bass.  It  is 
known,  for  example,  as  Strawberry  Bass,  Grass  Bass,  Lake  Bass,  Lake  Erie  Bass, 
Bank  Lake  Bass,  Silver  Bass,  and  Big-fin  Bass.  Other  names  for  the  species  are 
Strawberry  Perch,  Chinquapin  Perch,  Goggle-eye  Perch,  Silver  Perch  and  Sand 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


385 


Perch.  Still  other  names  of  local  application  are  Barfish,  Bitter  Head,  Tin  Mouth, 
Sac-a-lait,  Lamp-lighter,  Razor  Back,  Goggle-eye,  Black  Croppie  and  Lake  Croppie. 
The  species  is  mentioned  in  the  fish  laws  of  Pennsylvania  under  the  name  of  Lake 
Erie  Bass  or  Grass  Bass. 

The  distribution  of  the  Calico  Bass  is  naturally  extensive,  and  it  has  been  still 
farther  increased  by  artificial  introduction.  The  fish  has  been  carried  to  France,  and 
examples  measuring  about  8  inches  in  length  were  recorded  there  several  years  ago. 
There  is,  however,  some  confusion  in  that  country  between  the  Calico  Bass  and  the 
Common  Sunfish,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  some  of  the  latter  species  have  been 
introduced  into  Germany  under  the  mistaken  belief  that  they  were  Calico  Bass. 


CALICO  BASS. 

This  Bass  is  indigenous  east  of  the  Alleghanies  from  New  Jersey  southward  to 
Georgia.  It  abounds  in  the  Great  Lakes  region,  Mississippi  Valley  south  to  Louisiana, 
most  common  northward,  and  occurs  in  the  Missouri.  In  the  Ohio  Valley  it  was 
rather  uncommon  till  its  introduction  in  large  numbers.  It  was  introduced  into  the 
Susquehanna  River  by  the  Pennsylvania  Fish  Commission,  and  has  become  accli- 
matized there  ;  also  into  the  Monongahela,  the  Lehigh,  and  other  waters. 

Fishermen  of  the  region  about  Montezuma  informed  Dr.  Meek  that  the  fish  is 
frequently  taken  from  the  canal  near  that  place,  where  it  is  known  as  Calico  Bass. 
The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  obtained  two  examples  in  Long  Pond,  at  Charlotte, 
N.  Y.,  August  17,  1894. 

This  bass  grows  to  a  length  of  about  I  foot  and  a  maximum  weight  of  nearly  3 
pounds,  but  the  average  weight  is  about  I  pound.  It  spawns  in  the  spring,  and  the 
close  season  in  some  States  extends  to  June  I.  Gravid  females  were  caught  near 
25 


386        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION.  f 

Havre  de  Grace,  Md.,  in  May.  These  were  taken  in  the  Susquehanna  and  Tidewater 
Canal,  where  the  species  is  becoming  rather  abundant.  The  food  of  the  Calico  Bass 
consists  of  worms,  small  crustaceans  and  fishes.  Though  a  native  of  deep,  sluggish 
waters  of  western  rivers  and  lakes,  it  readily  adapts  itself  to  cold,  rapid  streams  and 
thrives  even  in  small  brooks.  The  species  is  suitable  also  for  pond  life  and  may  be 
kept  in  small  areas  of  water  provided  they  have  sufficient  depth.  It  does  not  prey 
on  other  fishes,  and  its  numerous  stiff  spines  protect  it  from  larger  predaceous 
species.  It  swims  in  large  schools  and  is  often  found  in  comparatively  shoal  water. 
The  nest-building  habits  have  been  described  by  Duclos  from  observations  made  at 
Versailles,  France.  This  writer  unfortunately  had  under  observation  both  the  Calico 
Bass  and  the  Common  Sunnsh,  and  his  statements  need  confirmation.  The  game 
qualities  of  this  bass  are  noteworthy.  It  is  a  free,  vigorous  biter ;  its  endurance  is 
rather  remarkable  considering  its  size.  As  a  food  fish  the  species  is  highly  prized, 
and  its  increase  in  eastern  rivers  is  greatly  to  be  desired. 


ROCK  BASS. 


99.     Rock  Bass;  Red-eye  (Ambloplitcs  rupestris  Rafinesquc). 

Centrarchus  acnens  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  27,  pi.  2,  fig.  4,  1842,  Lake  Champlain; 

Great  Lakes  ;  streams  of  Western  New  York  ;  Hudson  River. 
Ambloplites  rupestris  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  105,  color  pi.  10,  1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN, 

Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  990,  1896,  pi.  CLVI,  figs.  419,  A,  B,  C;  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y. 

Ac.  Sci.,  IV,  313,  1898;  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.  for  1897,  33,   1898; 

MEARNS,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  319,   1898;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y. 

State  Mus.,  104,  1900. 

Color  olive  green  with  a  brassy  tinge  and  much  dark  mottling;  the  young  are 
pale  or  yellowish,  irregularly  barred  and  blotched   with   black ;  adults  with  a  dark 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  387 

spot  at  the  base  of  each  scale,  the  spots  forming  interrupted  black  stripes ;  a  dark 
spot  on  the  opercle ;  soft  dorsal,  anal,  and  caudal  fins  with  dark  mottlings  ;  iris 
.golden  overlaid  with  crimson. 

The  Rock  Bass  is  known  under  a  variety  of  names.  Among  them  are  the  follow- 
ing: Red-eye,  Red-eyed  Perch,  Goggle-eye  and  Lake  Bass.  It  is  found  in  Lower 
Canada,  Vermont  and  throughout  the  Great  Lakes  region,  West  Manitoba,  and  it  is 
native  in  Minnesota  and  Dakota  ;  southward  it  ranges  through  the  Mississippi  Valley 
to  Texas.  In  the  Ohio  Valley  it  is  very  common,  while  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  States, 
east  of  the  Alleghanies,  it  has  probably  been  introduced.  Its  existence  in  the 
Susquehanna  has  been% known  for  many  years.  Whether  it  is  indigenous  in  Pennsyl- 
vania waters  is  uncertain.  It  has  been  introduced  into  some  parts  of  Virginia,  while 
in  other  portions  of  that  State  it  is  native.  It  is  indigenous  in  North  Carolina.  Its 
distribution  in  Pennsylvania  has  been  greatly  extended  by  artificial  introduction, 
and  it  is  now  well  established  in  the  Delaware,  especially  in  its  upper  waters. 
DeKay  records  it  from  Lake  Champlain,  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  larger  streams  in 
the  western  counties  of  New  York.  Meek  says  it  is  a  very  common  and  well-known 
species  in  the  Cayuga  Lake  basin.  In  the  Passaic  River  and  other  waters  it  is  an 
introduced  species.  Evermann  and  Bean  obtained  a  specimen  in  Scioto  Creek, 
Coopersville,  N.  Y.,  July  19,  1894.  In  the  Lake  Ontario  region  the  U.  S.  Fish  Com- 
mission collectors  secured  it  at  many  localities  in  New  York  State  in  1894  and  pre- 
vious years.  The  species  is  found  in  Chautauqua  Lake. 

Under  circumstances  favorable  as  to  water  and  food  supply  the  Rock  Bass 
grows  to  a  length  of  14  inches  and  a  weight  of  2  pounds.  It  increases  in  depth 
and  thickness  with  age.  The  largest  example  we  have  examined  is  one  of  2  pounds 
weight,  length  14  inches,  from  the  James  River,  Va.,  taken  near  Richmond.  Dr. 
William  Overtoil  reports  that  Rock  Bass  weighing  3^  pounds  have  been  taken  in 
his  vicinity  at  Stony  Creek,  Va. 

In  February  and  March  this  fish  frequents  the  mouths  of  small  streams,  and  in 
summer  it  seeks  shady  places  under  high  banks  or  projecting  rocks.  The  species  is 
gregarious,  going  in  large  schools.  It  thrives  where  there  is  not  much  current  and 
is  very  well  adapted  for  culture  in  artificial  ponds.  It  is  as  common  in  lakes  and 
ponds  as  in  the  streams.  Sluggish,  pure  dark  water  suits  it  best. 

The  fishing  season  begins  in  June  and  lasts  till  the  approach  of  cold  weather. 
The  Rock  Bass  feeds  on  worms,  crustaceans  and  larvae  of  insects  early  in  the  season  ; 
later  its  food  consists  of  Minnows  and  Crawfish.  The  young  feed  on  insects  and 
their  larvae.  The  spawning  season  is  May  and  June,  and  gravelly  shoals  are  resorted 
to  for  depositing  the  eggs. 


388         SKYI.NTII     REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

The  Rock  Bass  bites  very  freely  and  is  a  fair  game  fish  and  excellent  for  the 
table.  It  fights  vigorously,  but  its  endurance  is  not  great.  Suitable  baits  are  white 
grubs,  crickets,  grasshoppers,  Crawfish  and  small  Minnows.  Common  earthworms 
are  also  successfully  used. 

100.     Warmouth  ;  Goggle-eye  (Chanobryttus  gulosus  Cuv.  &  Val.). 

Chanobryttus  gulosus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,    Syn.  Fish.  N.    A.,  468,   1883  ;    JORDAN  & 
EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  992,  1896,  pi.  CLVII,  fig.  421,  1900. 

The  Warmouth  inhabits  the  eastern  United  States  from  the  Great  Lakes 
to  South  Carolina  and  Texas,  ranging  west  to  Kansas  and  Iowa.  It  occurs  chiefly 
west  or  south  of  the  Alleghanies.  The  fish  reaches  a  length  of  10  inches  and  is  a 


H-y 

WARMOUTH. 

food  species  of  some  importance.     It  is  extremely  voracious  and,  consequently,  a 
favorite  for  angling.     In  form  and  color  it  varies  greatly. 

Color  in  life  clear  olive  green,  clouded  with  darker,  usually  without  red  or  blue  ; 
a  dusky  spot  on  each  scale  more  or  less  distinct ;  vertical  fins  mottled  with  dusky ;  a 
faint  spot  on  last  rays  of  dorsal  bordered  by  paler  ;  three  oblique  dusky  bars  radiat- 
ing from  eye  ;  belly  yellowish. 

101.     Green  Sunfish  ;  Red-eye  (Apomotis  cyanellus  Rafinesque). 

Lepomis  cyanellus  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  no,  pi.  31,  fig.  61,  1893  ;  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac. 

Sci.,  IV,  313,  1888. 
Apomotis  cyanellus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  996,  1896. 

The  Blue-spotted  Sunfish,  also  known  as  the  Green  Sunfish  and  Red-eye,  extends 
from  the  Great  Lakes  region,  throughout  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  Valleys  south  to 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  389 

Mexico.  It  does  not  occur  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  States  east  of  the  Alleghanies. 
Dr.  Meek  did  not  find  this  fish  near  Ithaca.  A  few  specimens  were  taken  near 
Montezuma,  N.  Y.  None  of  the  collectors  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  obtained 
it  in  the  Lake  Ontario  region. 

In  spirits  the  color  is  pale  brown,  the  fins  paler.  The  opercular  flap  has  a  dark 
spot  as  described  above.  In  life  there  is  generally  a  black  blotch  on  the  hinder  part 
of  the  dorsal  and  anal ;  the  ground  color  is  greenish  with  a  brassy  tinge  on  the  sides-, 
the  lower  parts  yellowish  ;  blue  spots  and  gilt  borders  usually  ornament  the  scales, 
and  faint  dark  bands  are  often  present.  The  dorsal,  anal  and  caudal  have  blue  or 
green  markings,  and  the  anal  is  margined  in  front  with  orange.  The  iris  is  red  and 
the  cheeks  are  striped  with  blue. 

The  species  Breaches  a  length  of  7  inches,  and  is  an  extremely  variable  one.  Prof. 
Cope  refers  to  it  as  a  good  pan  fish  and  states  that  it  is  abundant  in  the  Ohio  basin. 
In  the  Ohio  Valley  it  is  one  of  the  characteristic  fishes,  inhabiting  ponds  and  ascend- 
ing small  streams.  It  frequents  deep  holes  and  the  shelter  of  overhanging  roots. 

102.     Long-eared  Sunfish  (Lcpomis  auritus  Linnaeus). 

Labrus  appendix  MITCHILL,  Am.  Month.  Mag.,  II,  247,  February,  1818. 

Pomotis  appendix  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  32,  1842,  from  MITCHILL;  STORER,  Hist. 
Fish.  Mass.,  14,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  4,  1867. 

Lepomis  auritus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  477,  1883;  BEAN,  Fishes 
Penna.,  113,  pi.  31,  fig.  63,  1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
1001,  1896,  pi.  CLXIX,  figs.  425,  425^,  1900;  MEARNS,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
X,  319,  1898;  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.  1897,  34,  1898. 

The  Long-eared  Sunfish  has  a  very  extensive  range  and  is  known  under  many 
common  names,  among  which  are  the  following :  Bream,  Red-tailed  Bream,  Redhead 
Bream,  Red-bellied  Bream,  Perch,  Sun  Perch,  Red  bellied  Perch  and  Redbreast. 

The  species  is  common  in  streams  east  of  the  Alleghanies  from  Maine  to  Florida, 
and  in  tributaries  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  Louisiana.  In  the  Southern  States  the 
typical  Long-eared  Sunfish  is  replaced  by  a  variety  with  larger  scales  on  the  cheeks 
and  belly  and  a  dusky  blotch  on  the  posterior  part  of  the  soft  dorsal  fin. 

Mearns  found  this  Sunfish  abundant  in  the  Hudson  and  in  Poplopen's  Creek,  a 
tributary  of  the  Hudson  ;  he  took  it  also  in  Highland  Lake.  Eugene  Smith  reported 
it  to  be  very  common  in  the  upper  Passaic  River,  in  the  Great  Swamp  and  in  the 
Bronx  River. 

In  spirits  the  color  is  pale  brown;  the  fins  somewhat  paler;  the  ear  flap  black;  a 
brownish  streak  in  front  of  the  eye  and  another  horizontal  one  beneath  it.  In  life 


390        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

the  color  is  olivaceous ;  the  belly,  especially  in  breeding  males,  orange.  The  scales 
on  the  sides  have  reddish  spots  on  a  bluish  ground.  Dorsal,  anal  and  caudal  usually 
yellowish.  The  stripes  on  the  head  are  bluish. 

The  Long-eared  Sunfish  averages  about  8  inches  when  adult  and  weighs  about  i 
pound.  In  the  south  the  size  and  number  of  individuals  are  greatly  increased.  This 
fish  feeds  on  worms,  insect  larvae,  crustaceans,  mollusks  and  small  fishes.  In  the 
Susquehanna  this  is  one  of  the  most  common  of  the  Sunfishes ;  in  the  Delaware  also 
it  is  abundant,  and  reaches  a  large  size.  Though  not  important  commercially,  it  is 
taken  in  large  numbers  on  the  hook  and  is  an  excellent  food  fish.  It  takes  any  kind 


LONG-EARED  SUNFISH. 

of  live  bait  very  readily  and  furnishes  good  sport  also  with  the  artificial  fly.  In  the 
Hudson  Highlands  region,  according  to  Mearns,  it  is  commonly  sold  in  the  markets; 
fishermen  take  it  in  fykes,  and  by  angling,  using  dough,  grasshoppers  and  angle- 
worms for  bait.  He  has  caught  it  in  the  most  rapid  parts  of  Poplopen's  Creek  when 
angling  for  Brook  Trout. 

103.     Blue-gill ;  Blue  Sunfish  (Lcpomis  pallidus  Mitchill). 

Labrtis  pallid&s  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  407,  1815,  near  New  York. 

Pomotis  incisor  CUVIER  &  VALENCIENNES,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  VII,  466,  1831,  New  Orleans  ; 
DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  33,  1842  (extra  limital). 

Lepomis  pallidus  'JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  479,  1883  ;  MEEK,  Ann. 
N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  IV,  313,  1888;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  112,  pi.  31,  fig.  62,  1893  ;  JOR- 
DAN &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1005,  1896,  pi.  CLX,  fig.  427,  1900. 

The  propriety  of  using  Mitchill's  name  pallidus  for  the  Blue  Sunfish  is  extremely 
doubtful.      His    description    can    be    much    more    readily    referred    to    a   species  of 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


391 


Enneacanthus,  and  the  locality  "  near  New  York "  does  not  possess  this  Sunfish 
among  its  native  species. 

The  Blue  Sunfish,  Blue  Bream,  Copper-nosed  Bream  or  Dollardee  is  a  very  widely 
diffused  species  and  varies  greatly  in  size,  color  and  length  of  the  ear-flap.  It  is 
found  in  the  Great  Lakes  and  throughout  the  Mississippi  Valley  to  Mexico.  East 
of  the  Alleghanies  it  ranges  from  New  Jersey  to  Florida.  In  Pennsylvania  it  is 
abundant  only  in  the  western  part  of  the  State,  including  Lake  Erie.  Dr.  Abbott 
has  recorded  it  from  the  Delaware  River.  Dr.  Meek  says  that  it  is  found  in  the 
Cayuga  Lake  basin  in  small  numbers  with  the  Blue  Spotted  Sunfish,  Apomotis  cya- 
nellus,  which  he  took  near  Montezuma.  It  is  recorded  also  from  Chautauqua  Lake 
by  Dr.  Evermann. 

The  Blue  Sunfish  grows  to  a  length  of  nearly  I  foot,  and  individuals  weighing 
nearly  2  pounds  are  on  record.  Adults,  however,  average  8  inches  in  length,  with  a 


BLUE-GILL. 

weight  of  less  than  I  pound.  The  size  of  the  individuals  depends  on  the  habitat. 
In  large  lakes  and  streams  it  grows  to  a  greater  size  than  in  small  bodies  of 
water.  In  southern  waters  it  attains  to  a  larger  size  than  in  northern  waters. 
It  lives  in  ponds  as  well  as  in  streams  and  thrives  in  warm  waters.  It  is  consid- 
ered equal  to  the  Rock  Bass  as  a  pan  fish  and  can  very  readily  be  taken  by  hook 
fishing. 

In  spirits  the  color  is  pale  brown,  the  scales  with  a  pale  margin  ;  a  dark  blotch 
on  the  hind  part  of  the  soft  dorsal ;  a  black  opercular  flap,  its  width  and  length 
about  equal,  shorter  than  the  eye.  The  living  fish  varies  with  age  from  light 
green  to  dark  green.  The  young  have  the  sides  silvery,  tinged  with  purple  and 


392         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

with  many  vertical  greenish  bands,  which  are  sometimes  chain-like.  The  dark 
blotch  of  the  soft  dorsal  is  often  indistinct  in  the  young.  In  very  old  individuals 
the  belly  is  often  coppery  red. 

104.     Sunfish  ;   Pumpkin   Seed   (Ilupomotis  gibbosus  Linnaeus). 

Morone  maculata  MITCHILL,  Report  in  Part,  19,  1814. 

Pomotis  rulgaris  DfiKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  31,  pi.  51,  166,  1842. 

Lepomis  gibbosus  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  IV,  313,  1888;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  115, 

pi.  32,  fig.  65,  1893. 

Eupomotis  aurcus  MATHER,  App.  i2th  Kept.  Adirondack  Surv.  N.  Y.,  7,  1886. 
Eitpomotis  gibbosus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,   1009,   1896,  pi. 

CLXI,  fig.  429,  1900;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  364,   1897;  MEARNS, 

Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  320,  1898;  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.   Y. 

1897,  35,  1898;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  104, 1900. 


SUNFISH. 


The  Common  Sunfish,  or  Sunny,  Pumpkin  Seed,  Bream,  Tobacco  Box,  and  Pond 
Fish  is  one  of  the  best  known  fishes  of  the  United  States. 

It  is  found  from  Maine  westward  through  the  Great  Lakes  region  to  Minnesota 
and  in  the  Eastern  States  south  to  South  Carolina.  In  western  rivers,  however,  it  is 
seldom  found  south  of  the  latitude  of  Chicago.  In  New  York  the  Sunfish  abounds 
almost  everywhere,  in  the  lowlands  as  well  as  the  highlands  and  in  brackish  as  well 
as  fresh  waters ;  it  has  even  been  taken  occasionally  in  salt  water  on  Long  Island. 
Large  individuals  have  been  received  from  Canandaigua  Lake  and  from  lakes  in  the 
Adirondacks.  Dr.  Meek  found  it  very  common  throughout  the  Cayuga  Lake  basin. 


393 

The  collectors  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  obtained  it  in  almost  all  the  waters 
visited  by  them  (21  localities)  in  the  Lake  Ontario  region.  Dr.  Evermann  has 
recorded  it  from  Chautauqua  Lake.  It  occurs  in  Lake  Champlain  and  in  the 
basin  of  the  St.  Lawrence.  Eugene  Smith  reports  it  from  most  of  the  moraine 
ponds  of  Long  Island  and  Staten  Island,  and  in  quarry  ponds  of  the  Palisades, 
wherein  it  is  frequently  placed  by  boys.  Ponds  and  lakes  in  the  parks  of  New  York 
City  are  well  stocked  with  this  species.  Mearns  reported  it  as  abundant  in  the 
Hudson  and  in  all  the  ponds  and  slow  streams  of  the  Hudson  Highlands.  Mather 
recorded  it  as  a  common  fish  in  most  of  the  Adirondack  waters,  the  exceptions 
being  Piseco  Lake,  G  Lake,  Coald  Lake,  Seats'  Lake,  T  Lake,  Willis  Pond,  Murphy, 
Warner  and  Bug  Lakes. 

In  spirits  the  color  is  pale  brownish,  the  opercular  flap  black  with  a  narrow 
whitish  margin  behind  and  beneath,  and  the  dorsal  fin  with  faint  dusky  blotches. 
In  life  this  is  one  of  the  most  brilliant  of  Sunfishes,  the  upper  parts  being  greenish 
olive  with  a  bluish  tinge,  the  sides  profusely  spotted  with  orange,  the  belly  and 
lower  fins  orange,  and  the  dorsal  and  caudal  fins  bluish  with  orange  spots.  The 
cheeks  are  orange  with  undulating  blue  stripes  ;  the  opercular  flap  is  black  emargi- 
nated  behind  and  underneath  with  bright  scarlet. 

The  Common  Sunfish  grows  to  a  length  of  8  inches  and  a  weight  of  about  */£ 
pound.  Its  food  is  similar  to  that  of  the  Long-eared  Sunfish  ;  and  it  is  one  of  the 
readiest  biters  known  to  the  angler.  The  habits  of  this  fish  have  been  described  by 
Dr.  Theodore  Gill  and  W.  P.  Seal.  The  latter  states  that  the  male  in  the  breeding 
season  is  readily  identified  by  his  brighter  coloration,  conspicuous  ear  flaps  and  a 
luminous  border  around  the  fins  while  in  the  water.  The  nest  is  a  depression  in  the 
mud,  sand  or  gravel,  hollowed  out  by  means  of  the  fins.  In  the  Potomac  he  found 
a  number  of  nests  which  were  located  from  a  few  inches  to  several  feet  apart.  The 
male  watches  the  nest  and  drives  away  all  intruders.  The  eggs  are  only  about  J/32  of 
an  inch  in  diameter  and  not  very  numerous.  They  are  attached  to  stones  and 
aquatic  plants.  Mr.  Seal  has  reason  to  believe  that  the  male  alone  is  concerned  in 
building  the  nest  and  in  the  care  of  the  eggs  and  young. 

The  species  is  usually  hardy  in  captivity,  but  is  subject  to  fungus  attacks  which 
yield  readily  to  treatment  with  brackish  water.  In  the  aquarium,  according  to 
Eugene  Smith,  the  Common  Sunfish  by  incessant  attacks  often  kills  associates  of 
many  kinds.  It  is  a  very  gamy  fish,  common  everywhere  and  is  usually  found  in 
the  company  of  Shiners,  Minnows  and  Killies.  In  quarry  ponds,  of  the  Palisades, 
says  the  same  author,  the  fish  will  thrive  and  multiply  as  freely  as  the  Goldfish, 
provided  there  is  water  enough  throughout  the  year. 


394        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


105.     Small-mouthed  Black  Bass  (Micropterus  dolomieu  Lacepede). 

Micropterus  dolomieu  MATHER,  App.  i2th  Kept.  Adirondack  Surv.  N.  Y.,  5,  1886;  MEEK, 
Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  IV,  313,  1888;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  116,  color  pi.  u,  1893; 
JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  ion,  1896,  pi.  CLXII,  figs.  430, 
4300,  1900;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  364,  1897;  MEARNS,  id.,  X,  320, 
1898;  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.  1897,  35,  1898. 

Centrarchus  obscurus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  30,  pi.  17,  f,g.  48,  1842,  Onondaga 
Creek,  N.  Y. 

One  of  the  early  names  for  the  Small-mouthed  Black  Bass  is  that  of  Growler, 
which  appears  in  the  writings  of  Cuvier,  who  was  under  the  impression  that  the 
name  was  applied  because  of  a  noise  sometimes  produced  by  this  bass.  At  the  time 
of  his  writing  the  name  Growler  was  pretty  generally  identified  with  the  Black  Bass. 
Among  the  names  applied  to  this  fish  by  Rafinesque  are  Lake  Bass,  Big  Bass, 


SMALL-MOUTHED   BLACK   BASS. 

Spotted  Bass,  and  Achigan.  He  also  mentions  it  under  the  names  Painted  Tail, 
Bridge  Perch,  Yellow  Bass,  Gold  Bass,  Brown  Bass,  Dark  Bass,  Minny  Bass,  Little 
Bass,  Hog  Bass,  Yellow  Perch,  Black  Perch,  Trout  Perch,  Black  Pearch,  Streaked 
Head,  White  Trout  and  Brown  Trout.  In  the  Southern  States  the  Small  Mouth  is 
known  as  the  Trout,  Perch  and  Jumper.  In  Alabama  it  is  called  Mountain  Trout. 
Some  persons  style  it  the  Bronze  Backer.  The  most  appropriate  name  and  the  one 
by  which  it  is  best  known  is  that  of  Black  Bass  or  Small-mouthed  Black  Bass. 

This  species  is  indigenous  to  the  upper  parts  of  the  St.  Lawrence  basin,  the  Great 
Lakes  region  and  the  basin  of  the  Mississippi.  East  of  the  Alleghanies  it  is  native 
to  the  headwaters  of  the  Ocmulgee  and  Chattahoochee  Rivers,  but  north  of  these 
streams,  though  not  originally  an  inhabitant  of  the  waters,  it  has  been  widely  dis- 
tributed by  artificial  introduction. 

In  the  St.  Lawrence  River  Evermann  and  Bean  obtained  the  fish  3  miles  below 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  395 

Ogdensburg,  N.  Y.,  July  17,  1894,  evidently  the  young  of  the  year,  as  the  specimen 
is  i^  inches  long.  In  Scioto  Creek  at  Coopersville,  N.  Y.,  they  secured  an  example 
1 5/6  inches  long  July  19,  1894.  Field  assistants  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  col- 
lecting in  the  Lake  Ontario  region  of  New  York  in  1894  and  preceding  years,  took 
specimens  in  many  localities. 

The  species  is  abundant  in  Lake  Champlain  and  the  St.  Lawrence  River  basin  ; 
it  is  found  also  in  Chautauqua  Lake. 

Meek  did  not  find  this  species  in  the  vicinity  of  Ithaca  ;  near  Cayuga  and  Monte- 
zuma  it  is  less  common  than  the  Large-mouthed  Black  Bass.  Mather  reported  the 
species  in  Racquette,  Forked,  White,  Fourth,  Bisby  and  Sucker  Lakes,  Black  and 
Moose  Rivers,  and  in  Partlo  Pond,  St.  Lawrence  County,  in  all  of  which  it  has  been 
introduced.  The  fish  is  not  uncommon  in  Lake  Champlain  ;  it  is  abundant  in  the 
vicinity  of  Caledonia,  N.  Y.  Eugene  Smith  records  it  from  the  Passaic  River. 
The  writer  has  found  it  abundant  in  the  Bronx.  Mearns  mentions  it  from  Long 
Pond,  in  the  Hudson  Highlands,  where  it  reaches  the  weight  of  5  or  6  pounds. 

This  Bass  does  not  grow  so  large  as  the  Large-mouthed,  seldom  exceeding  8 
pounds  in  weight  and  averaging  but  2^/2  pounds.  A  fish  of  the  latter  weight  will 
measure  15  inches  in  length,  while  one  of  8  pounds  will  measure  2  feet. 

The  Small-mouthed  Bass  differs  most  markedly  from  the  Large-mouthed  in  the 
size  of  its  jaws,  the  shallower  notch  in  the  dorsal  fin  and  the  smaller  scales.  There 
are  about  1 1  rows  of  scales  above  the  lateral  line  and  7  below  it ;  72-74  scales  in  the 
lateral  line. 

The  young  are  dull  yellowish  green,  the  sides  mottled  with  darker  spots,  which 
sometimes  form  short  vertical  bars.  Three  dark  stripes  on  the  head ;  caudal 
yellowish  at  the  base ;  a  broad  black  band  near  middle  of  tail  and  a  broad  whitish 
margin  behind.  The  dark  lateral  band  characteristic  of  the  Large-mouthed  species  is 
not  found  in  the  Small-mouth.  In  the  adult  the  prevailing  color  is  olive  green,  the 
stripes  on  the  head  remaining  more  or  less  distinct. 

The  food  of  the  Black  Bass  consists  of  Crawfish,  frogs,  insects  and  their  larvae, 
Minnows,  and  other  aquatic  animals  of  suitable  size.  The  young  can  be  fed  on  small 
fresh-water  crustaceans,  such  as  Daphnia  and  Cyclops.  Among  the  successful  baits 
for  this  species  are  Stone  Catfish,  Hellgramites  and  crickets. 

The  Black  Bass  prefers  rapid  water,  is  extremely  active,  and  frequents  clear,  pure, 
swiftly-flowing  streams,  and  thrives  at  greater  elevations  than  those  preferred  by  the 
Large-mouthed  species.  It  hibernates  in  the  winter  and  spawns  in  the  shallows  on 
gravelly  bottoms  in  spring.  It  follows  its  prey  into  shallow  water  and  frequently 
leaps  far  out  of  the  water  in  its  efforts  to  escape  from  the  hook  or  when  frightened 


396         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

by  the  sudden  approach  of  an  enemy.  It  swims  in  schools  and  is  often  found  in  the 
shelter  of  sunken  logs  and  in  the  vicinity  of  large  rocks. 

The  spawning  season  begins  in  March  and  ends  in  July.  The  period  of  incuba- 
tion lasts  from  7  to  14  days.  The  eggs  are  bound  together  in  bands  or  ribbons  by 
an  adhesive  substance.  They  adhere  to  stones  on  which  they  are  deposited.  The 
parent  fish  build  nests  and  protect  the  eggs  and  young.  In  the  Delaware  the 
current  is  more  rapid  and  the  temperature  lower  than  in  the  Susquehanna  ;  hence 
the  Bass  spawn  earlier  in  the  latter  than  in  the  former.  The  spawning  fish  have 
nearly  all  left  their  spawning  beds  in  the  Susquehanna  early  in  July,  but  at  this 
time  most  of  the  nests  in  the  Delaware  are  still  full  of  eggs.  By  some  writers  it  is 
believed  that  the  female  prepares  the  nest  before  the  male  joins  her.  The  males 
fight  for  the  possession  of  the  female  and  are  said  to  help  the  process  of  ejecting  the 
eggs  by  biting  or  pressing  the  belly  of  the  female.  After  the  eggs  are  deposited, 
the  female  guards  the  nest  from  the  attacks  of  the  Crawfish  and  some  other  fishes. 
The  young  are  consumed  by  many  birds  and  by  frogs  and  snakes.  Yet,  notwith- 
standing the  numerous  enemies  of  the  Black  Bass,  its  multiplication  has  been  rapid 
and  enormous. 

The  Small-mouthed  Black  Bass  ceases  to  take  food  on  the  approach  of  cold 
weather  and  remains  nearly  dormant  through  the  winter,  except  in  artificially 
heated  water.  A  number  of  the  young  of  the  year,  received  from  James  Annin,  Jr., 
of  Caledonia,  N.  Y.,  October  6,  1896,  scarcely  fed  at  all  in  the  following  winter, 
but  when  the  spring  was  advanced  they  fed  eagerly  and  grew  rapidly. 

106.     Large-mouthed    Black  Bass  (Micropterus  salmoides  Lacepede). 

Huro  nigricans  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  15,  pi.  69,  fig.  224,  1842. 

Micropterus  salmoides  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  IV,  313,   1888;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna., 

118,  pi.  32,  fig.  66,  1893;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  364,  1897;   JORDAN  & 

EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,   1012,   1896,  pi.  CLXIII,  fig.  431,   1900; 

MEARNS,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  320,  1898;  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 

N.  Y.  1897,  36,  1898;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  105,  1900. 

This  species  may  best  be  distinguished  from  the  Small-mouthed  Black  Bass  by 
the  size  of  its  mouth  and  the  number  of  rows  of  scales  above  the  lateral  line.  The 
young  of  the  Small-mouthed  species,  also,  never  have  a  dark,  lateral  band. 

Common  names  for  this  species  are :  Oswego  Bass,  River  Bass,  Green  Bass,  Moss 
Bass,  Bayou  Bass,  Trout,  Jumper,  Chub  and  Welshman.  Throughout  the  north  it 
is  generally  known  as  Bass,  in  Virginia  and  North  Carolina  as  Chub  and  in  Florida 
and  west  to  Texas  as  Trout. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


397 


The  Large-mouthed  Bass  has  a  wide  distribution,  being  indigenous  to  the  eastern 
United  States,  from  Manitoba  to  Florida  and  Texas,  except  New  England  and  the 
Middle  Atlantic  States  east  of  the  Alleghanies,  where  it  has  been  extensively  intro- 
duced. It  inhabits  the  fresh-water  ponds,  lakes  and  sluggish  streams.  It  is  found 
also  at  the  mouths  of  rivers  emptying  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  where  the  water  is 
brackish. 

Dr.  Meek  found  the  Large-mouthed  species  scarce  near  Ithaca  and  more  common 
near  Montezuma  and  Cayuga.  James  Annin,  Jr.,  collected  the  young  at  Caledonia. 
The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  had  it  from  numerous  places  in  the  Lake  Ontario  region. 

Dr.  Mearns  first  observed  the  species  in  the  Hudson  in  the  autumn  of  1882,  where 
the  fish  were  caught  in  fyke  nets  during  October  and  November.  Eugene  Smith 
records  it  from  all  lakes  and  rivers  adjacent  to  New  York  City. 


LARGE -MOUTHED    BLACK    BASS. 


Young  individuals,  from  il/2  to  2  inches  long,  were  seined  in  Bronx  River  in 
August,  1897. 

The  average  weight  of  the  Large-mouthed  Bass  in  southern  waters  is  less  than  5 
pounds,  and  still  less  in  northern  waters.  In  Florida  it  attains  a  large  size,  as  much 
as  3  feet  in  length,  and  a  weight  of  25  pounds.  Its  growth  and  size  depend  on  the 
waters  where  it  is  found,  and  the  natural  food  supply  of  small  fish,  Crawfish  and 
frogs. 

It  is  a  very  active  fish  ;  its  movements  are  affected  by  seasonal  changes  and 
the  search  for  food  and  places  for  spawning.  In  polluted  streams  the  Bass  are  often 
compelled  by  the  impurities  to  seek  new  haunts  in  pure  water.  The  young  Bass 
feed  on  animal  food  at  an  early  age.  The  Large-mouthed  Bass  is  said  to  be  more 
cannibalistic  than  the  Small-mouthed.  Small  fishes  (Minnows)  of  all  kinds,  Crawfish, 
frogs,  insects  and  their  larvae,  and  aquatic  animals  of  all  kinds,  suitable  in  size,  make 
up  the  diet  of  this  fish.  It  feeds  both  at  the  surface  and  on  the  bottom,  pursuing 
its  prey  with  great  activity.  When  surrounded  by  seines  or  caught  on  hooks  this 


39$         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

species  will  often  leap  5  or  6  feet  out  of  the  water,  and  its  habit  of  jumping  over 
the  cork  lines  of  seines  has  given  it  the  name  of  "  Jumper." 

In  cold  weather  the  Bass  seeks  deep  places,  often  hibernating  under  rocks, 
sunken  logs  and  in  the  mud.  Favorite  localities  are  under  overhanging  and  brush- 
covered  banks,  in  the  summer,  and  among  aquatic  plants,  where  the  fish  lies  in  wait 
for  its  prey. 

The  spawning  season  of  the  Large-mouthed  Bass  is  about  the  same  as  that  of  the 
Small-mouthed  species,  beginning  in  April  and  lasting  till  July.  Its  eggs  are 
adhesive,  sticking  to  stones  during  the  incubation  period,  which  last  from  one  to 
two  weeks  according  to  the  temperature  of  the  water.  The  young  Bass  remain  in 
the  nest  a  week  or  10  days,  and  at  the  age  of  two  weeks  will  measure  about  ^  of  an 
inch  in  length.  In  suitable  waters  it  is  estimated  that  the  Large-mouthed  Bass  will 
weigh  at  the  age  of  three  years  from  2  pounds  to  4  pounds. 

The  Oswego  Bass  is  even  more  destructive  to  fish  than  M.  doloinicu.  It  will  eat 
any  fish  which  it  can  .manage  to  get  into  its  mouth  and  will  lie  on  the  bottom  for 
days  so  gorged  that  it  cannot  stir.  In  voracity  it  is  only  equaled,  but  hardly 
excelled  by  the  Pike.  This  Bass  bears  captivity  well.  (After  Eugene  Smith.*) 

The  young  above  referred  to  as  coming  from  Caledonia,  N.  Y.,  hibernated  and 
took  scarcely  any  food  during  the  winter,  but  fed  ravenously  in  spring,  summer,  and 
fall.  They  proved  very  hardy  in  captivity. 

107.     Pike  Perch  ;  Pike  ;  Wall-eyed  Pike  (Stizostedion  vitreum  Mitchill). 

Perca  ritrea  MITCHILL,  Am.  Month.  Mag.,  II,  247,  Feb.  1818,  Cayuga  Lake,  N.  Y. 
Lucioperca  americana  DE!VAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  17,  pi.  50,  fig.  163,  1842. 
Lucioperca  vitrea  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.  1897,  38,  1898. 
Stizostedion  vitreum  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  IV,  314,  1888;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  127, 

color  pi.  13,  1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1021,  1896,  pi. 

CLXIV,  fig.  433,  1900;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  364,  1897. 

The  Pike  Perch  belongs  to  the  genus  Stizostcdion,  which  has  been  distinguished 
from  the  Saugers  by  the  structure  of  its  pyloric  caeca,  which  are  three  in  number, 
nearly  equal  in  size,  and  about  as  long  as  the  stomach,  and  also  by  the  presence  of 
21  soft  rays  in  the  second  dorsal,  while  the  Saugers  have  18.  It  may  be  remarked 
that  all  of  these  characters  are  more  or  less  variable. 

The  Pike  Perch- has  received  a  great  many  common  names.  One  of  the  most 
unsuitable  is  "  Susquehanna  Salmon,"  which  is  used  in  Pennsylvania.  In  the  Eastern 


*Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.  No.  9,  p.  36,  1897. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


399 


States  the  species  is  styled  the  Perch  Pike  or  the  Pike  Perch,  Glasseye  and  Wall-eyed 
Pike.  In  the  Great  Lakes  region  it  is  known  as  Blue  Pike,  Yellow  Pike,  Green  Pike 
and  Grass  Pike.  In  the  Ohio  Valley  and  Western  North  Carolina  it  is  the  Jack  ;  in 
Lake  Erie  and  Canada,  the  Pickerel ;  in  some  parts  of  the  Ohio  Valley,  the  White 
Salmon  or  Jack  Salmon.  The  Cree  Indians  call  it  the  okow  and  the  French  Cana- 
dians dore  or  picarel.  Among  the  fur  traders  of  British  America  it  is  called  the 
Hornfish. 

The  Pike  Perch  or  Wall-eyed  Pike  inhabits  the  Great  Lakes  region  and  extends 
northward  into  British  America,  where  it  has  been  recorded  as  far  as  58°  north  by 
Dr.  Richardson.  It  ranges  south  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  to  Arkansas,  and  in 
Atlantic  streams  to  Georgia.  According  to  Dr.  Meek  the  species  is  found  in  Cayuga 
Lake,  but  is  not  common.  In  Lake  Champlain  it  is  one  of  the  principal  game  fishes. 
James  Annin,  Jr.,  of  Caledonia,  obtained  specimens  in  the  Canandaigua  Lake  region. 
It  has  been  introduced  into  numerous  lakes  by  the  Fisheries,  Game  and  Forest  Com- 


PIKE  PERCH. 


mission  of  New  York.     The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  secured  examples  in  the  Oswego 
River  at  Oswego  and  at  Point  Breeze  in  August,  1894. 

This  species  is  said  to  reach  a  weight  of  50  pounds,  but  the  average  weight  of  the 
market  specimens  is  less  than  5  pounds.  In  the  Susquehanna  it  occasionally  reaches 
10  pounds  or  upward  in  weight.  The  Pike  Perch  feeds  on  the  bottom  on  other 
fishes,  and  has  been  charged  even  with  destroying  its  own  young.  It  prefers  clear 
and  rapid  waters,  and  lurks  under  submerged  logs  and  rocks,  from  which  it  can 
readily  dart  on  its  prey.  Spawning  takes  place  in  April  and  May,  and  in  Pennsyl- 
vania continues  till  June.  Favorite  spawning  localities  are  on  sandy  bars  in  shallow 
water.  The  period  of  hatching  varies  from  about  14  to  30  days,  depending  on  the 
temperature  of  the  water.  The  eggs  vary  from  about  17  to  25  to  the  inch,  and  a 
single  female  has  been  estimated  to  contain  from  200,000  to  300,000.  In  a  state  of 
nature  only  a  small  percentage  of  the  eggs  are  hatched  out ;  the  greater  proportion 


4OO        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

are  driven  on  the  lake  shores  by  storms  or  devoured  by  fishes  on  the  spawning  beds. 
The  number  of  Pike  Perch  annually  hatched  by  artificial  methods  is  enormous.  This 
advance  is  due  to  improvements  in  the  treatment  of  adhesive  eggs.  Formerly  these 
were  hatched  by  placing  them  on  glass  plates,  to  which  they  readily  adhere.  Recently 
it  has  been  found  that  the  sticky  substance  can  be  washed  off  the  eggs,  after  which 
they  are  placed  in  jars  and  hatched  like  eggs  of  the  Shad  and  Whitefish. 

"  Dexter,"  in  Forest  and  Stream,  August  14,  1890,  makes  the  following  statement 
about  the  habits  of  this  species  in  the  lakes.  These  fish  run  up  the  rivers  before  or 
as  soon  as  the  ice  is  out,  and  after  spawning  lie  off  the  rivers'  mouth  feeding  on  and 
off  the  sand  flats,  as  the  spring  rains  bring  down  plenty  of  worms,  and  probably 
other  matter  which  they  feed  on.  As  soon  as  the  water  gets  warm,  they  sag  off  and 
work  along  the  shores  in  10  to  30  feet  of  water,  preferring  cobbly  bottom  ;  from 
here  they  go  into  very  deep  water,  coming  on  the  reefs  to  feed,  and  when  the  wind 
blows  very  hard,  or  for  a  day  or  so  after  a  big  blow,  you  will  find  them  right  on  top 
of  a  reef.  I  think  the  wind  changes  the  water  over  the  reefs,  making  a  new  current 
and  cooler  water,  so  they  come  up  to  feed.  They  are  a  bottom  fish,  and  to  fish  for 
them  successfully  one  must  go  to  the  bottom  for  them.  They  are  nearly  as  particu- 
lar as  Salmon  Trout  about  the  water  they  inhabit  and  consequently  rank  very  high 
as  a  food  fish,  being  white,  solid  and  extremely  free  from  bones. 

Color  olivaceous,  mingled  with  brassy;  sides  of  the  head  vermiculated  ;  the  dor- 
sals, caudal  and  pectoral  with  bands  ;  those  of  the  dorsals  and  caudal  not  continuous; 
sides  with  about  seven  oblique  dark  bands,  differing  in  direction  ;  a  jet  black  blotch 
on  the  membrane  behind  the  last  spine  of  the  dorsal. 

The  colors  of  the  Pike  Perch  change  remarkably  with  age.  The  young  have 
oblique  dark  bands  much  like  those  of  the  Kingfish  of  our  east  coast,  and  bear  little 
resemblance  in  the  pattern  of  coloration  to  the  parent.  The  eye  of  the  living  fish 
is  like  a  glowing  emerald.  The  rate  of  growth  must  be  rapid.  In  July,  1888,  we 
took  examples  from  4  to  6  inches  long,  some  of  which  seemed  to  be  the  young  of 
the  year. 

This  is  one  of  the  finest  food  and  game  fishes  of  the  United  States.  Its  flesh  is 
firm  and  white,  flaky  and  well  flavored.  Commercially  the  species  ranks  high  in  the 
Great  Lakes  region,  being  next  in  importance  to  the  Whitefish.  In  angling  for  the 
Pike  Perch  live  Minnows  are  used  in  preference  to  all  other  baits,  particularly  such 
as  are  more  or  less  transparent  and  with  silvery  sides,  as  the  Fallfish  or  Dace,  the 
Corporal  Roach,  the  Redfin  and  the  Gudgeon.  On  some  parts  of  the  Susquehanna, 
between  Columbia  and  Harrisburg,  the  favorite  mode  of  capture  is  by  trolling  with 
the  spoon  with  the  same  kind  of  tackle  as  is  used  for  the  Black  Bass. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  4OI 

In  November  of  1896  and  1897,  Mr.  Annin  shipped  adult  individuals  from  Canan- 
daigua  Lake  by  express  without  an  attendant,  and  there  was  scarcely  any  loss  of  fish 
in  transportation,  though  the  journey  lasts  12  hours. 

The  Blue  Pike  of  Lake  Erie,  or  White  Salmon  of  the  Ohio  River,  was  formerly 
distinguished  by  name  from  the  common  Pike  Perch,  but  is  now  considered  unworthy 
of  a  separate  name.  This  is  a  very  small  variety  seldom  exceeding  15  inches  in 
length  and  a  weight  of  2  pounds.  The  dorsal  has  14  spines  and  20  rays.  The  spines 
are  rather  lower  than  in  the  Pike  Perch,  the  coloration  similar,  but  the  adult  is 
bluish  or  greenish  and  has  no  brassy  mottling.  The  fins  are  darker,  and  there  is  a 
trace  of  a  band  along  the  dorsal,  besides  the  black  blotch  on  the  hind  portion. 

Jordan.  &  Evermann  say  of  this  variety  :  "  The  name  salmoncum  has  been  applied 
to  the  so-called  '  Blue  Pike '  originally  described  from  the  Ohio  River,  but  more 
common  in  the  Great  Lakes,  particularly  Ontario  and  Erie.  It  is  smaller  and 
deeper  in  body  than  the  ordinary  vitreum  and  different  in  color,  but  it  is  not  likely 
that  any  permanent  distinctions  exist,  this  species,  as  usual  among  fresh-water  fishes, 
varying  largely  with  the  environment  and  with  age." 

108.     Sauger  ;  Sand-Pike  (Stizostedion  canadense  Smith). 

Lucioperca  canadensis  DEK.AY,   N.  Y.   Fauna,  Fishes,    19,  pi.   68,  fig.  221,  1842  (extra- 

limital). 
Stizostedion  canadense  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.   Sci.,  IV,  314,  1888  ;  BEAN,  Fishes   Penna., 

130,  pi.  34,  fig.  70,  1893  ;  JORDAN  &   EVERMANN,   Bull.  47,  U.   S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1022, 

1896,  pi.  CLXIV,  fig.  434,  1900. 

Color  olivaceous  above  ;  sides  brassy  or  pale  orange,  mottled  with  black  in  the 
form  of  irregular  dark  blotches,  which  are  best  defined  under  the  soft  dorsal.  The 
spinous  dorsal  has  several  rows  of  round  black  spots  on  the  membrane  between 
the  spines ;  no  black  blotch  on  the  hind  part  of  the  spinous  dorsal.  Pectorals  with 
a  large  dark  blotch  at  base ;  soft  dorsal  with  several  rows  of  dark  spots  irregularly 
placed  ;  caudal  yellowish  with  dark  spots  forming  interrupted  bars. 

The  Sauger  is  known  also  as  Sand  Pike,  Gray  Pike  and  Green  Pike,  Pickering, 
Pickerel  and  Horse  Fish.  It  is  found  in  the  St.  Lawrence  River  and  Great  Lakes 
region,  the  upper  Mississippi  and  Missouri  Rivers  and  in  the  Ohio,  where  it  is  said 
to  have  been  introduced  from  the  lakes  through  canals.  This  is  a  small  fish, 
seldom  exceeding  18  inches  in  length,  and  embraces  several  varieties.  It  is  very 
common  in  the  Great  Lakes  and  is  abundant  in  the  Ohio  River.  It  is  doubtful 

whether  it  is  native  to  Ohio  or  introduced.     It  is  also  found  rarely  in  Cayuga  Lake. 
26 


4O2         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

Rev.  Zadock  Thompson,  in  his  History  of  Vermont,  says  it  is  much  less  common  in 
Lake  Champlain  than  the  Pike  Perch,  but  is  frequently  taken  in  company  with  it. 
It  usually  swims  very  near  the  bottom  of  the  water,  and  hence  it  has  received  the 
name  of  Ground  Pike  (Pike  Perch).  As  an  article  of  food  this  species  is  locally 
held  in  the  same  high  esteem  as  the  common  Pike  Perch. 

John  W.  Titcomb  of  St.  Johnsbury,  Vt.,  informed  Evermann  and  Kendall  that 
the  Sauger,  or  Rock  Pike,  as  it  is  locally  called,  is  caught  in  seines  while  fishing 
for  the  Pike  Perch.  It  does  not  grow  as  large  as  the  latter,  and  is  not  much 
valued  as  a  food  fish.  The  authors  mentioned  received  two  examples  of  the  fish 
from  A.  L.  Collins,  of  Swanton,  Vt.,  one  of  them  a  nearly  ripe  female  14^  inches 
long,  weighing  three-fourths  of  a  pound,  the  other  an  unripe  male  15  inches  long, 
weighing  three-fourths  of  a  pound.  These  specimens  were  believed  to  indicate  that 
the  Sauger  spawns  earlier  than  the  Pike  Perch.  The  stomach  of  the  male  contained 
a  three-inch  Minnow,  too  badly  digested  for  identification,  and  a  number  of  small 
insects. 

It  is  very  extensively  used  for  food,  but  is  not  generally  considered  equal  to  the 
Pike  Perch. 

109.     Gray  Pike ;  Sauger  ;  Sand    Pike    (Stisostedion   canadense  griseum    DeKay). 

Lncioperca  grisea  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,   19,   1842,  Great  Lakes;  streams  and 

inland  lakes  of  Western  New  York. 
Stizostedion  canadense  griseum  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,   1022, 

1896. 

This  is  the  common  Sand  Pike  or  Sauger  of  the  Great  Lakes  region  and  south- 
westward.  It  differs  from  the  typical  canadense  chiefly  in  the  smoother  opercles 
and  head  bones,  the  fewer  opercular  spines,  and  the  less  complete  scaling  of  the 
head.  The  two  need  fuller  comparison  and  may  prove  to  be  distinct  species,  but 
this  is  unlikely.  Length,  10  to  18  inches. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  403 

no.     Yellow    Perch ;    Ring    Perch    (Pcrca  flavescens    Mitchill). 

Morone  flavescens  MITCHILL,  Report  in  Part,  18,  1814. 

Bodianus  flavescens  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  421,  1815. 

Perca  serrato-granulata  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  5,  pi.  22,  fig.  64,  1842 

Perca  granulata  DEKAY,  op.  cit.  5,  pi.  68,  fig.  220,  1842. 

Perca  acuta  DEKAY,  op.  cit.  6,  pi.  68,  fig.  222,  1842. 

Pcrca  gracilis  DEKAY,  op.  cit.  6,  1842. 

Perca  flavescens  DEKAY,  op.  cit.  3,  pi.  i,  fig.  i,  1842;  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  IV, 
314,  1888;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  126,  color  pi.  12,  1893;  EVERMANN  &  KENDALL, 
Rept.  U.  S.  F.  C.  for  1894,  602,  1896;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  1023,  1896,  pi.  CLXV,  fig.  435,  1900;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX, 
365,  1897;  MEARNS,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  320, 1898;  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.  1897,  37,  1898. 


^ 


YELLOW   PERCH. 

The  Yellow  Perch,  Ringed  Perch,  or  Striped  Perch  is  found  throughout  the 
Great  Lakes  region,  rivers  and  ponds  of  New  England  and  northwestward,  and  in 
streams  east  of  the  Alleghanies  south  to  Georgia.  It  does  not  occur  in  the  Ohio 
Valley  or  southwest,  though,  after  the  construction  of  the  Ohio  Canal,  Kirtland 
recorded  it  from  the  Ohio  River.  In  1790  Dr.  Mitchill  transferred  some  of  them 
from  Ronkonkoma  to  Success  Pond,  a  distance  of  40  miles,  where  they  soon  multi- 
plied. In  1825  Yellow  Perch  were  transported  from  Skaneateles  to  Otisco  Lake  and 
Onondaga  Lake  ;  in  the  latter  they  increased  remarkably.  In  Otsego  Lake  DeKay 
caught  some  weighing  nearly  3  pounds.  Meek  states  that  the  species  is  common 
throughout  the  Cayuga  Lake  basin.  Evermann  and  Bean  took  it  in  the  St.  Law- 
rence River,  3  miles  below  Ogdensburg;  also  in  Scioto  Creek,  Coopersville,  N.  Y., 
July  19,  1894,  young  specimens  il/2  to  i^  inches  long. 


404        SEVENTH    REPORT    OK    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

The  Yellow  Perch  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  fishes  of  Lake  Champlain  and  in 
the  mouths  of  rivers  falling  into  that  lake. 

The  fish  abounds  in  the  parks  of  New  York  and  Brooklyn.  In  the  Hudson 
Highlands  Dr.  Mearns  reported  it  as  abundant  in  the  Hudson  as  well  as  in  all  of  the 
larger  mountain  lakes  and  ponds.  It  habitually  frequents  Poplopen's  Creek  from 
its  source  to  its  mouth.  In  the  Hudson,  he  was  informed,  it  is  unusual  to  take 
specimens  weighing  more  than  I  pound  ;  but  in  Poplopen's  Pond  he  has  taken  a 
number  that  weighed  about  2  pounds  each.  In  the  same  pond  Jerome  Denna 
caught  two  which  weighed  2^  to  3  pounds  each ;  and  a  fisherman  named  Samuel 
Runnels  assured  Dr.  Mearns  that  he  had  taken  a  Yellow  Perch  there  which  weighed 
4^  pounds.  The  fish  continue  to  feed  in  that  region  throughout  the  winter. 
Eugene  Smith  obtained  the  fish  in  Greenwood  Lake,  Orange  County,  and  in  Hack- 
ensack  streams,  in  Rockland  County. 

The  species  reaches  a  length  of  I  foot  and  weight  of  2  pounds.  It  is  one  of 
the  best  known  of  our  food  fishes  and  has  excellent  game  qualities.  Its  flesh,  how- 
ever, is  rather  soft  and  coarse  and  is  far  inferior  to  that  of  the  Black  Bass  and  other 
members  of  the  Sunfish  family.  It  is  a  voracious  feeder,  its  food  consisting  of  small 
fishes,  crustaceans  and  other  animal  matter. 

The  Yellow  Perch  spawns  early  in  the  spring.  The  eggs  are  adhesive  and  enclosed 
in  thin  translucent  strips  of  adhesive  mucus.  The  spawning  of  this  species  was 
described  by  William  P.  Seal  in  Forest  and  Stream  of  April  17,  1890.  The  spawning 
season  extends  from  December  to  April.  Mr.  Seal  describes  the  egg  mass  as  having 
the  shape  of  a  long  tube,  closed  at  the  ends  and  arranged  in  folds  like  the  bellows  of 
an  accordion.  When  folded  the  mass  was  about  8  to  12  inches  long,  but  was  capable 
of  being  drawn  out  to  a  length  of  3  or  4  feet.  Spawning  in  the  aquarium  took 
place  at  night  and  was  observed  by  William  Maynard,  who  describes  it  as  follows : 
"The  female  remained  quiet  in  one  spot  on  the  -bottom  of  one  of  the  hatching 
aquaria  tanks,  one  or  more  of  the  males  hovering  over  and  about  her  with  pectoral 
fins  vibrating  with  intense  activity.  The  males  would  at  times  lie  close  alongside  of 
her  and  at  other  times  endeavor  to  force  themselves  under  her  with  the  evident 
intention  of  assisting  in  the  extrusion  of  the  eggs."  Mr.  Seal  remarks  that  "  the  roe 
when  taken  from  the  dead  fish  not  yet  ripe  is  in  a  single  compact  mass,  covered  by  a 
thin  membrane ;  but  in  spawning  the  mass  separates,  one  side  being  spawned  before 
the  other."  This  was  noticed  in  a  specimen  which  had  spawned  one  side  and 
appeared  to  be  unable  to  get  rid  of  the  other.  It  was  stripped  from  her  and  arti- 
ficially fertilized  successfully.  Mr.  Seal  believes  that  the  Yellow  Perch  spawns  at  the 
age  of  one  year. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


405 


The  Yellow  Perch  thrives  moderately  in  captivity,  though  susceptible  to  attacks 
of  fungus,  which  are  easily  overcome  by  the  use  of  brackish  water. 


III.     White  Bass  (Roccus  clirysops  Rafinesque). 

Labrax  albidus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  13,  pi.  51,  fig.  165,  1842,  Buffalo. 

Roccus  chrysops  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  132,  pi.  34,  fig.  71,  1893;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.,  IX,  365,  1897;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1132,  1896, 
pi.  CLXXX,  fig.  477,  1900;  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  1897,  38,  1898. 

General    color   silvery,    tinged    with  golden    on    sides ;  eight    or   more   blackish 
longitudinal  streaks  on  sides,  those  below  more  or  less  interrupted. 


WHITE  BASS. 


The  following  measurements  were  taken  from  a  specimen  obtained  by  Mr.  James 
Annin,  Jr.,  in  Oneida  Lake,  September  4,  1896: 


Extreme  length, 

Length  to  end  of  middle  caudal  rays,  - 
Length  to  end  of  scales,    - 
Depth  of  body, 

Least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle, 
Length  of  head,     - 
Length  of  snout, 
Diameter  of  eye,    - 
Length  of  fourth  dorsal  spine, 
Length  of  second  dorsal  ray, 
Length  of  second  anal  ray, 
Weight,  16^  ounces. 


INCHES. 


10 

4 

1 

3 


y* 


406        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

The  White  Bass  is  sometimes  called  Striped  Bass,  and  is  probably  the  Silver 
Bass  of  Canada.  Its  center  of  abundance  is  the  Great  Lakes  region,  but  it  is  also 
widely  distributed  over  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  Valleys.  In  Pennsylvania  the 
species  is  found  in  Lake- Erie  and  in  the  tributaries  of  the  Ohio  River.  The  U.  S. 
Fish  Commission  secured  three  specimens  at  Horse  Island,  Sackett's  Harbor, 
N.  Y.,  June  30.  The  New  Jersey  Fish  Commission  has  introduced  the  fish  into 
Greenwood  Lake. 

The  White  Bass  weighs  from  I  to  3  pounds,  and  its  flesh  is  considered  almost  if 
not  equally  as  good  as  that  of  the  Black  Bass.  It  prefers  the  deeper  parts  of  rivers 
and  thrives  best  in  lakes  and  ponds.  In  April  and  May  they  leave  the  deeper 
waters  and  go  in  near  shore  or  to  the  mouths  of  rivers  where  they  spawn.  The 
spawning  period  is  in  May  and  June. 

The  White  Bass  feeds  upon  Minnows,  Crawfish  and  other  fresh-water  crustaceans, 
also  minute  mollusks  or  shellfish,  and  it  is  said  to  devour  many  young  Whitefish 
upon  the  spawning  grounds  of  that  species. 

It  is  a  game  fish  and  affords  good  sport  to  the  angler. 

112.     Striped  Bass  ;  Rock  fish  (Roccns  lincatus  Bloch). 

Roccus  striatus  MITCHILL,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.  25,  1814. 

Perca  mitchilli  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  413,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  4,  1815. 

Perca  mitchilli  alter nata  MITCHM.L,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  415,  1815. 

Perca  mitchilli  inierrupta  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  £  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  415,  1815. 

Labrax  lineatus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  7,  pi.  i,  fig.  3,  1842. 

Roccus lineatus  BEAN,  ipt-h  Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  267,  pi.  XVIII,  fig.  22,  1890;  Fishes 

Penna.,  131,  color  pi.  14,  1893;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  365,  1897;  JORDAN 

&  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1132,   1896,  pi.  CLXXX,  fig.  478,   1900; 

EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.   1897,  38,   1898;  MEARNS,  Bull.  Am.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  X,  321,  1898;  H.  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.  for  1897,  99,  1898;  BEAN, 

52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  105,  1900. 

Sides  greenish  above,  silvery  below,  sometimes  with  a  brassy  lustre  and  marked 
by  seven  or  eight  longitudinal  streaks  none  of  which  are  half  as  wide  as  the  eye,  one 
of  them  passing  along  the  lateral  line ;  the  lowermost  stripe  is  somewhat  below  the 
middle  of  the  depth. 

In  the  southern  United  States  from  New  Jersey  to  Florida  the  Striped  Bass  is 
known  as  the  Rock  or  Rockfish.  In  the  Northern  States  the  name  Striped  Bass  is 
more  generally  used  than  the  other,  especially  along  the  coast.  In  the  Delaware, 
Susquehanna  and  Potomac  Rivers  it  is  called  Rockfish.  Green  Head  and  Squid 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


407 


Hound  are  names  applied  to  large  individuals  found  in  the  sea  in  New  England 
waters.     One  of  the  old  names  of  the  fish  is  Streaked  Bass. 

Rock  fish  and  Striped  Bass,  according  to  Schoepff  (1787),  are  among  the  early 
New  York  names  for  this  highly  prized  species.  Dr.  Mitchill  (1814)  calls  it  Mitchill's 
Perch,  Striped  Basse  and  Rock  fish.  DeKay  describes  it  as  the  Striped  Sea  Bass. 
Streaked  Bass  is  another  name  in  use  in  1815,  and  a  very  interesting  account  of  the 
fish  under  this  name  is  published  by  Dr.  James  Mease  in  the  first  volume  of  the 
Transactions  of  tJic  Literary  and  PJiilosophical  Society  of  New  York.  Dr.  Mease  in  this 
article  states  that  Rock  fish  weighing  from  25  pounds  to  60  pounds  are  called  Green- 
heads.  At  the  time  of  his  writing,  the  fishing  ground  for  the  Philadelphia  and  New 
York  markets  was  between  Long  Branch  and  Cranberry  Inlet,  an  extent  of  about 
thirty  miles,  and  the  great  places  of  winter  resort  were  Motetecunk,  30  miles  from 
Long  Branch,  and  the  rivers  of  Elk  and  Egg  Harbor. 


STRIPED   BASS. 


The  range  of  the  Striped  Bass  or  Rockfish  includes  the  entire  Atlantic  coast 
from  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the  fish  entering  rivers  and 
ascending  them  long  distances.  In  the  Alabama  River  this  fish  is  known  to  be 
taken  every  year  and  some  large  individuals  have  been  obtained  from  that  stream. 
It  has  been  captured  also  in  the  lower  Mississippi.  It  is  very  abundant  in  the  great 
bays  and  sounds  from  North  Carolina  to  Cape  Cod.  In  Albermarle  Sound  many 
large  individuals  are  said  to  occur.  In  the  St.  John's  River,  Florida,  according  to 
Dr.  Goode,  the  fish  is  rather  rare.  In  the  vicinity  of  Pensacola  the  late  Silas  Stearns 
occasionally  obtained  a  specimen  of  the  fish. 

The  Striped  Bass  has  been  introduced  into  California  and  has  now  become  fairly 
acclimated  there.  In  the  Delaware  and  Susquehanna  Rivers  this  is  one  of  the  com- 
mon fishes  and  it  is  one  of  the  most  highly  esteemed. 

This  is  a  permanent  resident  of  Gravesend  Bay,  but  the  height  of  the  fishery 
occurs  from  October  10  to  November  10.  Large  fish,  up  to  45  pounds,  are  caught 


408         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

in  May,  but  the  fall  fish  range  from  9  inches  to  24  inches  in  length.  In  Great  South 
Bay  the  writer  has  obtained  specimens  at  Blue  Point  Cove,  Great  River,  Nichols's 
Point,  and  off  Widow's  Creek.  A  great  haul  was  made  on  Lone  Hill  Middleground 
about  the  middle  of  October,  1901.  The  fish  remains  in  some  of  the  tributaries  of 
Great  South  Bay  throughout  the  year.  According  to  Dr.  Mearns  the  species  is  taken 
in  great  numbers  in  nets  set  through  the  ice  of  the  Hudson  in  winter,  and  in  drift 
nets  by  shad  fishermen  in  spring.  Large  individuals  of  60  pounds  and  upward  are 
sometimes  caught  in  the  winter  and  early  spring.  He  once  took  a  specimen  a  little 
above  the  estuary  of  Poplopen's  Creek,  in  fresh  water. 

At  the  time  of  Dr.  Mitchill's  report  the  greatest  run  occurred  late  in  the  fall,  and 
the  great  hauls  were  made  during  the  coldest  season,  including  some  very  large  fish. 
He  saw,  however,  a  dozen  at  a  time  weighing  50  pounds  each  in  New  York  market 
during  very  mild  weather,  in  early  October. 

This  fish  lives  in  the  sea  or  in  brackish  or  fresh  water  indifferently  and  it  has  been 
successfully  kept  in  artificial  ponds.  In  cold,  northern  waters  it  becomes  ice  bound 
occasionally  and  is  said  to  hibernate.  It  prefers  cold  water,  is  carnivorous  and  pre- 
daceous,  feeding  upon  small  fishes  in  the  streams,  consuming  especially  large  quanti- 
ties of  the  Alewife  or  River  Herring  and  the  young  of  the  Shad.  In  the  shallow 
bays  along  the  coasts  its  food  consists  of  Killifish,  Silversides,  Anchovies,  Lant  and 
other  small  fishes,  besides  crabs,  squid,  clams,  mussels  and  other  marine  inverte- 
brates. Its  movements  while  feeding  depend  greatly  upon  the  tides.  It  is  to  be 
found  frequently  at  the  mouths  of  small  creeks  and  in  tideways,  where  it  lies  in  wait 
for  the  large  schools  of  small  fishes,  which  constitute  its  food. 

The  largest  Striped  Bass  recorded  was  said  to  weigh  112  pounds.  At  Avoca, 
North  Carolina,  Dr.  Capehart  took  a  Striped  Bass  weighing  95  pounds.  It  reaches 
a  length  of  4^  or  5  feet. 

Spawning  takes  place  from  April  to  June,  either  in  the  rivers  or  in  the  brackish 
waters  of  bays  and  sounds.  Eggs  have  been  hatched  artificially  in  May  on  Albermarle 
Sound.  Dr.  Capehart  took  a  58-pound  spawning  fish  April  22,  1891.  The  eggs  are 
smaller  than  those  of  the  Shad,  and  after  fertilization  they  increase  greatly  in  size 
and  become  light  green  in  color.  This  58-pound  fish  probably  contained  more  than 
one-half  million  eggs.  Dr.  Abbott  has  found  the  young  an  inch  long  in  the  Delaware 
the  second  week  in  June,  and  by  the  middle  of  October  some  of  these  had  grown  to 
a  length  of  4^/2  inches.  The  Striped  Bass  has  been  kept  in  a  small  pool  of  fresh 
water  and  fed  upon  crabs  and  oysters,  increasing  in  about  eleven  months  from  6 
inches  in  length  to  20  inches.  In  the  aquarium  the  species  is  hardy  and  grows 
rapidly;  it  can  be  kept  in  good  condition  almost  indefinitely.  In  a  Rhode  Island 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  409 

pond  it  is  stated  that  Bass  weighing  y%   pound  to   I   pound  in  June  had  reached  a 
weight  of  6  pounds  in  the  following  October. 

In  fresh  water,  salted  eel  tail  is  a  favorite  bait  for  taking  Striped  Bass,  and  the 
spoon  or  spinner  is  also  a  good  lure,  but  live  Minnows  are  preferred  to  all  other 
baits.  For  surf  fishing  shedder  crab  well  fastened  to  the  hook  is  a  very  killing  bait. 

113.     White    Perch   (Morone   americana   Gmelin). 

Morone  rufa  MITCHILL,  Rept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  18,  1814,  New  York. 

Morone pallida  MITCHILL,  Rept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  18,  1814,  New  York. 

Eodianus  rufus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  420,  1815. 

Labrax  rufus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  9,  pi.  3,  fig.  7,  1842. 

Labrax pallidus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  n,  pi.  i,  fig.  2,  1842. 

Labrax  nigricans  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  12,  pi.  50,  fig.  160,  1842. 

Roccus  americanus  BEAN,  igth  Rept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  268,  pi.  XIX,  fig.  23,  1890. 

Morone  americana  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  133,  pi.  15,  1893;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull. 

47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1134,  1896,  pi.  CLXXXI,  fig.  479,  1900;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus. 

Nat.   Hist.,   IX,  366,   1897;    MEARNS,   Bull.  Am.   Mus.   Nat.    Hist.,   X,  321,    1898; 

EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  1897,  39,  1898;  H.  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F. 

C.,  1897,  99,  1898;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Rept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  105,  1900. 

This  is  the  Perch  or  River  Perch  of  Schoepff,  which  he  records  as  an  inhabitant 
of  the  coasts  of  New  York  and  Long  Island,  in  and  at  the  mouths  of  fresh-water 
streams.  Dr.  Mitchill  (1815)  gives  it  the  name  of  Red  Perch,  and  states  that  when 
not  in  the  breeding  season  it  is  called  Black  Perch  because  its  colors  are  browner 
and  darker.  DeKay  describes  it,  in  the  Fishes  of  Neiv  York,  as  the  Ruddy  Bass. 
In  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay  individuals  taken  from  salt  water  are  sometimes  called 
Yellow  Perch  or  Peerch. 

The  species  is  found  from  Nova  Scotia  to  South  Carolina,  and  inhabits  both  salt 
and  fresh  water.  Mitchill  saw  specimens  14  inches  long  and  nearly  5  inches  deep, 
from  Quag,  Long  Island.  There  is  an  important  winter  fishery  for  the  White  Perch 
at  Bellport.  It  is  taken  in  seines  and  gill  nets.  The  writer  has  occasionally  found 
this  species  in  various  parts  of  Great  South  Bay,  for  example,  at  Smith's  Point, 
Whale  House  Hole,  Swan  River,  also  in  the  east  end  of  Shinnecock  Bay,  in  the 
fresh  water  of  Head  of  Creek,  near  Southampton.  The  fishermen  affirm  that  when 
its  feeding  grounds  are  disturbed  by  seining  the  fish  suddenly  leave  the  locality. 
The  White  Perch  is  never  plentiful  in  Gravesend  Bay  ;  it  is  abundant  in  fresh-water 
lakes  of  Central  Park,  New  York,  and  Prospect  Park,  Brooklyn.  Near  Montauk, 
Long  Island,  the  species  is  abundant  and  reaches  a  large  size.  Eugene  Smith  has 


4-IO         SKYKMll    REPORT    OF    THK    FOKKST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

found  it  common  in  brackish  waters  near  New  York,  where  it  occurs  all  the  year; 
he  had  it  also  from  fresh  water.  M earns  states  that  it  remains  in  the  Hudson 
throughout  the  year  and  is  taken  in  abundance  in  winter  in  nets  set  through  the  ice. 
In  Oscawana  Lake,  Putnam  County,  individuals  weighing  2  or  3  pounds  were 
reported  to  him. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  the  fish  is  abundant  in  fresh-water  ponds 
connected  with  salt  water. 

It  is  said  that  the  White  Perch  formerly  extended  south  to  Florida  and  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  but  this  is  discredited  by  competent  observers.  The  Perch  of  Lake 
Ponchartrain  is  very  likely  the  species  now  known  in  many  portions  of  the  Western 
States  as  the  Fresh-water  Drum,  Aploiiinotus  gmnnicns. 

The  average  length  of  the  White  Perch  is  about  9  inches  and  its  weight  ]/2  pound 
or  less,  but  numerous  specimens  measuring  pinches  and  weighing  2  pounds  or  more 
have  been  taken,  especially  in  New  England  waters. 


WHITE    PERCH. 


At  the  time  of  Dr.  Mitchill's  writing  the  species  was  a  favorite  in  New  York 
markets,  and  it  is  now  one  of  the  best  known  species  although  probably  not  ranking 
among  the  choicest  kinds. 

Thad.  Norris  was  one  of  the  most  earnest  supporters  of  the  White  Perch,  and 
has  published  interesting  observations  concerning  its  habits.  Comparatively  little, 
however,  is  known  about  its  life.  It  is  an  associate  of  the  Striped  Bass,  and,  accord- 
ing to  Dr.  Abbott,  resembles  this  species  in  its  feeding  habits.  It  differs  from  the 
Striped  Bass  in  its  tendency  to  seek  warm  waters. 

The  White  Perch  is  a  lover  of  brackish  water,  and  may  be  found  in  tidal  creeks 
in  vast  numbers  associated  with  Mummichogs,  Silversides  and  Eels,  feeding  upon 
Shrimp  and  Minnows.  Spawning  takes  place  in  May  and  June.  According  to  Pro- 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  411 

fessor  John  A.  Ryder,  the  egg  of  the  White  Perch  is  very  adhesive,  and  on  this 
account  is  troublesome  to  hatch  artificially.  In  the  experiments  made  by  him  the 
eggs  were  taken  upon  cotton  yarn,  which  was  drawn  up  through  a  funnel  into  which 
the  eggs  and  milt  had  been  squeezed  from  the  spawning  fish.  The  cord,  covered 
with  the  adhering  eggs,  was  then  wrapped  upon  a  wooden  reel  and  sent  under  cover 
of  damp  cloths  to  the  central  station,  where  they  arrived  in  fine  condition,  almost 
every  egg  being  impregnated.  This  system  was  devised  and  carried  out  under  the 
superintendence  of  Col.  M.  McDonald.  After  reaching  the  central  station  the  cotton 
cord  with  the  adhering  eggs  was  cut  into  lengths  of  10  or  12  inches  and  suspended 
in  the  glass  hatching  jars.  The  development  was  soon  interfered  with  by  the  growth 
of  fungus.  When  the  wooden  reel  with  the  adhering  eggs  was  introduced  into  a 
wide  aquarium  fungus  also  attacked  the  eggs  as  before  but  the  results  were  some- 
what more  favorable.  With  the  water  at  58°  to  60°  F.  the  eggs  hatched  out  in  6 
days. 

The  White  Perch  congregates  in  large  schools  and  is  one  of  the  freest  biters 
among  fishes.  The  shrimp  is  one  of  the  best  baits,  though  worms,  sturgeon  eggs, 
Minnows  and  strips  of  cut  fish  with  silvery  skin  are  equally  effective.  Dr.  Abbott 
has  known  as  many  as  20  dozen  to  be  taken  with  a  line  in  a  few  hours,  and  Spangler 
mentions  catches  of  six  or  seven  hundred  in  a  day  by  two  rods,  the  fish  ranging  in 
weight  from  ^  to  i^  pounds. 

Eugene  Smith,  on  several  occasions,  found  a  long,  green,  brackish-water  alga 
(Enter omorphd)  in  stomachs  of  White  Perch,  indicating  that  they  sometimes  eat 
vegetable  matter,  though  perhaps  only  for  the  minute  organisms  found  upon  it. 

In  captivity  the  fish  is  very  susceptible  to  fungus  attacks,  but  the  parasite  is 
readily  killed  by  changing  the  water  supply  from  salt  to  fresh,  or  vice  versa. 

114.     Sea  Bass  ;  Black  Fish  (Centropristes  striatus  Linnaeus). 

Perca  varia  MITCHILL,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  n,  1814  ;  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  415, 

pi.  3,  fig.  6,  1815,  New  York. 
Centropristes  nigricans  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  24,  pi.   2,  fig.  6,   1842;  BEAN,  igth 

Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  266,  pi.  XVII,  fig.  21,  1890. 
Centropristes  striatus  JORDAN  &  EIGENMANN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  VIII,  391,  pi.   64,    1890; 

JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.   Mus.,   1199,   1896,  pi.   CXC,  fig.   500, 

1900;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  366,  1897;  H.  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F. 

C.,  1897,  100,  1898;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  105,  1900. 

Dusky  brown  or  black,  adults  often  bluish,  more  or  less  mottled,  with  traces  of 
pale  longitudinal  streaks  along  the  rows  of  scales;  young  greenish,  often  with  a  dark 


412        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

lateral  band,  sometimes  broken  up  forming  cross-bars ;  dorsal  fin  with  several  series 
of  elongate,  whitish  spots,  forming  interrupted  lines ;  other  fins  dusky,  mottled. 

The  Sea  Bass  is  the  Perca  varia  of  Mitchill,  Fish.  N.  Y.  p.  4.15.  Common  names 
given  by  this  author  are  Sea  Basse,  Black-Harry,  Hanna  Hills  and  Blue  fish. 
Schoepff  (1787)  gives  the  New  York  name  as  Black  fish  ;  DeKay  has  it  as  the  Black 
Sea  Bass,  also  Black  Bass  and  Black  fish.  Dr.  Storer  records  the  Massachusetts  name 
of  Black  Perch.  Other  common  names  on  the  coast  are  Black  Will  (Middle  States) 
and  Rock  Bass  (New  Bedford). 

The  Sea  Bass  is  found  from  Vineyard  Sound  southward,  its  southern  limit  not 
being  accurately  determined,  but  probably  not  extending  below  Cape  Hatteras. 
The  southern  form,  which  was  described  by  Linnaeus  from  South  Carolina,  may  be 
distinct  from  the  northern,  and  if  so  it  should  be  designated  by  the  Linnaen  name 
atraria. 


SEA  BASS. 

The  northern  form  has  been  found  occasionally  north  of  Cape  Cod,  at  Nahant, 
Salem,  and  Beverly  Bar.  Dr.  Smith  reported  it  as  very  common  at  Woods  Hole  in 
1898,  where  it  arrives  in  May  and  departs  from  the  inshore  waters  about  October  i, 
being  most  abundant  from  July  to  September.  It  spawns  there  in  June.  The 
young  are  first  seen  about  August  I.  The  maximum  weight  is  6  pounds.  In  1900 
the  Sea  Bass  was  said  to  be  remarkably  scarce  at  Woods  Hole.  According  to  the 
observers  of  the  Fish  Commission  this  fish  is  decreasing  rapidly  in  numbers.  Hand- 
lining,  even  on  the  spawning  grounds  off  Hyannis  was  remarkably  poor  and  young 
fish  were  less  numerous  than  usual.  As  a  rule  the  first  adults  appear  in  their  sea- 
sonal migration  during  the  first  or  second  week  in  May,  when  the  water  has  reached 
a  temperature  of  48°  to  50°  F.  However,  in  spite  of  the  cold  of  1900,  they  appeared 
at  Cuttyhunk  and  Menemsha  Bight  on  April  28  —  with  one  exception  the  earliest 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  413 

arrival  recorded  in  25  years.  Formerly  the  young  were  abundant  everywhere,  but 
at  present  they  are  restricted  to  a  few  localities — Katama  Bay,  Quisset  Harbor  and 
Wareham  River.  The  first  fry  were  seined  July  31  and  measured  ^  of  an  inch  in 
length.  On  October  20,  young  fish  2  to  3  inches  long  were  very  plentiful  in 
Katama  Bay. 

In  1884  the  writer  obtained  young  examples  only,  and  these  in  moderate 
numbers,  at  Fire  Island  near  the  end  of  September.  In  1890  a  few  individuals  were 
observed  in  a  net  at  Islip.  In  1898,  adults  were  taken  in  abundance  off  shore  at 
Southampton  in  August  and  half-grown  specimens  were  secured  from  a  pound  at 
Islip.  Young  Sea  Bass  were  rather  common  at  Point  of  Woods,  Great  South 
Bay,  Clam  Pond  Cove,  Fire  Island  Inlet,  Oak  Island  Beach,  and  Nichols's  Point. 
In  the  summer  of  1901,  early  July  to  the  middle  of  October,  only  a  few  young 
individuals  were  taken,  and  these  were  secured  in  eel  pots'off  Widow's  Creek,  Great 
South  Bay. 

The  Sea  Bass  makes  its  appearance  in  Gravesend  Bay  in  May.  It  is  not 
abundant.  The  young  in  October  are  found  in  the  eel  grass,  measuring  from  1*4  to 
2  inches  in  length.  The  species  is  well  adapted  to  life  in  aquarium  tanks  during  all 
but  the  coldest  months. 

The  Sea  Bass  is  distinguished  for  its  voracity  and  its  persistent  biting.  The 
young  are  found  in  the  channels  of  shallow  bays  and  about  wharves  and  landings. 
Large  fish  frequent  the  off-shore  banks  where  the  bottom  is  rocky.  A  famous 
locality  is  Five  Fathom  Bank,  off  the  coast  of  New  Jersey.  In  the  shallow  waters 
of  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  hundreds  of  small-sized  Sea  Bass  may  be  taken  in  a  day, 
and  it  is  difficult  to  find  a  locality  which  is  free  from  them,  Their  food  consists  of 
shrimps,  crabs,  sea  worms,  squid,  small  fishes  and  all  other  animals  of  suitable  size. 
The  species  is  sluggish  in  its  habits  and  resembles  the  Tautog  in  its  tendency  to  hide 
in  rock  crevices.  The  Sea  Bass  breeds  in  the  summer  months  and  the  young  grow 
rapidly.  The  eggs  have  been  hatched  artifically,  and  when  it  becomes  desirable  the 
fry  can  be  produced  in  vast  quantities.  The  eggs  are  y2(>  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and 
hatch  in  5  days  in  water  at  the  temperature  of  59°  or  60°  F.  At  Woods  Hole,  Mass., 
they  are  deposited  in  June. 

This  is  a  valuable  food  fish,  reaching  a  length  of  18  inches  and  the  weight  of  6 
pounds. 


414        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

115.     Flasher;   Triple-tail   (Lobotcs  surinamensis    Bloch). 

Holocentrus  surinamensis  BLOCK,  Ichth.,  pi.  243,  1790,  Surinam. 

Bodianus  triurus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.,  I,  418,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  10,  1815,  Powles 

Hook,  N.  J. 

'  Lobotes  auctorum  GttNTHER,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  I,  338,  1859. 
Lobotfs  surinamensis  CUVIER  &  VALENCIENNES,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  V,  319,  1830;  DEK.AY, 

N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  88,  pi.  18,  fig.  49,  1842,  New  York;  HOLBROOK,  Ichth.  S.  C.,  ed. 

i,  159,  pi.  23,  fig.  2,  1856;  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  555,  1883; 

JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1235,  1896,  pi.  CXCIV,  fig.  510, 

1900;  H.   M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.   1897,   too,  1898;  SHERWOOD  &  EDWARDS, 

Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.  1901,  28,  1901,  Narragansett  Bay. 


FLASHER. 


Blackish  above,  silvery  gray  on  the  sides,  often  blotched  and  tinged  with  yellow ; 
fins  dusky  gray,  sometimes  mingled  with  yellow. 

The  Flasher  is  a  large  species,  found  in  all  warm  seas,  ranging  on  our  coast  from 
Cape  Cod  to  Panama  ;  it  reaches  the  length  of  3  feet  and  is  used  for  food.  At 
Woods  Hole,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  it  is  very  rarely  taken.  Specimens  were 
secured,  however,  in  August,  1873,  December,  1875,  September  20,  1886,  and  in 
August,  1890.  The  individual  obtained  in  1886  was  caught  in  a  trap  at  Menemsha, 
Martha's  Vineyard.  The  Rhode  Island  Fish  Commission  has  a  specimen  weighing 
6  pounds  and  measuring  22  inches,  which  was  taken  September  10,  1900,  in  a  trap 
off  Prudence  Island,  Narragansett  Bay.  The  example  described  and  figured  by 
Mitchill  was  taken  at  Powles  Hook,  N.  J.  According  to  Mitchill  specimens 
weighing  4  or  5  pounds  were  occasionally  secured,  and  the  fish  was  sometimes 
called  Black  Grunt.  DeKay  knew  the  fish  only  from  the  accounts  of  it  given 
by  Mitchill  and  Holbrook. 


I 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  415 


116.     Red  Snapper  (Neomcenis  blackfordi  Goode  &  Bean). 

Lutjanus  blackfordii GQODK  &  BEAN,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  176,  1878  (full  description 

of  adult);  II,   137,   138,   1879,   characters  and   measurements   of  young;  GOODE, 

Game  Fishes  N.  A.,  16,  1878,  with  colored  plate. 
Lutjanus  blackfordi  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.   16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  549,   1883;  BEAN, 

ipth  Rept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  263,  pi.  XVI,  fig.  20,  1890. 
Neomanis  aya  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1264,  1898,  pi.  CXCVII, 

fig.  516,  1900  (not  Bodianus  aya   BLOCK,  Ichth.,  227,   1790);  H.   M.   SMITH,   Bull. 

U.  S.  F.  C.  1897,  100,  1898. 

Color  uniform  scarlet.     Center  of  scales  lighter,  also  the  belly,  which  is  silvery  ; 
inside  of  axil  of  pectoral  darker  maroon. 


RED  SNAPPER. 


On  October  26,  1887,  Mr.  E.  G.  Blackford,  Fish  Commissioner  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  forwarded  to  the  National  Museum  a  young  Red  Snapper,  four  and  one 
half  inches  long,  which  was  caught  in  Great  South  Bay,  at  Bay  Shore,  Long  Island. 
This  is  the  smallest  Red  Snapper  that  we  have  obtained,  and  it  is  the  first  record  of 
the  occurrence  of  the  species  so  far  north.  The  specimen  has  been  catalogued  as 
39,213  of  the  National  Museum  Fish  Register. 

As  in  other  young  fishes  the  size  of  the  eye,  the  length  of  the  head  and  the 
colors  are  different  from  these  characters  in  the  adult. 

A  description  of  the  colors  of  the  fresh  fish  follows  : 

A  dark  band  nearly  as  wide  as  the  diameter  of  the  eye  is  placed  immediately  in 
front  of  the  spinous  dorsal  ;  it  fades  out  about  the  median  line  of  the  body.  Three 
similar  bands,  and  of  like  size,  under  the  dorsal,  separated  by  narrow  interspaces' and 
fading  out  below.  The  fourth  band  contains  a  blotch  as  large  as  the  eye,  which 
passes  slightly  beneath  the  lateral  line.  A  fifth  band  is  under  the  last  third  of  the 


416        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

soft  dorsal  and  continues  backward  to  the  caudal,  not  descending  below  the  lateral 
line.  The  second  and  third  bands  are  traversed  vertically  by  a  narrow  median 
stripe  of  the  rosy  body  color.  Membrane  of  dorsals  and  caudal  with  a  narrow 
black  edge.  Spine  and  external  ray  of  ventral  milk  white.  Anal  rosy,  except 
membrane  of  first  two  spines  and  last  three  rays,  which  is  milk  white. 

The  Red  Snapper  has  become  one  of  the  most  famous  fishes  of  our  northern 
markets,  and  is  always  attractive  on  account  of  its  large  size,  brilliant  color,  and  the 
excellence  of  its  flesh.  We  know  that  the  species  is  to  be  found  on  our  east  coast 
from  Cape  Cod  to  the  Carribbean  Sea.  It  is  rare,  however,  north  of  Cape  Hatteras 
and  the  principal  fisheries  are  located  off  the  coasts  of  Georgia  and  Florida,  and  in 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

When  the  Red  Snapper  was  named  in  honor  of  Mr.  Eugene  G.  Blackford,  in 
recognition  of  his  invaluable  contributions  to  the  science  of  ichthyology,  the 
describers  of  the  species  had  carefully  considered  the  question  of  nomenclature 
and  satisfied  themselves  that  none  of  the  names  known  to  them  could  with  certainty 
be  associated  with  this  fish.  Various  earlier  names  have  been  suggested  from  time 
to  time  by  several  authors  as  possibly  available  for  the  species.  In  1883  Dr.  D.  S. 
Jordan  considered  it  to  be  the  L.  campechianus,  described  by  Poey  in  1860.  This, 
however,  is  a  species  with  much  smaller  scales  if  the  description  be  accurate.  The 
type  has  not  been  examined  by  any  one  in  the  United  States  so  far  as  I  am 
informed.  A  little  later  Dr.  Jordan  suggested  that  the  name  Lutjanns  vivanus  of 
Cuv.  &  Val.  should  be  accepted  for  the  Red  Snapper;  but  my  examination  of  the 
types  of  this  species  in  the  Museum  of  Paris  showed  it  to  be  a  small  Lutjanus,  and 
very  distinct  in  every  way  from  L.  blackfordi.  In  recent  lists  Dr.  Jordan  has 
adopted  the  specific  name  aya  of  Bloch,  published  in  1787  in  ihe  Auslandiscke  Fisc/ie. 
This  name  was  used  for  a  species  of  Luljanns  more  than  twenty  years  ago  by  Dr. 
Theodore  Gill. 

I  will  now  state  what  may  be  learned  from  the  literature  concerning  the  aya. 
The  Bodianus  aya  of  Bloch  is  distinctly  based  upon  the  Acara  aya  of  Maurice, 
Prince  of  Nassau,  as  set  forth  in  his  Mss,  tome  2,  page  351.  The  plate  published  by 
Bloch  is  copied  from  a  drawing  by  Prince  Maurice,  and  his  description  is  drawn 
from  the  same  source.  The  fish  which  formed  the  subject  of  the  description  and 
illustration  by  the  Prince  of  Nassau  was  the  aya  or  garan/ta  of  Brazil,  a  red  species, 
said  to  attain  to  a  length  of  3  feet.  The  aya  is  distinctly  described  as  having  9  spines 
and  1 8  articulated  rays  in  the  dorsal.  It  is  represented  as  having  40  scales  in  the 
lateral  line,  and  the  scales  are  said  to  be  ornamented  with  silvery,  submarginal 
stripes.  Bloch  was  informed  that  the  fish  was  known  to  the  French,  Germans  and 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  417 

English  as  the  aya  and  to  the  Brazilians  as  the  garanJia.  Elsewhere  in  the  descrip- 
tion the  general  color  is  said  to  be  red,  the  back  dark  red,  and  the  belly  silvery. 
This  is  all  the  information  to  be  derived  from  Bloch's  account  of  the  species,  and  if 
the  data  mentioned  are  to  be  relied  upon,  the  fish  is  certainly  not  our  Red  Snapper. 
We  have  no  other  knowledge  concerning  the  aya  of  Brazil.  It  has  not  been  shown 
that  our  species  ranges  so  far  south  and  several  red  forms  resembling  L.  black f or di 
are  associated  with  it.  Various  interpretations  of  the  aya  have  appeared  in  ichthyo- 
logical  works.  Dr.  Giinther,  in  his  Catalogue  of  Fishes  in  the  British  Museum,  vol.  I, 
page  198,  adopts  the  name  for  a  small-scaled  Lutjanus,  which  has  65  scales  in  the 
lateral  line  and  32  in  a  transverse  series.  -  Of  this  he  has  a  fine  specimen  from  South 
America.  A  very  curious  translation  of  the  earlier  descriptions  of  the  aya  is  to  be 
found  in  Lacepede's  account  of  the  species,  which  is  given  below.  The  diagnostic 
characters  are  stated  as  follows  : 

Nine  spines  and  18  articulated  rays  in  the  dorsal ;  I  spine  and  8  divided  rays  in 
the  anal ;  the  caudal  crescent-shaped  ;  each  opercle  terminating  in  a  long  and  flat 
spine  ;  the  general  color  red  ;  the  back  blood  color  ;  the  belly  silvery. 
The  author,  in  another  part  of  his  Natural  History  of  Fishes,  writes  : 
A  figure  of  the  aya  has  been  published  by  Marcgrave,  Piso,  Willughby,  Johnston, 
Ruysch,  the  prince  of  Nassau  [Maurice]  and  Bloch,  who  has  copied  the  drawing  of 
Prince  Maurice.  It  is  found  in  lakes  of  Brazil.  It  frequently  reaches  a  length  of  i 
meter,  and  it  is  so  plentiful  that  large  numbers  of  this  species  are  salted  or  sun-dried 
for  export.  It  may  be  very  desirable  and,  perhaps,  sufficiently  easy  to  acclimatize 
this  large  and  beautiful  bodianus,  the  flesh  of  which  is  very  agreeable  to  the  taste, 
in  the  fresh  waters  of  Europe,  and  particularly  in  lakes  and  ponds  of  France. 

117.     Pig  Fish ;  Hog  Fish  (Orthopristis  cJirysopterus  Linnaeus). 

Labnis  fiilroinaculatus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  1,406,  1815,  New  York. 
Haemiilon  fulvo  macula  turn  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,   84,   pi.    7,   fig.    21,  1842,   New 

York. 
Orthopristis  chrysopterus  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  VII,  142,   pi.  Ill,  fig.  n,    1888;  BEAN, 

Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  366,   1897;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull,  47,  U.  S. 

Nat.  Mus.,  1338,  1898,  pi.  CCX,  fig.  541,  1900. 

Light  brown,  silvery  below  ;  sides  with  numerous  orange  colored  and  yellow 
spots;  those  above  the  lateral  line  in  oblique  series,  those  below  in  horizontal; 
vertical  fins  with  similar  spots ;  head  bluish  with  yellow  spots  ;  angle  of  mouth  and 
gill  membranes  with  orange. 

The  Pig  Fish  ranges  along  the  Atlantic  coast  from  New  York  southward  ;  adult 
27 


41 8        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

individuals  are  rarely  seen  even  as  far  north  as  New  Jersey,  but  the  young  are 
common. 

At  Beesley's  Point,  N.  J.,  August  10,  1887,  many  young  individuals  were  taken 
in  the  seine.  D.  XII,  16;  A.  Ill,  13;  scales,  75. 

A  dark  stripe  beginning  on  nape  and  dividing  sends  one  branch  along  the  back 
on  each  side  not  far  from  dorsal  outline  ;  a  dark  stripe  from  eye  to  root  of  caudal ; 
cheeks  and  opercles  with  several  narrow  orange  stripes ;  a  narrow  orange  stripe 
between  the  two  dark  body  stripes  and  another  below  the  lower  dark  stripe ; 
below  the  second  orange  stripe  are  numerous  orange  spots,  not  continuous.  These 
specimens  are  from  less  than  i  inch  to  more  than  2  inches  long. 


PIG  FISH. 


Young  examples  were  seined  at  Somers  Point,  August  13,  and  abundantly  at 
Ocean  City,  August  16.  The  croaking  sound  made  by  these  little  fishes  is  quite 
noticeable. 

September  5,  Mr.  W.  S.  Keates  brought  in  two  examples  which  had  been  caught 
on  a  hook  with  clam  bait;  these  are  5^  inches  long,  and  much  larger  than  the 
average  size.  Specimens  from  4^  to  5  inches  long  were  caught  at  Beesley's  Point 
August  23  ;  in  these  there  is  only  a  trace  of  the  black  lateral  stripe  along  the 
median  line,  and  the  sides  have  several  broad,  dark  bands. 

September  9  an  individual  5*^  inches  long  was  taken  at  Beesley's  Point.  This 
species  is  unknown  to  the  fishermen.  One  angler  described  its  croaking  as 
resembling  the  quacking  of  a  duck. 

Several  examples  were  taken  in  Gravesend  Bay,  October  24,  1894.  DeKay 
mentions  it  as  a  rare  fish,  but  occasionally  appearing,  he  was  informed,  in  New  York 
Harbor  in  considerable  numbers.  He  states  that  it  is  a  very  savory  food. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


118.     Scup  ;    Porgy ;   Sand   Porgee    (Stenotomus   cJirysops   Linnaeus). 


419 


Labrus  versicolor  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &:  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  404,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  7,   1815, 

New  York. 
Sargus  arenosus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  91,  pi.   22,  fig.  67,   1842,  Long  Island; 

young. 

Pagrits  argyrops  DEK.AY,  op.  cit.  95,  pi.  IX,  fig.  25,  1842;  adult. 
Diplodus  argyrops  JORDAN  cSz:  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  557,  1883. 
Stenotomus  chrysops  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  VII,  142,  1888;   igth  Rept.  Comm.  Fish.  N. 

Y.,  261,  pi.  XIV,  fig.  18,  1890;  JORDAN  &  FESLER.  Rept.  U.  S.  F.  C.    1889  to   1891, 

507,  1893;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  366,  1897;  H.  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U. 

S.  F.  C.    1897,  100,  1898;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,   1346, 

1898,  pi.  CCXI,  fig.  544,  1900;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Rept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  106,  1900; 

SHERWOOD  &  EDWARDS,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.  1901,  28,  1901. 


SCUP. 

Color  silvery,  with  bright  reflections,  dusky  above,  upper  part  of  head  deep 
brown  ;  dorsal  horn  color,  the  last  rays  with  a  yellowish  tinge  ;  axil  of  pectoral 
dusky;  young  with  five  or  six  dusky  bars;  iris  golden,  mottled  with  silvery  and 
brownish.  Length,  about  I  foot. 

The  Scup  is  one  of  our  best  known  fishes.  In  many  places  it  is  better  known 
under  the  name  Porgee.  Mitchill  and  DeKay  described  it  as  the  Big  Porgee. 
Another  spelling  for  the  same  na.me  is  Pogy.  Scup  is  an  abbreviation  of  Scuppaug, 
which  in  turn  is  a  shorter  form  for  the  Narragansett  name,  Mishcuppauog.  The 
name  Fairmaid,  which  is  said  to  be  given  to  the  Scup  on  the  Virginia  coast,  does  not 
rightfully  belong  to  this  species,  but  rather  to  the  Sailor's  Choice  (Lagodoii).  The 


42O        SKY  KM  1 1    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

name  Fairmaid  is  regularly  applied  to  the  latter  species  at  Cape  Charles,  Va., 
according  to  B.  A.  Bean.  In  Norfolk,  Va.,  Mr.  Bean  heard  the  name  Maiden  for  the 
young  of  the  common  Scup. 

The  Scup  seldom  migrates  north  of  Cape  Cod,  although  it  has  been  taken  occa- 
sionally off  Cape  Ann.  Attempts  to  introduce  it  into  Massachusetts  Bay  have  been 
unsuccessful. 

The  Scup  comes  into  our  northern  waters  in  great  schools,  the  large  spawning 
fish  coming  first,  making  their  appearence  in  New  York  waters  in  May.  The  species 
feeds  upon  small  crustaceans,  mollusks  and  annelids,  and  is  one  of  the  readiest 
biters  along  the  coast.  The  fishery  fluctuates  greatly  ;  in  certain  years  the  fish  is 
comparatively  scarce,  and  in  others  it  is  extremely  abundant.  It  is  caught  in 
pounds  and  traps,  and  remains  in  Great  South  Bay  until  cold  weather  sets  in.  It 
has  been  taken  on  Cape  Cod  as  late  as  December  10.  Sometimes  a  sudden  cold 
spell  kills  the  fish  in  large  numbers. 

In  1890  we  found  only  a  few  specimens  at  Fire  Island  and  at  East  Island,  late  in 
September,  and  on  October  i  a  few  examples  were  taken  in  a  trap  at  Islip.  In  1898 
adults  were  taken  in  moderate  numbers  off  Southampton  August  3.  Half-grown 
specimens  were  obtained  at  Islip  August  18.  A  single  young  individual  was  seined 
at  Nichols's  Point  September  i,  and  a  moderate  number  of  young,  about  2  inches 
long,  were  secured  at  the  east  side  of  Fire  Island  Inlet  September  16.  In  1901 
small  Scup,  about  6  inches  long,  were  obtained  in  a  gill  net  August  13,  and  in 
Watt's  Pound,  July  31,  in  Clam  Pond  Cove. 

The  Scup  arrives  in  Gravesend  Bay  in  May,  and  is  taken  as  late  as  November. 
In  captivity  it  lives  until  December,  and  in  properly  heated  water  it  can  be  kept 
indefinitely.  It  is  thrifty,  and  is  seldom  in  bad  condition. 

At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  the  fish  appears  about  May  I 
and  leaves  about  October  15  or  20,  being  most  abundant  in  June  and  July. 
Spawning  occurs  during  first  part  of  June,  and  young  y2  inch  to  ^  inch  long  are 
observed  by  the  middle  of  July.  The  eggs  are  l/^  inch  in  diameter  and  hatch  in  4 
days  at  a  mean  temperature  of  62°  F.  In  1900  the  Scup  arrived  off  Newport  April 
21,  at  Cutty  Hunk  April  26,  and  at  Woods  Hole  May  I.  Hundreds  of  young  are 
killed  there  annually  by  a  sudden  fall  of  temperature.  The  growth  of  the  young  is 
recorded  by  Sherwood  &  Edwards  as  follows:  July  3,  length  ^  to  \y2  inches 
August  2,  \l/2  to  2  inches;  September  6.  2  to  3  inches;  September  29,  3  to  4  inches; 
November  i,  4  inches.  The  largest  individuals  observed  weighed  3  pounds. 

The  young  are  devoured  in  large  numbers  by  Cod,  Weakfish,  Bluefish  and  other 
predaceous  species. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


421 


119.     Sailor's  Choice    (Lagodon  rJiomboides  Linnaeus). 

Sargus  rhomboides  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  93,  pi.  71,  fig.  228,  1842,  copied  from 
CUVIER  &  VALENCIENNES. 

Lagodon  rhomboides  HOLBROOK,  Ichth.  S.  C.,  ed.  i,  56,  pi.  8,  fig.  i,  1856;  ed.  2,  59, 
1860;  BEAN,  igth  Rept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  263,  1890;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
IX,  366,  1897;  H.  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.  1897,  101,  1898;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1358,  1898,  pi.  CCXV,  fig.  552,  1900. 

The  Sailor's  Choice  feeds  upon  small  invertebrates  and  Minnows.     It  is  caught 
with  the  hook  and  in  cast  nets  and  seines. 

Brownish,  white  below  ;  sides  of  head  and   body  with  horizontal  stripes  of  light 


SAILOR'S    CHOICE. 


blue  and  golden  ;  six  or  seven  very  faint  darker  vertical  bands,  disappearing  with 
age  ;  vertical  fins  yellowish,  with  bluish  stripes  ;  a  dark  axillary  spot. 

This  is  called  the  Salt  Water  Bream  by  Schoepff  and  the  Rhomboidal  Porgee  by 
DeKay.  In  Chesapeake  Bay  it  is  the  Fairmaid.  It  is  also  called  Pin  fish,  Squirrel 
fish,  Porgee,  Yellow  Tail  and  Shiner.  In  Great  South  Bay  the  name  of  the  fish 
was  unknown  to  the  fishermen,  and  this  is  true  in  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  where 
the  young  are  not  uncommon  in  summer. 

In  Gravesend  Bay  it  is  not  a  common  fish,  but  is  found  occasionally  in  summer. 

A  single  individual  was  obtained  at  Fire  Island  October  i.  The  Sailor's  Choice 
occurs  as  far  north  as  Cape  Cod,  but  it  is  not  present  in  sufficient  numbers  to  be 
considered  among  the  important  food  fishes  ;  south  of  Cape  Hatteras,  where  it  is 


422         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

abundant,  it   is  valuable   for  food,  and   in    many  places  is  considered    superior   to 
Sheepshead  ;  this  is  especially  so  in  the  St.  John's  River. 

The  eggs  are  described  as  pale  blue  in  color  and  as  large  as  mustard  seed. 
Spawning  takes  place  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  in  winter  or  spring.  The  colors  of  the 
fish  are  very  beautiful,  the  sides  being  ornamented  with  golden  stripes  on  a  pearly 
white  ground  and  having  numerous  dark  vertical  bands. 


120.     Sheepshead  (Arcliosargns  probatoccpkalus  Walbaum). 

Sparus  ovis  MITCHILL,  Trans.   Lit.  &   Phil.   Soc.   N.   Y.,  I,  392,  pi.  2,  fig.  5,  1815,  New 

York. 

Sargus  ovis  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  89,  pi.  8,  fig.  23,   1842. 
Archosargus  probatocephalus  BEAN,  Bull.    U.   S.    F.    C.,  VII,   142,  pi.   Ill,  fig.   10,  1888, 

Somers  Point,  N.  J.,  young;   ipth  Kept.  Comm.  Fish.   N.  Y.,    262,  pi.  XV,  fig.  19, 

1890;  Bull.  Am.   Mus.   Nat.   Hist.,  IX,  366,  1897;  H.    M.  SMITH,  Bull.   U.  S.  F.  C. 

1897,  101,  1898;  JORDAN   &   EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1361,  1898,  pi. 

CCXVI,  fig.  554,  1900. 


SHEEPSHEAD. 


Grayish,  with  about  eight  vertical  black  bands,  which  are  about  as  broad  as  the 
interspaces;  dorsal  dusky  ;  ventral  and  anal  black  ;  base  of  pectoral  dusky  ;  the  dark 
bands  are  most  distinct  in  the  young. 

The  Sheepshead  ranges  along  the  coast  from  Cape  Cod  to  Texas ;  it  is  very  rare 
as  far  north  as  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  but  in  southern  waters  it  is  still  abundant.  The 
species  reaches  a  length  of  30  inches  and  the  weight  of  20  pounds;  it  is  one  of  the 
most  valuable  of  our  food  fishes  and  is  highly  prized  for  its  game  qualities. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  423 

In  August,  1887,  the  Sheepshead  was  known  to  have  bred  in  Great  Egg  Harbor 
Bay,  N.  J.,  where  about  20  young  individuals,  measuring  from  I  inch  to  i^  inches, 
were  seined  between  August  10  and  September  9.  Adults  at  that  time  were  present 
in  the  bay,  but  they  were  scarce.  The  bottom  was  covered  with  algae  and  conven- 
ient hiding  places  were  found  under  the  sod  banks. 

The  fish  is  very  unusual  in  Gravesend  Bay,  Long  Island.  A  large  individual, 
weighing  13  pounds,  was  caught  September  16,  1897,  at  Coney  Island.  That  exam- 
ple proved  hardy  in  captivity,  and  the  Sheepshead  generally  can  be  easily  kept  if 
the  water  temperature  be  properly  maintained. 

The  Sheepshead  was  at  one  time  common  in  Great  South  Bay.  For  this  state- 
ment we  have  the  authority  of  Mr.  Erastus  Gordon,  of  Patchogue,  and  the  following 
account  from  Dr.  Mitchill's  Fishes  of  Neiv  York  will  substantiate  the  fact :  "  The 
Sheepshead  swims  in  shoals  and  is  sometimes  surrounded  in  great  numbers  by  the 
seine.  Several  hundreds  have  often  been  taken  at  a  single  haul  with  the  long 
sweeping  nets  in  use  at  Raynortown,  Babylon  and  Fire  Island.  They  even  tell  of  a 
thousand  brought  to  land  at  a  draught.  .  .  .  This  fish  is  sometimes  speared  by 
torchlight  in  the  wide  and  shallow  bays  of  Queens  County  and  Suffolk.  His  term 
of  continuance  is  only  during  the  warmest  season  ;  that  is,  from  the  beginning  of 
June  to  the  middle  of  September.  ...  I  have,  however,  known  him  to  stay 
later ;  for  one  of  the  most  numerous  collections  of  Sheepshead  I  ever  saw  in  the 
New  York  market  was  on  October  4,  1814;  I  have  seen  them  as  late  as  the  I7th." 

Scott,  in  1875,  referred  to  Fire  Island  as  a  good  locality  for  Sheepshead  fishing, 
and  also  mentions  superior  feeding  places  in  the  South  Bay  and  about  the  wreck  of 
the  Black  Warrior.,  near  the  Narrows. 

We  did  not  obtain  the  Sheepshead  in  Great  South  Bay,  and  believe  it  occurs 
there  very  rarely  at  the  present  time,  although  fishermen  still  seek  them  in  a  few 
localities,  and,  I  am  informed,  occasionally  catch  one.  Dr.  Smith  says  not  one  has 
been  seen  or  heard  of  in  Vineyard  Sound  or  Buzzards  Bay  since  1894;  but  formerly 
it  was  quite  common  and  was  often  caught  while  line  fishing  for  Tautog  and  Scup. 


424         SEVENTH    RETORT    UK    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

121.     Weak  Fish  ;  Squeteague  (Cynoscion  rcgalis  Bloch  &  Schneider.) 

Roccus  comes  MITCHILI,,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  26,  1814,  New  York. 

I.aknis  stjnctcague  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  396,  pi.  2,  fig.  6,  1815, 
New  York. 

Otolithus  regalis  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  71,  pi.  8,  fig.  24,  1842. 

Cynoscion  regale  BEAN,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  VII,  140,  pi.  II,  fig.  6,  1888;  igth  Kept.  Comm. 
Fish.  N.  Y.,  257,  pi.  XIII,  fig.  15,  1890. 

Cvnoscion  regalis  BKAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  367,  1897;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANX,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1407.  1898,  pi.  CCXX,  fig.  562,  1900;  H.  M. 
SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.  1897,  101,  1898  ;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus., 
106,  1900  ;  SHERWOOD  &  EDWARDS,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.  1901,  29,  1901. 

Silvery,  darker  above  and  marked  with  many  small,  irregular  dark  blotches,  some 
of  which  form  undulating  lines  running  downward  and  forward  ;  back  and  head  with 


X 


WEAK    FISH. 


bright  reflections;  dorsal  and  caudal  fins  dusky;  ventrals,  anal,  and  lower  edge  of 
caudal  yellowish,  sometimes  speckled.  The  young  show  traces  of  a  few  dusky 
bands  on  the  sides,  one  under  the  spinous  dorsal  being  most  plainly  marked,  and 
extending  to  beiow  the  median  line. 

The  Weak  fish,  so  called  in  Dr.  Mitchill's  Fisiics  of  New  York,  appears  also  in  his 
report  as  the  Squeteague  and  Checouts,  the  former  being  a  Narragansett  Indian 
name  and  the  latter  derived  from  the  Mohegans.  The  Narragansett  name  is  some- 
times spelled  Scuteeg.  Chickwick  is  the  Connecticut  name  for  the  species ;  on  Cape 
Cod,  because  of  the  sound  produced  by  the  fish,  it  is  called  the  Drummer;  large 
\\Yak  fish  in  Buzzards  Bay  are  termed  Yellow  fins.  In  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay  the 
name  Blue  fish  is  applied  to  it,  notwithstanding  the  presence  of  the  real  Blue  fish 
d\>tnatoinns).  On  our  southern  coast  we  hear  the  name  Trout,  with  its  variations, 
Grey  Trout,  Sea  Trout,  Shad  Trout,  Sun  Trout  and  Salt-water  Trout.  The  latter 
name  is  used  to  distinguish  it  from  the  Fresh-water  Trout  of  the  Southern  States, 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  425 

which  is  the  Black  Bass.  Dr.  Mitchill  thus  accounts  for  the  name  Weak  fish :  "  He 
is  called  Weak  fish,  as  some  say,  because  he  does  not  pull  very  hard  after  he  is 
hooked  ;  or,  as  others  allege,  because  laboring  men  who  are  fed  upon  him  are  weak 
by  reason  of  the  deficient  nourishment  in  that  kind  of  food."  DeKay  explains  the 
name  from  the  feeble  resistance  the  fish  makes  on  the  hook  and  the  facility  with 
which  it  breaks  away  from  it  by  reason  of  its  delicate  structure.  At  the  time  of 
DeKay's  writing  in  1842,  and  for  some  years  previously,  the  Weak  fish  were  present 
on  our  coast  in  diminished  numbers.  The  Blue  fish  were  then  present  in  abundance 
and  the  disappearance  of  the  Weak  fish  was  supposed  to  be  connected  with  the 
reappearance  of  the  Blue  fish.  A  similar  observation  was  made  by  Dr.  Storer  on 
the  Massachusetts  coast.  Again,  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  in  1900,  the  Weak  fish  were 
remarkably  abundant,  the  traps  at  Menemsha  having  taken  10,000  in  a  single  day; 
the  Blue  fish,  on  the  other  hand,  were  unusually  scarce  during  the  entire  season,  not 
over  50  having  been  recorded  from  the  adjacent  bay  and  sound. 

The  Weak  fish  ranges  from  the  Bay  of  Fundy  to  the  east  coast  of  Florida.  It 
fluctuates  in  abundance  from  year  to  year.  The  late  Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood  is  author- 
ity for  the  statement  that  in  1845  the  weekly  supply  in  the  New  York  markets  was 
not  above  i ,000  pounds. 

The  earliest  arrival  in  New  York  in  1889  was  on  May  12,  at  Great  Hills,  Gifford, 
Staten  Island.  During  the  latter  part  of  August,  1889,  the  west  channel  of 
Great  South  Bay  furnished  great  numbers  of  Weak  fish.  The  young  were  found  in 
Blue  Point  Cove  late  in  September ;  also  some  half-grown  individuals.  The  fish 
are  in  their  finest  condition  during  the  fall  migration  in  September  and  October. 

In  1901  young  Weak  fish  were  seldom  taken  in  Great  South  Bay,  and  only  two 
localities  —  Duncan's  Creek  and  Smith's  Point  —  furnished  them  in  very  small  num- 
bers. Adult  fish,  however,  were  remarkably  abundant,  and  were  caught  in  many 
parts  of  the  bay. 

The  species  feeds  in  the  channels  upon  Shrimp,  Crabs  and  small  fish.  In  Great 
South  Bay  we  found  them  eating  large  quantities  of  Anchovies,  and  the  same 
observation  was  made  in  one  of  the  inlets  of  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  N.  J.  The 
fish  enters  the  mouths  of  rivers  and  migrates  freely  with  the  tide. 

The  species  swims  in  large  schools  near  the  surface  and  is  very  voracious, 
destroying  the  young  even  of  its  own  kind.  A  specimen  of  about  4  pounds,  taken 
at  Islip,  October  i,  1890,  had  in  its  stomach  a  Weak  fish  weighing  about  6  ounces. 
Fish  of  4  pounds  and  a  little  larger  were  moderately  abundant  at  this  date. 

Weak  fish  spawn  in  New  York  waters  in  May,  and  at  Cape  Cod  about  the  first  of 
June.  The  egg  is  */&  inch  in  diameter  and  hatches  in  two  days  at  an  average  tern- 


426         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

perature  of  60°  F.  It  is  buoyant,  and,  under  natural  conditions,  is  subject  to  the 
influence  of  wind  and  current.  The  spawning  season  is  evidently  prolonged  in  some 
localities  ;  in  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  for  example,  young  Weak  fish  only  i^  inches 
long  were  taken  in  August,  that  is,  several  months  after  spawning  begun.  The  most 
favorable  tide  for  catching  this  species  is  generally  considered  the  latter  half  of  the 
flood  and  first  half  of  the  ebb.  At  night  the  Weak  fish  runs  up  the  creeks  to  feed 
in  the  salt  meadows,  and  will  take  the  hook  freely. 

Some  of  the  best  baits  for  the  Weak  fish  are  the  common  Shrimp,  Soft  or  Shed- 
der  Crabs,  pieces  of  Clam  and  common  Mussel,  the  white  skin  of  the  throat  of  Weak 
fish,  and  sometimes  the  eye  of  this  species;  other  good  baits  are  Silvcrsides  and 
Anchovies.  In  Great  South  Bay  the  fish  are  taken  extensively  in  pound  nets  and 
in  gill  nets.  The  gill  nets  are  set  in  the  shape  of  a  horseshoe,  and  the  attending 
sloop  sails  back  and  forth  across  the  open  end  of  the  horseshoe,  one  of  the  crew 
meanwhile  beating  the  deck  with  his  heels  to  frighten  the  fish  into  the  nets.  This 
method,  called  drumming,  is  in  great  disfavor  among  those  who  follow  other  modes 
of  fishing. 

The  Weak  fish  endures  captivity  very  well  and  can  be  kept  during  winter  in 
water  of  the  proper  temperature.  The  species  is  said  to  reach  the  weight  of  30 
pounds. 

122.     Spotted  Weak  Fish  ;  Sea  Trout  (Cynoscion  nebulosus  Cuv.  &  Val.). 

Labrus  squeteague  var.  maculatus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  1,396,  1815 

New  York  ;  not  Lab r us  maculatus  BLOCK. 
Otolithus  carolinensis  DE  KAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  72,  1842,  extra  limital  ;  HOLBROOK, 

Ichth.  S.  C.,  ed.  i,  133,  pi.  19,  fig.  2,  1856. 
Cynoscion  nebulosus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1409,  1898,  pi. 

CCXXI,  fig.  563,  1900. 

Body  silvery  with  bright  reflections;  numerous  black  spots  on  back,  beginning 
under  the  spinous  dorsal ;  soft  dorsal  and  caudal  similarly  spotted,  the  largest  spots 
smaller  than  pupil :  anal  fin  dusky. 

The  Spotted  Weak  fish  is  a  better  food  fish  than  the  common  northern  species ; 
it  ranges  from  New  York  to  Texas,  but  is  rare  north  of  Virginia. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  427 


123.     Yellow  Tail  ;  Silver  Perch  (Bairdiella  cJirysura  Lacepede). 

Bodianus  argyroleucus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  417,  pi.  6,  fig.  9,  1815, 

New  York. 

Corvina  argyroleucas  DEKAY,   N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  74,  pi.  18,    fig.  51,  1842,  New  York. 
Homoprion  xanthurus  HOLBROOK,   Ichth.   S.    C.,  ed.    i,    170,  pi.  24,  1856  (not  Leiostomus 

xanthuriis  LACEPEDE). 
Bairdiella  chrysura  GOODE,  Fish.  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.   S.,  I,  375,   pi.  126,    1884  ;   BEAN,  Bull. 

U.  S.  F.  C.,  VII,  141,  pi.  I,  fig.  9,   1888  ;   i9th  Kept.  Coram.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  259,  1890  ; 

Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  367,  1897  ;  JORDAN   &  EVERMANN,   Bull.  47,  U.   S. 

Nat.  Mus.,  1433,  1888,  pi.   CCXXII,  fig.   566,    1900;  BEAN,  52d  Ann.  Kept.   N.  Y. 

State  Mus.,  106,  1900. 


SPOTTED  WEAK  FISH. 


Greenish  above,  silvery  below,  each  scale  with  series  of  dark  punctulations 
through  the  center,  usually  very  conspicuous,  sometimes  obscure,  these  forming 
narrow  somewhat  irregular  streaks  along  the  sides  ;  fins  plain,  the  caudal  yellowish. 

Dr.  Mitchill  describes  this  fish  as  the  Silver  Perch,  and  DeKay  explains  the  ori- 
gin of  this  name  from  the  resemblance  which  the  Yellow  Tail  bears  in  its  appear- 
ance and  habits  to  the  common  White  Perch.  At  Pensacola,  Fla.,  the  name 
Mademoiselle  is  applied  to  the  species.  In  Great  South  Bay  we  heard  the  name 
Lafayette  given  it,  but  this  belongs  more  properly  to  the  Spot,  Liostomus  xantJiurus. 

The  Yellow  Tail  occurs  on  our  coast  from  Cape  Cod  to  Florida.  It  was  a  com- 
mon fish  in  Great  South  Bay  in  September,  1890,  and  during  the  early  part  of 
October,  occurring  at  Blue  Point  Cove,  at  the  Blue  Point  Life  Saving  Station, 
Great  River  Beach  and  Fire  Island.  It  is  frequently  taken  in  the  pounds.  In  1898 
the  young  were  found  in  abundance  at  Nichols's  Point,  Great  South  Bay,  September 
i.  In  1901  the  species  was  not  observed  at  all  during  a  season  extending  from  the 
middle  of  July  to  the  middle  of  October, 

The  breeding  season   must  continue  into  early  summer,  as  many  young  fish  from 


428         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AXD    GAME    COMMISSION. 

I  inch  to  2l/i  inches  long  were   obtained   in   Great   Egg  Harbor  Bay,  N.  J.,  early  in 
August. 

The  young  of  the  Silver  Perch  are  found  every  summer  in  Gravesend  Bay,  and 
adults  are  to  be  seen  occasionally.  On  September  8,  1896,  Mr.  DeNyse  took  an 
example  I J4  inches  long  with  a  shrimp  net,  in  eel  grass  back  of  the  flats  at  extreme 
low  tide.  Pools  containing  2  feet  of  water  are  common  here,  and  many  species  of 
fish  become  imprisoned  in  them.  In  August  Mr.  W.  I.  DeNyse  has  captured  a 
half  dozen  adult  Hippocampus  in  such  localities.  On  October  5,  1896,  and  again 
in  the  fall  of  1897,  the  Silver  Perch  was  obtained  in  the  bay. 


YELLOW  TAIL. 


The  species  seldom  exceeds  10  inches  in  length,  but  is  regarded  as  an  excellent 
pan  fish,  and  is  secured  in  enormous  numbers. 

124.     Red  Drum  ;  Channel  Bass  (Scicenops  ocellatus  Linnaeus). 

Scicena  imberbis  MITCHILL,  Trans.   Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  411,  1815,  New  York. 
Connna  ocellata   DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  75,  pi.  21,  fig.  61,  1842,  New  York  ;  HOL- 

BROOK,  Ichth.  S.  C.,  ed.  i,  149,  pi.  21,  fig.  2,  1856. 
Scnenops  ocellatus  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  367,  1897,  New  Jersey  ;  H.  M. 

SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.    1897,   101.   1898  ;  JORDAN    &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.   S. 

Nat.  Mus.,  1453,  1898,  pi.  CCXXXII,  fig.  567,  1900. 

The  Red  Drum  is  one  of  the  largest  of  the  food  fishes  of  the  southern  waters, 
reaching  the  length  of  5  feet  and  the  weight  of  75  pounds.  It  inhabits  the  Atlantic 
coast  from  New  York  to  Texas,  and  has  once  been  taken  near  Cape  Cod. 

A  Red  Drum,  or  Spotted  Bass,  weighing  14  pounds,  was  obtained  by  Mr.  E.  G. 
Blackford  from  New  Jersey,  and  was  purchased  alive  for  the  New  York  Aquarium. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  429 

When  last  observed  by  me  (December  11,  1897)  it  was  in  the  central  pool,  and 
apparently,  in  perfect  health.  It  swam  sometimes  immediately  under  the  Sand 
Shark.  Its  food  consists  of  large  pieces  of  Herring,  which  it  takes  readily. 

The  only  specimen  known  to  have  been  taken  at  Cape  Cod  was  caught  in  a  trap 
in  Buzzards  Bay  at  the  breakwater  in  1894.  The  example  is  34  inches  long  and 
weighs  about  14  pounds.  On  account  of  the  ocellated  markings  at  the  base  of  the 
caudal  fin  it  has  sometimes  been  called  the  Branded  Drum. 


RED   DRUM. 


125.     Spot ;  Lafayette  (Leiostomns  x  ant  hums  Lacepede). 

Leiostomus  xanthurus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  70,  1842,  extra  limital. 
Leiostomns  xanthurus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  574,  1883. 
Leiostomus  xanthurus  BEAN,  igth  Rept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  260,  1890  ;  Bull.  Am.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  367,  1897. 

Leiostomus  xanthurus  EUGENE  SMITH.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  1897,  39,   1898. 
Leiostomus  xanthurus  MEARNS,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  321,  1898. 
Mugil  obliqims  MITCHILL,  Rept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  16,  1814,  New  York. 
Leiostomus  obliquus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  69,  pi.  60,  fig.  195,  1842. 

Color  bluish  above,  silvery  below  ;  about  13  to  15  narrow  dark  lines  extending 
from  the  dorsal  fins  downward  and  forward  to  below  the  lateral  line  ;  a  roundish 
black  humeral  spot  about  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  eye  ;  fins  plain  olivaceous. 

This  little  fish  was  formerly  known  on  the  New  York  coast  as  Lafayette. 
Mitchill  calls  it  the  Little  Porgee.  According  to  DeKay  its  appearance  on  the  New 
York  coast  in  the  summer  of  1824  happened  to  coincide  with  the  arrival  of  General 
Lafayette,  and  his  name  was  bestowed  upon  the  species.  The  name  Spot  is  derived 
from  the  presence  of  a  dark  blotch  about  as  big  as  the  eye  near  the  root  of  the  pec- 
toral fin.  Other  names  for  the  species  are  Goody,  Oldwife,  Roach  and  Chub. 


43°         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,     FISH     AND    C.AMK    COMMISSION. 

The  Spot  is  found  from  Cape  Cod  to  Florida  and  is  sometimes  abundant  as  far 
north  as  New  York.  In  Great  South  Bay  several  specimens  were  taken  early  in 
October  in  Great  River.  A  single  example  was  seen  among  some  fishes  taken  in  a 
pound  net  at  Islip,  October  I,  1890.  In  1898  the  species  was  not  obtained  by  the 
writer,  and  in  1901  only  a  few  specimens,  mostly  adults,  were  secured  at  Qtiantic 
Bay,  Duncan's  Creek  and  Widow's  Creek. 

Rather  common  in  Gravesend  Bay  from  July  to  as  late  as  December,  and  is  well 
adapted  to  captive  life.  It  is  mostly  abundant  usually  in  September. 

Dr.  Mearns  states  that  the  fish,  locally  known  as  the  Sand  Porgee,  is  of  frequent 
occurrence  in  summer  in  the  Hudson  River  and  its  estuaries.  H.  M.  Smitll  records 


SPOT. 

it  as  common  in  the  fall  in  the  vicinity  of  Wood's  Hole,  Mass.,  leaving  in  October 
or  November,  when  the  water  temperature  reaches  45°  F.  All  the  specimens 
observed  there  were  about  6  inches  long. 

It  is  a  small  fish,  seldom  exceeding  10  inches  in  length,  but  is  one  of  the  favor- 
ites among  the  pan  fishes.  The  Spot  feeds  upon  the  bottom  on  small  invertebrates, 
and  can  be  taken  readily  with  hook  and  |ine.  In  Great  South  Bay  it  is  caught  in 
seines  and  pound  nets.  It  ascends  creeks  into  brackish  water  and  is  a  common 
associate  of  the  White  Perch.  In  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay  it  is  extremely  common 
in  summer  and  is  sometimes  known  as  Porgee. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


431 


126.     Croaker  (Micropogon  undulatus  Linn.neus). 

Bodianus  costatus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  1,  417,  1815,  New  York. 
Micropogon  costatus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  83,  pi.  72,  fig.  230,  1842. 
Micropogon  undulatus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  84,  1842,  extra-limital. 
Micropogon  undulatus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  575,  1883. 
Micropogon  undulatus  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  368,  1897. 
Micropogon  undulatus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.   47,  U.    S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1461,  1898,  pi. 
CCXXIV,  fig.  570,  1900. 

Color  grayish  silvery,  with  bright  reflections  ;  sides  and  back  with  narrow,  irregu- 
lar, undulating  lines  of  dots ;  dorsal  fins  with  three  lines  of  dots  along  base. 

The  Croaker  inhabits  the  east  coast  of  the  United  States,  ranging  from  Cape 
Cod  to  Texas  ;  it  is  not  very  common  north  of  the  Chesapeake.  It  grows  to  the 


CROAKER. 


length  of  15  inches  and  is  an  important  food  fish.  The  fish  was  described  by 
Mitchill  but  was  unknown  to  DeKay  from  personal  observation.  Although  known 
in  Gravesend  Bay,  the  species  is  a  very  uncommon  one  there.  Mr.  W.  I.  DeNyse 
informs  me  that  several  individuals  were  taken  there  in  September,  1902.  The  only 
specimen  recorded  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  is  15  inches  long;  it  was  taken  in  a  trap 
at  the  breakwater  in  Buzzards  Bay  on  September  9,  1893. 


43 2         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

127.     King  Fish  ;   Whiting ;  Sea  Mink  (Menticirrhus  saxatilis  Bloch  & 

Schneider). 

Sciena  nebulosa  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  408,  pi.  3,  fig.  5,  1815. 
I'nibriiia  allnirnns  DfiKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  78,  pi.  7,  fig,  20,  1842. 
Menticirrhus  nebnlosus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  577,  1883. 
Menticirrhus  sascatitis  BEAN,  igth  Rept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  259,  pi.  XII,  fig.  16,  1890. 
Menticirrhns  saxatilis  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  I,  1475,  1898. 
Menticirrhits  saxatilis  BEAN,    52d  Ann.  Rept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  106,  1900. 

Color  dusky  gray  above,  sometimes  blackish,  the  back  and  sides  with  distinct 
dark  oblique  cross-bands  running  downward  and  forward,  the  anterior  one  at  the 
nape  extending  downward,  meeting  the  second  and  thus  forming  a  v-shaped  blotch 
on  each  side;  a  dark  lateral  streak  bounding  the  pale  color  of  the  belly,  most  dis- 


KING  FISH. 


tinct  posteriorly,  and  extending  on  lower  lobe  of  caudal  ;  inside  of  gill  cavity 
scarcely  dusky  ;  pectorals  dark. 

The  King  fish,  according  to  DeKay,  was  so  named  by  the  early  English  colonists 
because  of  its  excellent  flavor.  The  name  Hake  is  given  to  it  in  New  Jersey  and 
Delaware ;  in  the  Chesapeake  it  is  sometimes  called  Black  Mullet  ;  in  North  Caro- 
lina, the  Sea  Mink ;  in  the  South  it  is  the  Whiting  or  Bermuda  Whiting;  on  the 
Connecticut  coast  it  is  known  as  the  Tomcod. 

The  King  fish  occurs  northward  to  Cape  Ann  and  south  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
Large  individuals  are  not  common  as  far  north  as  Cape  Cod,  but  the  young  may 
be  seen  in  moderate  numbers  in  the  summer  months.  They  occur  in  abundance 
throughout  Great  South  Bay,  and  near  the  inlet  their  number  is  increased.  We 
have  collected  them  at  the  mouth  of  Swan  Creek,  in  Blue  Point  Cove,  at  the  Blue 
Point  Life  Saving  Station,  Oak  Island  and  Fire  Island.  An  individual  was  obtained 
October  /th  in  the  bay,  and  others  were  found  during  September.  Adult  King  fish 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  433 

used  to  be  common  in  Great  South  Bay,  but  in  1884  they  were  rare,  according  to 
Mr.  Erastus  Gordon,  of  Patchogue.  In  1898  only  one  adult  was  taken  by  the 
writer,  and  that  was  found  in  Clam  Pond  Cove,  August  26.  Young  were  seined  at 
Fire  Island  Inlet,  Nichols's  Point,  Howell's  Point,  Blue  Point  Cove,  and  in  Peconic 
Bay.  In  1901  large  King  fish  were  not  uncommon  in  Great  South  Bay,  but  the 
young  were  unusually  rare,  only  two  specimens,  measuring  from  3^  to  4  inches, 
having  been  obtained  ;  these  were  seined  at  Duncan's  Creek  September  14. 

The  King  fish  was  formerly  abundant  in  Gravesend  Bay,  but  it  seldom  occurs 
there  now. 

The  species  evidently  breeds  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass.  Dr.  Smith  says  that  adults 
full  of  spawn  are  common  there  in  June,  and  uncommon  after  July  15.  The  young, 
about  an  inch  long,  appear  in  the  middle  of  July,  and  the  young  are  numerous  on 
sandy  beaches  during  the  summer  and  until  early  October,  when  they  leave,  having 
attained  a  length  of  4  or  5  inches.  Some  of  the  young  are  almost  entirely  black, 
while  others  of  the  same  size,  taken  at  the  same  time,  show  the  color  markings  of 
the  adults.  The  maximum  weight  there  is  about  2  pounds. 

The  species  is  a  favorite  in  New  York  waters  and  well  merits  its  reputation  as  a 
choice  food  fish.  It  takes  the  baited  hook  very  readily.  Hard  clam,  cut  small, 
shedder  crab,  black  mussels  and  various  kinds  of  fish  are  good  baits.  It  goes  in 
schools  and  associates  with  the  Weak  fish. 

128.     Drum  (Pogonias  cromis  Linnaeus). 

Pogonias  fasciatus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  81,  pi.  14,  fig.  40,  1842. 

Mugil grunniens  MITCHILL,  Rept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  16,  1814,  New  York. 

Mugil giga s  MITCHILL,  Rept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  16,  1814,  New  York. 

Labrus  grunniens  MITCHILL,  Trans.  I, it.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  105,  1815. 

Sciena  fusca  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  409,  1815,  New  York. 

Pogonias  chromis  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  80,  1842. 

Pogonias  chromis  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  568,  1883. 

Pogonias  chromis  BEAN,  ipth  Rept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  261,  pi.  XIII,  fig.  17,  1890. 

Color  grayish  silvery,  with  five  dark  broad  bars,  three  of  which  extend  upon  the 
dorsal  fins,  these  bars  disappearing  with  age  ;  usually  no  oblique  dark  streaks  along 
rows  of  scales  above ;  fins  dusky. 

Dr.  Mitchill  describes  the  Drum  under  the  names  Black.  Drum  and  Red  Drum. 
The  Black  Drum  which  he  described  weighed  34  pounds.  He  had  a  specimen  of  80 
pounds,  and  states  that  he  was  credibly  informed  of  one  that  weighed  101  pounds. 
The  species,  according  to  Dr.  Mitchill  was  taken  abundantly  during  the  summer 

28 


434         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


with  line  and  net.  The  name  Drum,  he  says,  is  derived  from  the  drumming  noise 
made  by  the  fish  immediately  after  being  taken  out  of  water.  "  He  swims  in  numer- 
ous shoals  in  the  shallow  bays  on  the  south  side  of  Long  Island,  where  fishermen 
during  the  warm  season  can  find  them  almost  like  a  flock  of  sheep  ;  is  a  dull  sort  of 
fish."  The  Red  Drum  he  considered  merely  a  variety  of  the  Black  Drum.  Dr, 
DeKay  says  of  the  species,  which  he  calls  the  Big  Drum :  "  They  are  gregarious, 
and  frequently  taken  in  great  numbers  by  the  seine  during  the  summer  along  the 
bays  and  inlets  of  Long  Island."  DeKay  adopted  a  different  specific  name  for  the 
young  of  this  species,  and  called  it  the  Banded  Drum.  Other  names  for  this  stage 
given  by  DeKay  are  :  Grunter,  Grunts,  Young  Drum  and  Young  Sheepshead.  He 
saw  the  young  in  September,  and  states  that  it  is  found  in  New  York  waters  also  in 
October  and  November.  The  adults,  according  to  DeKay,  are  a  coarse  food,  but 
the  young  are  considered  a  great  delicacy. 


DRUM. 


The  Drum  is  occasionally  taken  on  our  coasts  as  far  north  as  Cape  Cod  ;  south- 
ward it  extends  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

The  Drum  is  an  occasional  summer  visitor  in  Gravesend  Bay.  In  the  fall  of 
1896  14  young  individuals,  8  inches  long,  were  brought  from  there  alive  to  the 
aquarium,  and  lived  until  February  10,  1897,  when  the  low  temperature  of  the  water 
(38°)  killed  them.  In  the  fall  of  1897  none  were  seen  in  the  bay. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  the  Drum  is  very  rare.  Dr.  Smith  records 
the  first  one  as  having  been  taken  May  7,  1874,  and  it  has  been  observed  only  three 
or  four  times  since.  The  recent  specimens  have  been  caught  in  traps  at  Quisset 
Harbor  in  the  latter  part  of  September  or  early  in  October ;  these  specimens  weigh- 
ing each  4^  or  5  pounds.  The  largest  Drum  recorded  was  taken  at  St.  Augustine 
Fla.,  and  weighed  146  pounds.  The  large  fish  are  not  much  valued  for  food,  but 
small  ones  are  said  to  be  excellent. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


435 


129.     Fresh-water  Drum  ;  White  Perch  (Aplodinotus  grunnicns  Rafinesque). 

Aplodinotus  grunniens  JORDAN  &   EVERMANN,    Bull.   47,  U.   S.    Nat.  Mus.,   1484,  1898, 

pi.  CCXXVI,  fig.  574,   1900. 

Haplo idonotus  grunniens  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  567,  1883. 
Corvina  oscula  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,   Fishes,  73,  pi.   21,  fig.   63,  1842,  Lakes  Erie  and 

Ontario. 

The  color  is  grayish,  darker  on  the  back  ;  lower  parts  silvery.  Young  specimens 
have  dark  spots  along  the  rows  of  scales,  forming  oblique  lines, 

The  Fresh-water  Drum  has  received  a  great  number  of  common  names.  In  the 
Ohio  Valley  and  South  it  is  known  as  the  White  Perch ;  in  the  Great  Lakes  region 
it  is  called  Sheepshead  or  Fresh-water  Drum  on  account  of  its  resemblance  to  the 
Salt-water  Drum.  At  Buffalo  and  Barcelona,  New  York,  it  is  known  as  Sheepshead. 


FRESH-WATER  DRUM. 


The  name  Crocus,  used  on  lakes  of  Northern  Indiana,  is  a  corruption  of  Croaker,  a 
name  of  a  marine  fish  of  the  same  family.  In  the  Southern  States  the  name  Drum 
is  generally  applied  to  the  species,  and  in  addition  the  terms  Thunder  Pumper, 
Gaspergou  and  Jewel-head  are  used.  Gaspergou  is  a  term  used  in  Arkansas,  Louisi- 
ana and  Texas.  The  names  Drum,  Croaker  and  Thunder  Pumper  have  reference  to 
certain  sounds  produced  by  the  fish,  either  by  means  of  its  air  bladder  or  by  grind- 
ing together  the  large  molar-like  teeth  in  the  pharynx.  The  name  Jewel-head  prob- 
ably refers  to  the  otoliths  or  ear  bones,  frequently  called  lucky  stones,  which  are 
found  in  the  skull  of  this  species.  In  Texas,  adjacent  to  Mexican  territory,  occurs 
the  name  Gaspagie,  a  variation  of  the  name  Gaspergou. 

The  Fresh-water  Drum  is  widely  distributed  ;  it  occurs  in  Lake  Champlain  and 
the  entire  Great  Lakes  region,  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  Valleys  southward  to  Texas 
The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  obtained  a  specimen  at  Point  Breeze,  N.  Y.,  on  Lake 


436        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

Ontario.  DeKay  reported  it  as  very  common  in  Lake  Erie,  and  called  Sheepshead 
at  Buffalo.  At  the  time  of  his  writing  the  fish  was  scarcely  ever  eaten.  It  is  found 
principally  in  large  streams  and  lakes,  and  rarely  enters  creeks  and  small  rivers.  In 
Western  Texas  the  species  is  rare.  In  the  wilds  of  Texas,  New  Mexico  and  North- 
er'n  Mexico  Mr.  Turpe  has  found  this  fish  in  clear  limestone  streams  emptying  into 
the  Rio  Grande. 

This  species  is  usually  found  on  the  bottom,  where  it  feeds  chiefly  on  crustaceans 
and  mollusks,  and  sometimes  small  fishes.  It  is  especially  fond  of  Crawfish  and 
small  shells,  such  as  Cyclas  and  Paludina.  Mr.  Turpe  mentions  water  plants  as 
forming  part  of  its  food,  and  states  that  it  will  take  a  hook  baited  with  worms  or 
small  Minnows. 

The  Fresh-water  Drum  grows  to  a  length  of  4  feet  and  a  weight  of  60  pounds, 
but  the  average  market  specimens  rarely  exceed  2  feet  in  length,  and  in  many  parts 
of  the  West  much  smaller  ones  are  preferred.  Nothing  is  recorded  about  the  breed- 
ing habits  of  this  species,  and  as  to  its  edible  qualities  there  is  the  greatest  differ- 
ence of  opinion.  Some  writers  claim  that  its  flesh  is  tough  and  coarse,  with  a 
disagreeable  odor,  especially  in  the  Great  Lakes.  Individuals  from  the  Ohio  River 
and  from  more  southern  streams  are  fairly  good  food  fish,  while  in  Texas  Mr.  Turpe 
considers  it  one  of  the  most  excellent  of  the  fresh  water  fishes,  comparing  favorably 
with  Black  Bass.  Mr.  Ridgway,  of  the  National  Museum  at  Washington,  pro- 
nounces the  species  from  the  Wabash  River  in  Indiana  a  fine  table  fish,  although,  he 
says,  other  people  there  consider  it  inferior.  Richardson  described  what  is  sup- 
posed to  be  a  deformed  specimen  of  this  Drum  under  the  name  of  Malashegany, 
which  he  had  from  Lake  Huron.  He  described  it  as  a  firm,  white,  well-tasting  fish, 
but  never  fat  and  requiring  much  boiling. 

130.     Bengali;  Gunner;  Chogset ;  Nipper  (Tantogolabrns  adspersus  Walbaum). 

Tautoga  coerulea  MITCHILL,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  24,  1814,  New  York. 

Labrns chogset  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  402,  pi.  3,  fig.  2,  1815,  New  York. 

Labrus  chogset  fulva  MITCHILL,  1.  c.  403,  1815,  New  York. 

Crenolabrus  uninotatus  DEKAY,  N.  Y   Fauna,  Fishes,  174,  pi.  29,  fig.  90,  1842. 

Ctenolabrus  adspersus  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  599,  1883. 

Ctenolabnis  adspersi's  BEAN,  igth  Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  251,  pi.  IV,  fig.  6,  1890. 

Tautogolabrus  adspersus  BEAN,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  87,  1880  ;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.,  IX,  368, 1897;  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  107,  1900  ;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  II,  1577,  1896,  pi.  CCXXXVI,  fig.  595,  1900. 

Color  bluish  or  brownish,  usually  with  a  brassy  luster  on  sides ;  head  and  back 
sometimes  spotted  with  brassy  ;  young  with  darker  blotches  and  markings,  and 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


437 


often  with  a  black  blotch  near  the  middle  of  the  dorsal  fin.  Some  individuals  are 
yellowish  and  the  young  are  often  green. 

The  Gunner  is  known  also  as  Chogset  and  Bergall  (this  changed  to  Bengal  in 
Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay,  N.  J.).  Mitchill  gives  the  name  of  Blue  fish  as  in  use  in 
New  York  in  1815  ;  Perch,  Sea  Perch  and  Blue  Perch  are  New  England  names  given 
for  this  fish.  Names  used  with  reference  to  its  bait-stealing  propensities  are  :  Nip- 
per and  Bait-stealer. 

The  Gunner  is  common  from  Labrador  to  at  least  as  far  south  as  New  Jersey. 

The  Bergall  is  found  in  Gravesend  Bay  throughout  the  year.  In  1898  the  writer 
found  it  in  Peconic  Bay  and  the  adjacent  Scallop  Pond  ;  south  side  of  Great  South 
Bay  opposite  Patchogue  ;  Fire  Island  Inlet ;  Blue  Point  Cove  and  Duncan's  Creek. 


BERGALL. 


In  1899  young  examples  were  taken  at  Water  Island  ocean  beach,  June  6.  In  1901 
young  of  a  yellow  color  and  only  1^4  inches  long,  were  seined  in  a  creek  near  Fire 
Island  Inlet  August  15.  Half-grown  and  adults  were  caught  at  a  wreck  on  Tobey's 
Flat  August  14,  and  at  Smith's  Point  August  23. 

At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  the  Gunner  is  very  abundant  and  remains  during  the 
entire  year.  Thousands  perish  from  cold  every  winter.  The  fish  spawns  in  June. 
The  egg  is  about  '/  26  inch  in  diameter,  buoyant,  and  has  been  hatched  in  the  tidal 
cod-jar  in  five  days  in  water  of  a  mean  temperature  of  56°  F.  By  August  I  the 
young  an  inch  long  are  observed.  Outside  of  Gayhead  and  Cuttyhunk  the  fish 
reaches  a  weight  of  2^  pounds,  but  the  usual  weight  is  from  ^  to  ^  pound.  In 
February,  1901,  thousands  of  Gunners  were  killed  by  extreme  cold  at  Wood's  Hole. 

The  Gunner  endures  captivity  very  well,  individuals  having  been  kept  three  years 
or  longer.  The  species  is  usually  associated  with  the  Tautog  or  Black  fish  ;  in 
many  places  it  proves  a  great  annoyance  to  fishermen.  In  some  parts  of  New 


438         SEVENTH    RETORT    OF    THE    FOREST,     FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

V 

England  the  fish  is  highly  esteemed,  but  farther  south  it  is  not  in  high  repute,  the 
hard  scales  and  stiff,  sharp  spines  making  it  inconvenient  to  prepare  for  cooking. 

Dr.  Mitchill  describes  a  yellow  variety  of  the  Gunner,  and  DeKay  has  consid- 
ered the  young,  which  has  a  black  spot  on  the  exterior  portion  of  the  dorsal  fin,  as  a 
distinct  species,  named  by  him  the  Spotted  Bergall. 

The  young  vary  greatly  in  color.  We  have  seen  some  dull  brown,  others  that 
were  yellowish,  and  still  others  of  a  bright  green.  Dusky  bands  are  characteristic, 
also,  of  the  young  stages.  Examples  were  taken  at  Blue  Point  Cove,  and  at  Fire 
Island.  The  Gunner  is  a  permanent  resident,  and  does  not  retreat  into  deep  water 
except  in  very  cold  weather.  Its  spawning  takes  place  in  June  and  July.  The 
species  is  fished  for  with  the  hook,  and  is  taken  in  nets,  which  are  baited  and  set 
among  the  rocks.  The  catch  of  the  Irish  Gunner  boats  of  Boston  has  been  esti- 
mated at  about  300,000  pounds  annually. 


BLACK   FISH. 

131.     Black  Fish  ;  Tautog  (Tautoga  onitis  Linnaeus). 

Tautoga  niger  MITCHILL,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  23,  1814,  New  York. 

Labrus  tautoga  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  399,  1815,  Long  Island. 

Tautoga  americana  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  175,  pi.  14,  fig.  39,  1842. 

Tautoga  onitis  JORDAN   &  GILBERT,  Bull.    16,  U.  S.   Nat.  Mus.,  600,  1883  ;  BEAN, 

Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  252,  pi.  V,  fig.  7,  1890  ;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX, 
368,  1897  ;  52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  107,  1900  ;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN, 
Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  II,  1578,  1896,  pi.  CCXXXVIL  fig.  596,  1900. 

Color  blackish,  greenish,  frequently  pale  bluish  or  bluish  black,  with  metallic 
reflections.  Often  with  irregular  bands  of  a  deeper  hue.  Lips,  lower  jaw  and  abdo- 
men lighter,  sometimes  pale,  sprinkled  with  black  points,  and  sometimes  of  the 
same  color  as  the  rest  of  the  body.  Eye  greenish. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  439 

This  is  better  known  in  New  York  as  the  Black  fish  ;  farther  south  it  is  styled 
Chub  or  Salt-water  Chub,  Moll,  Will,  George  and  Oyster  fish.  Mitchill  gives  the 
name  Tautog  as  of  Mohegan  origin.  He  publishes  for  the  species  the  names  Toad, 
Black  fish  and  Runner.  The  Mohegan  name  Tautog,  according  to  DeKay,  is  said 
to  mean  black.  The  fish  is  found  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Virginia.  It  occurs  in  all 
parts  of  Great  South  Bay  visited  byus.  Some  of  the  localities  at  which  it  was 
taken  are  the  following :  Blue  Point  Cove  and  Life  Saving  Station,  Great  River 
Beach  and  Fire  Island.  The  name  used  at  Patchogue  is  Black  fish.  We  saw  a  few 
Tautog  among  the  fishes  caught  in  a  trap  at  Islip,  October  i,  1890.  In  1898  speci- 
mens were  obtained  in  Peconic  Bay,  at  Blue  Point  Cove,  Islip,  Nichols's  Point  and 
Fire  Island  Inlet;  young  individuals  were  taken  July  29,  August  25,  September  i 
and  1 6.  Following  is  a  list  of  localities  in  which  the  Tautog  was  sparingly  taken 
in  Great  South  Bay  in  1901  :  Clam  Pond  Cove,  July  19;  Fire  Island  Inlet,  August 
15;  Cherry  Grove,  August  17;  Smith's  Point,  August  23;  Mouth  Swan  River, 
September  25  ;  Off  Widow's  Creek  (young),  September  28  ;  Off  Swan  River  (young), 
October  8  and  October  1 1. 

Dr.  Mitchill  gives  a  most  entertaining  account  of  the  habits  and  mode  of  capture 
of  this  well-known  species.  At  the  time  of  his  writing,  in  1814,  the  price  varied 
from  8  to  12  cents  a  pound. 

132.  Spade  Fish;  Triple  Tail;  Angel  Fish  (CJicetodiptcrus  faber  Broussonet). 

Chcztodon  oviformis  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  247,  pi.  V,  fig.  4,  1815, 
New  York. 

Ephippus  gigas  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  99,  pi.  23,  fig.  71,  1842,  New  York. 

Ephippus  faber  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  97,  pi.  23,  fig.  68,  1842. 

Chcetodiptertis  faber  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  613,  1883;  BEAN, 
igth  Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.  253,  pi.  VI,  fig.  8,  1890;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN, 
Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  II,  1668,  1896;  IV,  pi.  CCXLVII,  fig.  619,  1900. 

Grayish  ;  a  dusky  band  across  the  eye  to  the  throat ;  a  second  similar  band, 
broader,  beginning  in  front  of  the  dorsal  and  extending  across  the  base  of  the 
pectoral  to  the  belly  ;  a  third  band  narrower,  extending  to  the  middle  of  the  sides 
from  the  base  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  dorsal  spines;  a  fourth  broader  band  from  the 
last  dorsal  spines  to  anal  spines,  the  remaining  bands  alternately  short  and  long ;  all 
of  these  bands  growing  obscure  and  disappearing  with  age ;  ventrals  black. 

The  Moon  fish  is  the  Sheepshead  Cheetodon  of  Mitchill,  and  the  Banded 
Ephippus  of  DeKay.  Dr.  Mitchill  records  it  as  taken  at  the  east  end  of  Long 
Island,  July  27,  1815.  DeKay,  in  his  New  York  Fauna,  has  the  following  concern- 


44-O        SKY  KM  1 1     RKPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

ing  the  species:  "About  twenty  years  since,  they  were  caught  here  in  seines  in 
great  numbers  and  exposed  in  the  market  for  sale.  Some  of  them  were  18  inches 
long.  Those  described  by  Mitchill  were  captured  in  1815  and  1817.  The  popular 
names  of  Three-tailed  Sheepshead  and  Three-tailed  1'orgce  were  given  them  by  the 
fishermen  in  allusion  to  their  prolonged  dorsal  and  anal  fins  .  .  .  Schoepff 
states  that  it  is  called  Angel  fish  in  South  Carolina." 

The  species  is  called  Spade  fish  in  the  States  bordering  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

The  Moon  fish  has  occasionally  been  taken  as  far  north  as  Cape  Cod.  Dr.  Smith 
records  it  as  a  very  rare  straggler  in  Vineyard  Sound,  Mass.  A  specimen  was 


SPADE  FISH. 


obtained  in  1889,  and  three  have  been  observed  since.  All  were  taken  in  traps  at 
Menemsha  in  August  and  September.  The  fish  were  uniform  in  size  and  about  16 
to  1 8  inches  long.  The  species  reaches  a  length  of  2  to  3  feet.  Southward  it  is 
recorded  as  far  as  Guatemala.  It  occurs  in  the  West  Indies.  In  Chesapeake  Bay 
it  is  moderately  common. 

As  a  food  fish  this  species  is  highly  prized  by  those  who  are  familiar  with  its 
qualities. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  441 

133.     Rosefish  ;  Norway  Haddock  (Sebastes  marinus  Linnaeus). 

Sebastes  norvegicus  DEK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fishes,  60,  pi.  4,  fig.  ir,  1842.  off  New  York  in 
deep  water  ;  STOKER,  Hist.  Fish.  Mass.,  38,  pi.  VIL  fig.  i,  1867. 

Sebastes  marinus  GOODE  &  BEAN,  Oceanic  Ichth.,  260,  pi.  LXIX,  fig.  248,  1896  ;  JORDAN 
&  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1760,  1898,  pi.  CCLXVIII,  fig.  653,  1900. 

Orange  red,  nearly  uniform,  sometimes  a  dusky  opercular  blotch,  and  about  five 
vague  dusky  bars  on  back.  Peritoneum  brownish. 

The  Rosefish  is  abundant  at  the  hundred-fathoms  line  off  the  south  coast  of 
New  England,  and  has  been  found  in  depths  of  180  fathoms.  It  breeds  abundantly 
in  late  summer  at  these  depths,  and  there  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  the  young  rise 


ROSEFISH. 

to  the  surface.  The  fry  were  caught  by  the  bushel  in  the  trawl  net  of  the  U.  S. 
Fish  Commission  steamer  Fisli  Hawk. 

The  species  was  originally  described  from  Norway  by  Linnaeus.  Cuvier  had 
specimens  from  Miquelon,  Newfoundland.  Day  mentions  a  number  of  localities  of 
its  capture  about  the  British  Isles,  but  it  is  rare  south  of  Faroe  Islands.  It  occurs 
on  the  southwest  coast  of  Spitzbergen,  and  on  the  Norwegian  coast  it  is  found 
everywhere  from  Christiana  around  to  the  Varanger-Fiord.  It  also  occurs  in 
Greenland,  and  from  Labrador,  as  a  shore  form,  as  far  south  as  Cape  Cod,  and  in 
deeper  water  as  far  south  as  New  Jersey. 

In  the  Woods  Hole  region  it  was  taken  on  the  shore  on  December  20,  1895,  in 
Great  Harbor.  Seven  or  eight  specimens,  3  inches  long,  were  found  in  a  hole  on  a 
flat,  where  they  had  been  left  by  the  tide ;  four  or  five  of  these  had  been  stranded 
and  were  dead  ;  the  others  were  alive  when  captured.  Fishermen  claim,  that  they 


442         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    Till:     FOKFST,     FISH    AND    (1AMK    COMMISSION. 

sometimes  catch  these  fish  in  traps  very  late  in  fall  at  Provincetown.  (After 
Smith.) 

DeKay  has  the  following  remarks  upon  the  fish  : 

This  is  a  very  rare  fish  in  our  waters.  It  is  called  by  our  fishermen  Red  Sea 
Perch,  and  they  say  it  is  only  found  in  deep  water.  By  the  fishermen  of  Massachu- 
setts it  is  known  under  the  various  names  of  Rosefish,  Hemdurgon  and  Snapper. 
Fabricius  states  that  it  is  a  rather  agreeable  food,  but  meager.  It  feeds  on  Floun- 
ders and  other  fish,  and  takes  the  hook  readily. 

The  species  reaches  the  length  of  2  feet  ;  it  is  frequently  to  be  found  in  the  Bos- 
ton markets,  and  is  seen  occasionally  in  the  markets  of  New  York  with  the  skin 
removed,  on  account  of  the  hard  scales. 


WHITING. 


134.  Whiting;  Silver  Hake  ( 


bilinearis  Mitchill). 


Stomodon  bilinearis  MITCHILL,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  7,  1814. 

Gadits  merlnciiis  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  371,  1815. 

Gadns  albidns  MITCHILL,  Jour.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  I,  409,  1817. 

Merlnciiis  albidns  DKK.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,  280,  pi.  46,  fig.  148,  1842. 

Merlnciiis  bilinearis  BEAN,  igth  Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  249,  pi.  IV,  fig.  5,  1890;  GOODE 
&  BEAN,  Oceanic  Ichth.,  386,  fig.  330,  1896;  H.  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  1897, 
107,  1898;  JORDAN  &  KVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2530,  1898;  BEAN, 
52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  109,  1900. 

Grayish,  darker  above,  dull  silvery  below  ;  axil  and  edge  of  pectoral  somewhat 
blackish  ;  inside  of  opercle  dusky  silvery  ;  inside  of  mouth  dusky  bluish  ;  peritoneum 
nearly  black. 

The  Whiting  is  known  by  the  additional  names  of  Hake  and  Silver  Hake. 
Mitchill  describes  it  as  the  Hake,  Gadns  incr  Indus.  He  states  that  it  is  caught  with 
the  other  Cod.  DeKay  called  it  the  American  Hake.  He  styles  it  a  rare  fish  in  the 
waters  of  New  York,  and,  when  caught,  always  associated  with  the  common  Cod. 
The  specimen  described  by  DeKay  was  taken  in  November  off  Sandy  Hook.  In 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


443 


his  New  York  Fauna,  he  mentions  Mitchill's  description  of  a  specimen  which 
measured  21  inches  in  length. 

The  Whiting  ranges  from  Labrador  to  Virginia.  Young  examples  have  been 
found  even  farther  south  in  very  deep  water.  This  fish  occurs  in  Gravesend  Bay  in 
spring  and  fall.  In  Great  South  Bay  no  individuals  were  seen  by  the  writer  during 
the  summer,  but  an  individual  was  obtained  late  in  the  fall  by  Capt.  Thurber.  Octo- 
ber 28,  1898,  several  examples  were  received  from  the  Atlantic,  off  Southampton. 

According  to  Dr.  Smith,  the  species  is  abundant  every  fall  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass., 
and  some  years  it  is  common  in  summer.  The  fish  swims  close  to  the  shore,  and  is 
caught  in  considerable  numbers  at  Buzzards  Bay  at  night  with  spears.  Large  indi- 
viduals weighing  5  or  6  pounds  are  caught  in  traps.  The  young,  measuring  2^2  to  3 
inches  long,  are  seined  in  the  fall  about  Woods  Hole.  The  names  in  use  for  the  fish 


POLLACK. 

in  that  locality  are  Silver  Hake,  Whiting,  and  Frostfish.  In  Massachusetts  Bay  the 
Whiting  is  a  frequent  visitor  to  the  shores  and  is  probably  a  resident  of  the  middle 
depths.  The  young  are  frequently  trawled  in  deep  water. 

135.  Pollack     (Pollachius  virens  Linnaeus). 

Gadus  purpureus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  370,  1815. 
Merlangus  purpureus  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,  286,  pi.  45,  fig.  147.  1842. 
Merlangus  carbonarius  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,  287,  pi.  45,  fig.  144,  1842. 
Merlangus  leptocephalus  DEKAY,  op.  cit.  288,  pi.  45,  fig.  146,  Long  Island. 
Pollachius  virens  BEAN,   Bull.    Am.   Mus.   Nat.   Hist.,  IX,  371,  1897;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2534,  1898;  IV,  pi.  CCCLIX,  fig.  886,  1900. 

Greenish  brown  above;  sides  and  below  somewhat  silvery;  lateral  line  pale  ;  fins 
mostly  pale,  sometimes  a  black  spot  on  the  axil. 

The  Pollack  is  a  native  of  the  North  Atlantic.  It  is  common  northward  on  both 
coasts,  and  extends  south  to  France  and  New  Jersey.  Mitchill  described  the  fish 
under  the  name  of  the  New  York  Pollack.  DeKay  mentions  it  under  several 


444         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    TIN-:     FOKFST,     FISH     AND    GAME    U>MM  ISSION. 

names,  the  New  York  Pollack,  the  Coalfish.  and  the  Green  Pollack.  DeKay  says 
the  fish  is  taken  with  the  common  Cod,  but  is  by  no  means  common  on  the  coast 
of  New  York.  He  saw  a  specimen  weighing  17  pounds,  and  measuring  38  inches  in 
length.  In  another  description  he  stales  that  the  Coalfish  is  often  taken  off  the 
harbor  of  New  York  in  company  with  the  Cod,  and  is  known  as  Pollack  and  Black 
Pollack.  The  third  form  under  which  the  fish  was  known  to  DeKay  was  described 
by  him  from  a  specimen  captured  by  hook  out  of  a  large  school  in  Long  Island 
Sound.  The  Pollack  enters  Gravesend  Bay  in  the  fall.  In  captivity  it  is  a  ravenous 
feeder.  It  requires  cold  water  and  will  not  endure  high  temperatures. 

DeKay  states  that  the  fish  flipped  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Menhaden,  and  was 
at  first  supposed  to  be  of  that  species.  The  school  seemed  to  be  very  timid,  for,  on 
a  very  slight  noise  in  the  boat,  they  all  disappeared. 

Dr.  Smith  states  that  adult  Pollack  appear  in  Vineyard  Sound,  Great  Harbor, 
Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  in  May,  following  the  run  of  Cod.  They  depart  when  the  tem- 
perature of  the  water  reaches  60°  or  65°.  In  April  there  is  a  run  of  Pollack  measur- 
ing from  I  to  I  y2  inches  long.  By  June,  when  these  fish  leave,  they  have  reached  a 
length  of  4  inches.  In  fall  there  is  a  small  run  of  Pollack  7  or  8  inches  long.  The 
average  weight  of  adults  in  that  locality  is  about  10  pounds,  the  largest  one  seined 
having  weighed  14  pounds.  In  Massachusetts  Bay  this  is  an  extremely  abundant 
species,  and  constitutes  an  important  food  resource. 

136.     Tomcod;  Frostfish  (Microgadus  tomcod  Walbaum). 

Gadits  toincoJns  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  368,  1815, 

Cadus  pruinosiis  MITCHILL,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  4,  1814. 

Morrhua  pruinosa  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,  278,  pi.  44,  fig.  142,  1842. 

Microgadits  toincoiius  BEAN,  igth  Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  248,  pi.  in,  fig.  3,  1890. 

Microgadits  tomcod  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  371,  1897  ;  MEARNS,  Bull. 
Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  322,  1898  ;  EUGENE  SMITH,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  1897, 
40,  1898;  H.  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  1897,  107,  1898;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN, 
Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2540,  1898;  IV,  pi.  CCCLX,  fig.  890,  1900;  BEAN, 
52d  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  109,  1900. 

Color  olive  brown  with  reticulations  and  blotches  of  darker;  sides  and  back  pro- 
fusely covered  with  dark  punctulations  ;  under  parts  lighter ;  dorsal,  caudal  and 
anal  fins  with  dark  blotches;  pectorals  and  ventrals  dusky. 

This  fish  is  very  generally  known  in  New  York  waters  under  the  name  of  Frost- 
fish.  It  ranges  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Virginia,  and  is  excessively  common  in  shallow 
bays  in  cold  weather.  The  name  Frostfish  is  derived  from  the  fact  that  it  appears 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  445 

after  frosts  have  set  in.  The  species  ascends  fresh-water  rivers  far  above  the  limits 
of  tide,  and  may  be  transferred  suddenly  from  salt  water  to  fresh  without  incon- 
venience. It  spawns  in  the  early  part  of  winter,  and  is  present  at  this  time  in  such 
large  numbers  as  to  make  its  capture  with  dip  nets  comparatively  easy.  The  Frost- 
fish  is  the  commonest  member  of  the  Cod  family  in  New  York  waters.  Its  size  is 
small,  but,  from  the  fact  that  it  occurs  in  such  abundance,  it  is  an  important  market 
species.  It  is  subject  to  great  variations  in  color;  Dr.  Mitchill  enumerates  among 
its  varieties  five  forms:  the  Brown,  Yellow,  Yellowish  White,  Mixed  Tomcod  and  the 
Frostfish.  DeKay  has  published  the  statement  that  he  has  known  the  Frostfish  to 
be  taken  cut  of  the  water  along  the  shores  of  Long  Island  in  great  numbers  with  a 
common  garden  hoe.  He  was  informed  that  the  species  occasionally  ascends  the 
Hudson  as  far  as  Albany.  In  Great  South  Bay  we  found  large  numbers  of  Tomcod, 


TOMCOD. 


which  were  covered  with  a  lernaean  parasite.  The  same  thing  has  been  observed 
frequently  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  and  other  northern  localities.  WTe  found  the 
species  in  nearly  all  parts  of  the  bay  late  in  September  in  moderate  numbers,  and 
more  plentiful  at  Fire  Island  October  i. 

July  29,  1898,  a  few  young  Tomcod  were  seined  in  Peconic  Bay,  near  South- 
ampton. In  Gravesend  Bay  the  fish  is  a  fall  and  winter  visitor.  It  does  not  live 
in  captivity  in  summer.  Dr.  Mearns  has  found  this  fish  in  the  Hudson  River, 
where  it  is  usually  called  Frostfish  by  the  fishermen,  who  catch  many  of  them  in 
their  fyke  and  ice  nets  during  fall  and  winter.  It  bites  readily  and  is  esteemed  as 
an  article  of  food.  Dr.  Mearns  has  found  it  during  the  entire  year,  and  in  August 
has  found  young  Tomcod  fully  an  inch  or  two  in  length.  He  states  that  this  fish 
is  very  often  found  in  eel  grass  along  shore,  half  dead,  floating  on  the  surface,  but 
able  to  swim  a  little.  Mr.  Eugene  Smith  says  that  the  Tomcod  runs  up  stream  into 
nearly  pure  fresh  water  in  the  vicinity  of  New  York  City.  At  Woods  Hole,  Mass., 
it  is  abundant  in  winter,  coming  about  October  I  and  remaining  till  May  i.  It 


446         SEVENTH     REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,     FISH     AND    (iA.MK    COMMISSION. 

spawns  in  December.  In  Massachusetts  it  is  a  resident  species,  entering  brackish 
waters  ;  it  is  common  about  the  wharves  and  bridges  in  summer  and  is  taken  with 
nets  and  hooks  in  winter,  in  company  with  the  Smelt. 

The  Tomcod  reaches  the  length  of  about  10  inches.  It  is  an  important  food  fish 
and  its  eggs  have  been  hatched  artificially  by  the  New  York  Forest,  Fish  and  Game 
Commission  in  large  numbers. 

137.     Cod  (Gadus  inorrliua  Linnaeus). 

Gadus  cal/arias  MITCHM.I.,  Kept.  Fish.    N.   Y.,  5,  1814;   Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.   Soc.  N.  Y., 

I,  367,  1815  ;  JOKDV.N  \-  EVERMANN,  Mull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2541,  1898  ;    IV, 

pi.  CCCLXI,  fig.  891,  1900. 

Gadus  arfiiosiis  and  rupcstris  MIIVHILL,  Trans.  Lit.   &    Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  368,  1815. 
Morrhita  americana  DF.K.AY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,  274,  pi.  44,  fig.  140,  1842. 
GaJiis  iiwrlnia  MITCHILL,  Rept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  6,  1814. 
Gadits  morrhua  GUNTHER,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  IV,  328,  1862  ;  GOODE  &  BEAN,  Bull. 

Essex  Inst.,  XI,  8,  1879;  Oceanic  Ichth.,  354,  1896;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.   Mas.  Nat. 

Hist.,  IX,  372,  1897. 


COD. 

Color  olive  or  yellowish  brown  ;  numerous  dark  brown  spots  on  the  body  ;  fins 
dark. 

The  Cod  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  North  Atlantic  and  the  North  Pacific.  It  is  a 
very  important  food  fish  and  grows  to  a  large  si/e.  Individuals  weighing  about  100 
pounds  have  occasionally  been  taken.  Mitchill  has  described  this  n>h  under  several 
names  —  the  Torsh,  or  Common  Cod,  or  Rock  Cod  of  New  York.  DeKay  calls  it 
the  American  Cod.  In  November,  1897,  the  Cod  was  abundant  in  Gravesend  Bay. 
It  thrives  in  captivity  during  the  winter  and  spring,  but  cannot  be  kept  during  the 
warm  months  without  cooling  the  water.  In  Vineyard  Sound,  according  to  Dr. 
Smith,  the  Cod  appear  about  April  I  to  about  April  15,  when  the  Dogfish  drive 
them  away.  After  the  middle  of  October  the  Cod  come  again  but  in  less  numbers 
than  in  the  spring,  remaining  till  the  first  wintry  weather.  The  fish  spawns  during 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


447 


the  late  fall  and  winter.  The  young  are  first  observed  at  Woods  Hole  about  the 
first  of  April,  when  fish  about  i  inch  long  are  seined.  Most  of  the  young  leave  by 
June  15,  having  attained  a  length  of  from  3  to  4  inches.  No  Cod  are  seen  between 
small  fish  of  that  size  and  fish  weighing  from  \l/2  to  2  pounds,  which  are  caught  in 
traps  in  the  spring.  Off  the  coast  of  New  England  Cod  are  very  abundant  in  the 
deep  waters,  and  they  come  up  to  the  shoals  and  near  the  shores  to  spawn,  from 
November  about  Cape  Ann  till  February  on  Georges  Banks. 

138.     Haddock  (Melanogrammus  ceglifinus  Linnaeus). 

Gadus  (fglefinus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  370,  1815. 
Morrhua  ceglefinns  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,  279,  pi.  43,  fig.  138,  1842. 
Melanogrammus  cegUfinvs  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  372,   1897;  JORDAN  & 

EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,   2542,   1898;  IV,  pi.  CCCLXI,  fig.  892, 

8923,  1900. 


HADDOCK. 


Dark  gray  above,  whitish  below;  lateral  line  black;  a  large  dark  blotch  above 
the  pectorals  :  dorsals  and  caudal  dusky. 

Mitchill  described  the  Haddock  under  the  name  Gadus  ceglefinus.  DeKay  also 
describes  the  fish  and  gives  a  figure  of  it  in  his  New  York  Fauna.  He  states  that  it 
is  nearly  as  common  in  the  New  York  markets  as  the  Cod,  and  during  the  summer 
it  is  even  more  abundant  than  the  Cod. 

The  Haddock  inhabits  the  North  Atlantic  on  both  coasts,  ranging  south  to 
France  and  to  North  Carolina.  Off  Cape  Hatteras  it  occurs  in  the  deeper  water. 
It  is  an  important  food  fish,  and  reaches  a  moderately  large  size,  attaining  to  a 
length  of  nearly  3  feet. 

At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  it  was  reported  by  Prof.  Baird  in  1871.  Dr.  Smith,  how- 
ever, says  it  is  not  found  in  Vineyard  Sound  or  Buzzard's  Bay,  but  is  common  6  or 
7  miles  off  Gay  Head,  and  the  ocean  side  of  Martha's  Vineyard.  In  Massachusetts 
Bay  it  is  a  common  resident  species. 


448        SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

139.     Burbot;  Lawyer;  Ling  (Lota  inaculosa   LeSueur). 

Gadus  maculosus  LESUEUR,  Jour.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  I,  83,  1817,  Lake  Erie. 

Gadiis  lacustris  MITCHII.I  ,  Am.  Month.  Mag.,  II,  244,  February,  1818. 

Lota  inornata  Di.K,\v,  N.  V.  Fauna,  Fish.,  283,  pi.  45,  fig.  145,  1842,  Hudson  River. 

Lota  compressa  DKK.AY,  op.  cit.  285,  pi.  78,  figs.  244,  245,  1842. 

Lota  inaculosa  DK.KAY,  op.  cit.  284,  pi.  52,  fig.  168,  1842;  JORDAN  &  GILBERT,  Bull.  16, 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., ,  1883;  MEEK,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  IV,  315,  1888,  Cayuga 

Lake;  BEAN,  Fishes  Penna.,  138,  pi.  35,  fig.  75,  1893;  EVKKMVNN  \  KENDALL, 
Rept.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  1894,  603,  1896;  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  372,  1897, 
Canandaigua  Lake;  JORDAN  &  EVKUMAXX,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2550, 
1898;  IV,  pi.  CCCLXIV,  fig.  897,  1900. 

The  color  is  dark  olivaceous,  reticulated  with  blackish ;  the  lower  parts  yellowish 
or  dusky  ;  the  dorsal,  anal  and  caudal  fins  with  a  narrow  dark  edge. 


BURBOT. 

The  American  Burbot  was  first  described  by  LeSueur  from  Lake  Erie  in  1817, 
and  also  from  Northampton,  Conn.,  under  a  different  name.  This  commom  fish  has 
received  a  great  many  names,  including  the  following:  Marthy,  Methy,  Losh, 
Eelpout,  Dogfish,  Chub  Eel,  Ling,  Lawyer,  Lake  Cusk,  Fresh-water  Cod,  Aleby 
Trout  and  Mother-of-Eels. 

The  southern  limit  of  this  fish  appears  to  be  Kansas  City,  Mo. ;  according  to 
Prof.  Cope,  it  has  been  once  taken  in  the  Susquehanna  near  Muncy,  Lycoming 
County;  it  is  extremely  common  in  the  Great  Lakes;  westward  it  ranges  to  Mon- 
tana and  northward  throughout  British  Columbia  and  Alaska  to  the  Arctic  Ocean  ; 
it  is  most  abundant  in  the  Great  Lakes  and  lakes  of  New  York,  New  England  and 
New  Brunswick;  it  abounds  also  in  rivers  and  lakes  of  Alaska. 

The  Burbot  was  sent  from  Canandaigua  Lake  by  Mr.  James  Annin,  Jr.,  in 
November,  1897.  It  is  hard  to  transport  and  still  harder  to  keep  alive  in  captivity, 
being  especially  liable  to  attacks  of  fungus. 

Dr.  W.  M.  Beauchamp,  writing  from  Baldvvinsville,  N.  Y.,  April  9,  1879,  sa'd  tnat 
the  Burbot  is  found  in  Seneca  River  and  is  abundant  in  Oneida  Lake;  that  it  is 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  449 

caught    with   a   hook    and    is   seldom   eaten,   though    there   is   a  way   of   making  it 
palatable. 

According  to  Dr.  Meek  it  is  found  rarely  in  Cayuga  Lake. 

The  average  length  of  this  species  in  the  Great  Lakes  region  is  about  2  feet ;  in 
Alaska,  according  to  Dr.  Dall,  it  reaches  a  length  of  5  feet  and  occasionally  weighs 
60  pounds  ;  the  size  of  the  fish  depends  chiefly  on  the  amount  of  food  accessible 
to  it. 

It  is  stated  that  the  Burbot  is  usually  found  in  deep  water  on  mud  bottom, 
except  during  the  spawning  season  in  March,  when  it  frequents  hard  or  rocky  bot- 
toms. The  eggs  are  small  and  numerous,  and  are  believed  to  be  deposited  in  deep 
water;  Dr.  Dall  estimates  that  some  individuals  contain  several  millions  of  eggs;  in 
Alaska  the  eggs  are  of  a  creamy  yellow  color,  and  the  fish  are  found  full  of  spawn 
from  November  to  January.  From  the  observations  mentioned  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  spawning  period  extends  at  least  from  November  to  March  ;  according  to 
Dr.  Dall  the  males  are  usually  much  smaller  than  the  females  and  have  a  smaller 
liver;  in  some  males  he  found  t\vo  or  three  gallbladders  opening  into  a  common 
duct,  but  he  never  observed  this  phenomenon  in  the  female  ;  the  eggs  are  laid  sepa- 
rate or  loose  on  the  bottom  of  the  river.  According  to  Baron  Cederstrom,  a 
medium-sized  female  of  the  European  Burbot,  which  is  a  near  relative  of  the  Ameri- 
can species,  contained  about  160,000  eggs  ;  in  the  European  Burbot  some  eggs  are 
clear,  some  yellowish  and  others  almost  colorless  ;  the  period  of  incubation  occupies 
from  three  to  four  weeks;  the  eyes  appear  in  15  or  16  days  ;  the  embryos  swim  by 
quick  movements  of  the  pectorals,  usually  toward  the  surface  of  the  water,  whence 
they  fall  passively  to  the  bottom. 

The  Burbot  is  extremely  voracious,  and  feeds  on  bottom  fishes  and  crustaceans. 
It  destroys  the  Pike  and  such  spiny  fishes  as  the  Yellow  Perch  and  Sunfish.  In 
Alaskan  rivers  it  feeds  on  Whitefish,  Lampreys  and  other  species  ;  large  stones  have 
sometimes  been  found  in  its  stomach.  Mr.  Graham  took  a  stone  weighing  a  pound 
from  the  stomach  of  a  Burbot. 

In  the  Great  Lakes  region  the  Burbot  is  considered  worthless  for  food;  occasion- 
ally the  livers  are  eaten  ;  in  Lake  Winnepesaukee,  when  caught  through  the  ice  in 
winter,  the  fish  is  highly  esteemed  ;  in  the  fur  countries  the  roe  is  an  article  of  food; 
on  the  Yukon  River  the  liver  is  eaten  and  the  flesh  is  liked  by  some  persons  ;  in 
Montana  the  Burbot  is  in  great  demand  for  food  ;  the  quality  of  the  flesh  appears 
to  depend  chiefly  on  the  nature  of  the  habitat  of  the  fish. 

This  is  the  only  member  of  the  Cod   family  permanently  resident  in  the  fresh 
waters  of  America. 
29 


45°         SEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FOREST,     FISH     AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

140.     Hake  ;  White  Hake  (Uropkycis  tennis  Mitchill). 

Gadus  tennis  MITCHILL,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  5,  1814;  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I, 
372,  1815,  New  York. 

Phycis  tennis  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.  293,  1842;  BEAN,  igth  Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N. 
Y.,  248,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  4,  1890;  BI.A.N,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  372,  1897;  JOR- 
DAN &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2555,  1898;  IV,  pi.  CCCLXV, 
fig.  901,  1900;  BEAN,  520!  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  109,  1900. 

Brownish,  lighter  and  yellowish  below ;  fins  very  dark.  Distinguished  from 
/'.  clniss  chiefly  by  the  smaller  scales. 

DeKay  calls  the  Hake  the  American  Codling,  adopting  Mitchill's  common  name 
for  the  species.  He  says  it  appears  to  feed  chiefly  on  smaller  Crustacea;  that  it  is 
very  abundant  at  some  seasons,  but  most  abundant  in  the  early  part  of  autumn  ; 
and  varies  in  weight  from  3  pounds  to  30  pounds.  He  states  that  it  is  called  indis- 


WHITE  HAKE;  COMMON  HAKE. 

criminately  Hake  and  Codling  by  New  York  fishermen.  Small  individuals  were 
seined  in  Mecox  Bay  August  2,  1898,  and  a  very  young  example  was  received 
from  Southampton  September  u.  This  was  caught  in  the  Atlantic.  In  Great 
South  Bay  small  examples  were  found  sparingly  at  Blue  Point  Cove  and  Fire 
Island  late  in  September. 

The  Hake,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  is  known  also  as  White  Hake  and  Squirrel 
Hake  in  the  vicinity  of  Woods  Hole,  Mass.  Fish  weighing  I  to  i*^  pounds  are 
abundant  there  in  November,  when  a  great  many  of  them  enter  Eel  Pond.  Young 
fish  I  inch  long  and  upward  associate  with  Pollack  in  spring  and  are  also  found 
throughout  the  summer  in  considerable  numbers.  They  are  also  obtained  in  sum- 
mer at  the  surface,  under  gulf  weed  and  eel  grass. 

As  a  rule  the  Common  Hake  will  not  live  in  water  of  a  temperature  above  60°  F., 
but  one  individual  survived  the  summer  temperature  in  1897,  and  became  plump  and 
sleek  after  the  arrival  of  cold  weather.  In  summer  it  was  much  emaciated,  and  suf- 
fered greatly  from  fungus  attacks. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


451 


It  is  abundant  on  our  shores  from  Labrador  to  Virginia,  and  its  young  are  among 
the  commonest  of  the  surface  fishes  in  our  bays  and  sounds,  during  the  summer 
months.  The  Hake  reaches  a  weight  of  40  pounds,  but  in  the  markets  the  average 
weight  is  only  about  10  pounds.  The  species  frequents  muddy  bottoms  and  is 
local  in  its  habits.  Its  food  consists  of  crabs  and  other  crustaceans,  besides  small 
fishes. 

The  chief  fishery  for  Hake  takes  place  in  the  fall  and  winter  months,  and  they 
will  take  the  hook  at  night  as  well  as  during  the  day.  Trawl  lines  are  the  usual 
implements  of  capture. 


SQUIRREL  HAKE. 


141.     Squirrel  Hake  (Europ/iycis  chuss  Walbaum). 

Gadus  longipes  MITCHILL,  Kept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  5,  1814  ;  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I, 

372,  pi.  I,  fig.  4,  1815,  New  York. 

Phycis  chuss  BEAN,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  372,  1897. 
Urophycis  chuss  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.   S.   Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2555,  1898  ;  IV, 

pi.  CCCLXV,  fig.   902,  1900. 

Brownish  above,  sides  lighter  and  tinged  with  yellowish  ;  thickly  punctulate  with 
darker ;  below  pale  ;  inside  of  mouth  white  ;  vertical  fins  somewhat  dusky  ;  anal  fin 
margined  with  pale  ;  lateral  line  not  dark. 

According  to  Jordan  and  Evermann,  this  fish  is  sometimes  called  Codling.  It 
inhabits  the  Atlantic  coast  from  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  to  Virginia,  being  very 
common  northward.  It  is  sometimes  found  in  waters  as  deep  as  300  fathoms.  The 
Squirrel  Hake  occurs  occasionally  in  Gravesend  Bay  ;  it  lives  usually  in  the  deep 
water  off  shore. 

At  Woods  Hole,  Mass.,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  it  is  abundant  in  May  and  June, 
and  in  October  and  November.  It  fills  the  traps  and  causes  the  fishermen  much 
annoyance,  as  they  cannot  sell  the  fish.  Its  weight  there  is  from  2  to  5  pounds.  In 
Massachusetts  Bay  it  is  less  abundant  than  the  Common  Hake.  It  was  described 
and  figured  by  Storer  in  1867,  under  the  name  Pliycis  filainentosus. 


452        SEVENTH    RETORT    OF    THE    FOREST,    FISH    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 


142.     Cusk   (IJrosnic  brosine  M tiller). 

Brosmins  rulgaris  /  DK.KAV,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish..289,  pi.  44,  fig.  143,  1842. 

Brosmins  brosme  GOODE  &  BEAN,  Oceanic  Ichth.,  385,  fig.  329,  1896. 

Brosme  brosme  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2561,  1898. 

Color,  brownish  above,  the  sides  yellowish,  sometimes  mottled  with  brown ; 
young  uniform  dark  slate,  or  with  transverse  yellow  bands  ;  vertical  fins  bordered 
with  blackish,  and  with  a  white  edge. 

The  Cusk  is  described  and  figured,  by  DeKay,  but  he  did  not  sec  the  fish  and 
copied  his  information  from  Storer  and  others.  Storer  mentions  a  specimen  weigh- 
ing 20  pounds,  but  the  fish  grows  even  larger.  It  inhabits  the  North  Atlantic, 
ranging  southward  to  New  Jersey  and  Denmark.  It  is  an  important  food  fish. 


CUSK. 

According  to  Dr.  Smith,  it  was  formerly  not  uncommon  in  Vineyard  Sound,  and 
was  caught  with  Cod  in  April  and  May.  It  has  been  very  rare  for  more  than  20 
years,  though  a  few  are  still  taken  in  April.  The  average  weight  of  individuals  in 
those  waters  is  5  pounds,  and  the  maximum  weight  from  12  to  13  pounds.  It  is 
known  also  as  Ling.  In  Massachusetts  Bay  and  vicinity  the  Cusk  is  a  common  resi- 
dent on  the  inshore  fishing  grounds,  where  it  occurs  in  great  abundance,  lurking 
among  the  stones,  but  it  is  soon  caught  up  by  the  fishermen  after  the  discovery  of  a 
new  bank. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  453 

143.     Halibut  (Hippoglossus  Jiippoglossus  Linnaeus). 

Pleuronectes  Jiippoglossus  MITCHILL,  Rept.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  10,  1814  ;  Trans.  Lit.  &.  Phil.  Soc. 

N.  Y,  I,  386,  1815. 
Hippoglossus  vulgaris  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,   294,  pi.  49,  fig.   157,  1842;  STOKER, 

Hist.  Fish.  Mass.,  192,  pi.  XXX,  fig.  x,  1867;  GOODE,  Fish.   &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,   I, 

189,  pi.  54,  1884. 
Hippoglossus  Jiippoglossus  JORDAN   &   EVER.MANN,   Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2611, 

1898;  IV,  pi.  CCCLXXI,  fig.  918,  1900. 

Color,  nearly  uniform  dark  brown  ;  blind  side  white." 

The  Halibut  lives  in  all  northern  seas,  ranging  southward  to  Sandy  Hook,  or 
beyond,  and  occasionally  to  the  Farallones  off  San  Francisco. 

The  Halibut  was  described  by  both  Mitchill  and  DeKay  under  its  present  name. 
DeKay  says  that  the  capture  of  the  Halibut  on  the  shores  of  Nantucket  at  one  time 


HALIBUT. 

afforded  employment  to  80  vessels  of  from  60  to  So  tons  each.  He  says  the  fish  is 
very  voracious,  swimming  near  the  ground  and  devouring  other  flat  fishes,  as  well  as 
shells  and  crustaceans.  It  occurs  on  both  shores  of  the  Atlantic  as  also  in  the 
North  Pacific,  migrating  south  on  the  approach  of  spring  and  returning  in  June  or 
July.  An  individual  was  found  some  years  ago  near  Colonial  Beach,  in  the  Potomac 
River.  The  fish  grows  to  the  length  of  8  feet  or  more,  and  the  weight  of  several 
hundred  pounds.  It  is  a  very  valuable  food  fish.  In  the  Pacific,  according  to 
Jordan  and  Evermann,  it  extends  its  range  southward  to  the  Farallones,  off  San 
Francisco. 

The  Halibut  was  formerly  not  very  uncommon  in  Vineyard  Sound,  where  it  is 
now  very  rare.  In  1872  and  1873  V.  N.  Edwards  caught  a  number  weighing  235  or 
240  pounds  while  fishing  for  Cod.  April  16,  1900,  a  Halibut  weighing  100  pounds 
was  caught  off  Block  Island  by  Cod  fishermen,  and  was  taken  to  Newport.  The  fish 


454        SEVENTH    ki  r«>ki    oi     i  in     FOREST,    risn    AM>   I.AMI     COMMISSION. 

was  very  abundant  at  one  time  in  Ma— .u  lui>etts  Hay.  but  is  now  found  chiefly  in 
depths  of  100  to  250  fathoms  in  the  .slopes  of  the  outer  banks.  In  August,  1878,  a 
Halibut  weighing  over  200  pounds  was  caught  in  liloucester  Harbor. 


144.     Rough  Dab 


/>/d/fssoit/fs  Fabricus). 


Jfntata  Pi  K\\.  V  \.   Fauna,  Kish.,  ;<;S,   1X42.  New  York  markets. 

G  i  \  Kish.  Iml.  I'.  S..  I,  197.  pi.  55,  1884;  JORDAN 

MANN,   Butt    (;.   I      S.    Nat    Muv,   HI.  -"M.   is.>s:  IY.   Pl.   CCCLXXII, 
fig.  919,  1900. 

Reddish   brown,    nearly    plain.      North    Atlantic;   abundant    northward    on    both 
coa- 


ROUGH    DAB. 

DeKay  describes  this  Flounder  under  the  name  of  the  Toothed  Flatfish.  He 
said  it  was  extremely  common  in  New  York  markets,  where  it  is  called  the  Summer 
Flounder,  and  that  it  ^n>ws  to  the  length  of  25  inches.  It  is  a  rather  common  food 
fi>h  of  the  deep  waters  northward  on  both  sides  of  the  North  Atlantic,  ranging 
habitually  south  to  Cape  Cod  and  th<  of  I. n- land  and  Scandinavia.  At 

Woods  Hole  it  is  sometimes  called  Sand  Dab  and  Ku>ty  Flounder.  Dr.  Smith  says 
it  is  not  common  there,  but  is  found  some  years  in  winter  in  inshore  waters  adjacent 
to  Woods  Hole;  specimens  have  been  taken  in  February  on  lines.  One  year  some 
were  caught  in  a  fyke  net  in  (ireat  Harbor.  In  Massachusetts  Bay  it  is  a  common 
species  in  the  deep  waters,  approaching  the  shores  in  winter. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK.  455 

145.     Summer  Flounder  (ParaliclitJiys  dentatus  Linnaeus). 
Pleuronectes  dentatiis  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  390,  1815. 

A 

Pleuronectes  nulanogasttr  MITCHILL,  op.  cit.  390,  1815,  New  York. 

Platessa  ocellaris  DF.KAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,  300,  pi.  47,  fig.  152,  1842. 

Paralichthys  dentatus  GOODE,  Fish  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  178,  1884  (part);  BEAN,  i9th 
Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  246,  pi.  II,  fig.  2,  1890;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX, 
372,  1897;  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2629,  1898;  IV, 
pi.  CCCLXXIII,  fig.  922,  1900;  BEAN,  520!  Ann.  Kept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  no,  1900. 

Blackish  olive,  mottled  and  blotched  with  darker ;  in  life  light  brown ;  adults 
with  numerous  small  white  spots  on  body  and  vertical  fins;  sometimes  a  series  of 
larger  white  sports  along  bases  of  dorsal  and  anal ;  about  14  ocellated  dark  spots  on 
sides,  these  sometimes  inconspicuous,  but  always  present ;  a  series  of  four  or  five 
along  dorsal  base,  and  three  or  four  along  anal  base,  those  of  the  two  series  opposite, 
and  forming  pairs;  two  pairs  of  smaller,  less  distinct  spots  midway  between  these 
basal  series  and  lateral  line  anteriorly,  with  a  small  one  on  lateral  line  in  the  center 
between  them  ;  a  large  distinct  spot  on  lateral  line  behind  middle  of  straight  por- 
tion ;  fins  without  the  round  dark  blotches. 

Is  styled  Flounder,  or  Summer  Flounder,  Turbot  Flounder,  Toothed  Flatfish, 
Fluke,  and,  in  Great  South  Bay,  it  shares  the  name  Flatfish  with  the  Pseudopleuro- 
nectes  amcricanus.  Brail  and  Puckermouth  are  names  applied  to  it  in  Rhode  Island. 
The  name  Fluke  is  the  one  most  frequently  used  on  Long  Island. 

The  Fluke  is  a  very  abundant  fish  and  is  found  on  the  eastern  coast  from  about 
Cape  Cod  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Centers  of  abundance  are  found  on  the  Connecti- 
cut coast  and  on  Long  Island. 

It  is  a  summer  visitor  in  Gravesend  Bay,  arriving  in  May  or  June  and  leaving 
when  cold  weather  begins.  It  frequents  the  sandy  flats  for  the  purpose  of  feeding 
on  little  fishes,  which  it  destroys  in  large  numbers.  A  Fluke  will  often  be  found 
with  eight  or  10  little  Blackfish  in  its  stomach,  and  young  Mackerel  suffer  greatly 
from  its  depredations.  In  Great  South  Bay  this  fish  was  found  at  Blue  Point  Cove 
and  at  Fire  Island  late  in  September,  and  was  caught  in  traps  at  Islip,  October  I, 
1890. 

Small  Fluke  were  collected  in  Mecox  Bay,  Blue  Point  Cove  and  at  Islip  in  Aug- 
ust, 1898.  Adults  were  obtained  at  Fire  Island  Inlet  September  16  of  that  year, 
when  they  were  abundant.  In  1901  the  fish  were  taken  at  Fire  Island  Inlet,  Blue 
Point,  and  Smith's  Point.  August  I  they  were  feeding  on  small  Menhaden.  The 
next  day  they  were  seen  in  Wigo  Inlet,  and  again  chasing  young  Menhaden.  On 


456        SEVENTH     Kl-.rokT    «»i      1111.    FOREST,    risil    AND    GAME   COMMISSION. 

that  date  more  than  half  a  barrel   were  caught    in   the   inlet    near  buoy  No.  2,  with 
young  Menhaden  for  bait.     One  of  the  Fluke  disgorged  a  Sand  Lance. 

It  feeds  on  small  fishes,  crustaceans,  mollusks  and  occasionally  on  sand  dollars, 
and  one  of  its  favorite  foods  is  said  to  be  the  Squid.  This  fish  is  found  generally  in 
salt  water,  but  frequently  UCends  fresh  streams.  Unlike  the  Flatfish,  it  moves  off 
into  deep  water  in  winter,  and  may  be  found  in  summer  near  the  shores.  The 
Fluke  has  the  same  habit  as  the  Flatfish,  of  burying  itself  in  the  sand  when  alarmed, 
or  secreting  itself  from  its  prey.  It  is  often  found  feeding  about  wharves,  whose 
supports  furnish  it  a  suitable  hiding  place  from  which  to  dart  on  small  fishes  when 
they  are  congregated  in  schools.  I  have  seen  large  individuals  cautiously  wriggling 
their  way  upward  in  the  concealment  of  a  wharf  pile  till  within  easy  reach  of  a 
shoal  of  Silversides,  when  a  sudden  dart  into  the  midst  of  the  school  would  result 
in  the  capture  of  a  fish,  and  the  Flounder  would  leisurely  sink  to  digest  its  victim 
and  prepare  for  another  onslaught.  It  has  been  known  to  reach  a  weight  of  26 
pounds.  Dr.  Goode  kas  seen  individuals  measuring  3  feet  in  length.  The  fish  is 
caught  largely  in  weirs  and  traps.  It  is  probable  that  more  of  them  are  taken  in 
Vineyard  Sound  and  in  Rhode  Island  waters  than  on  any  other  parts  of  our  coast. 
The  fishing  season  extends  from  May  to  October.  They  are  carried  alive  in  well- 
smacks  to  the  markets.  Menhaden  is  the  bait  principally  used  for  the  capture  of 
the  Fluke  by  hook  and  line. 

146.     Southern  Flounder  t  raralichthys  let  host  igmus  Jordan  &  Gilbert). 

Flatessa  oblon^i   Di  KAY.  N.  Y.  Fauna.  Fish.,  299,  pi.  48,  fig.    156,  1842,  New  York,  not 

rifuronedcs  oblnngus  Mi  i<  nil  i  . 
r.ualiclithys  </<•///<////>  JORDAN  \-  C.n .1:1- KT,  Hull.   16,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  822,  1883. 

•••alichthys  lethostigmus  JORDAN  \    I  \,  Hull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2630, 

1898. 

Color  dusky  olive,  with  a  few  darker  mottlings  and  spots. 

This  is  the  fish  which  was  described  by  Jordan  and  Gilbert  under  the  name  of 
the  Southern  Flounder.  It  inhabits  the  South  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coast  of  the 
United  States,  ranging  north  to  New  York.  DeKay  described  and  figured  it  as  the 
Oblong  Flounder,  which  he  says  grows  to  the  length  of  15  to  20  inches  and  occasion- 
ally larger.  He  states  that  it  is  common  along  the  sandy  shores  of  New  York,  and 
is  procured  abundantly  in  the  months  of  September  and  October;  that  it  is  excellent 
ig,  and  usually  sdk  at  from  6  cents  to  8  cents  a  pound;  that  it  is  tenacious  of 
life  and  can  be  preserved  in  good  condition  for  a  long  period. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


457 


The  Southern  Flounder  is  very  closely  related  to  the  Fluke  or  Summer  Flounder. 
It  is,  however,  always  darker  in  color  and  almost  uniform,  while  the  Fluke  is  usually 
profusely  spotted.  The  character  by  which  it  is  best  distinguished  from  the  Fluke 
is  the  number  of  gill  rakers.  The  Southern  Flounder  has  only  12,  of  which  10  are 
below  the  angle  of  the  first  arch,  \vhile  the  Summer  Flounder  has  from  20  to  24,  of 
which  from  15  to  18  are  below  the  angle  of  the  first  arch. 


147-     Four-spotted  Flounder  (Paralichthys  oblongus  Mitchill). 

Pleuronectes  oblongus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  391,  1815. 
Platessa  quadrocellata  STORER,  Hist.  Fish.  Mass.,  203,  pi.  XXXI,  fig.  3,  1867. 
Puralichthys  oblongus  JORDAN  &  EVERMANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2632,  1898, 
IV,  pi.  CCCLXXIV,  fig.  924,  1900. 

'j^^^VV^. 


FOUR-SPOTTED  FLOUNDER. 

Grayish,  thickly  mottled  with  darker  and  somewhat  translucent  ;  four  large,  hori- 
zontal oblong,  black  ocelli,  each  surrounded  by  a  pinkish  area,  one  just  behind  mid- 
dle of  body  below  the  dorsal,  one  opposite  this  above  anal ;  two  similar  smaller 
spots  below  last  rays  of  dorsal  and  above  last  of  anal.  Atlantic  coast,  northward  ; 
not  abundant. 

The  Four-spotted  Flounder  inhabits  the  coast  of  New  England  and  New  York. 
It  is  very  common  on  the  coast  of  New  York  and  the  neighboring  islands.  Mitchill 
described  the  fish  in  1815.  It  grows  to  the  length  of  about  14  inches.  Its  common 
name  relates  to  the  four  large  horizontal,  oblong  black  ocelli.  At  Woods  Hole, 
Mass.,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  it  is  common  in  May  and  June,  scarce  at  other  times. 
It  is  most  abundant  about  June,  during  the  run  of  Scup. 

Young  fish  are  rarely  observed,  but  in  the  fall  of  1885  and  1886  large  numbers 
two  or  three  inches  long  were  seen.  The  average  length  of  adults  there  is  12 


SKVKXTH    REPORT    OF    THE    FORI>  I  .     FISH     AND    <;.\MK    COMMISSION. 

inches.     The   fisli    spawns   in  May.  and  its  eggs   have  been    experimentally  hatched 
at  \Voods  H  ok-.      They  are  buoyant,  V*    of  an   inch  in  diameter,  and   hatch  in  eight 
days  in  water  having  a  mean  temperature  of  51°  to  54°  F.     In  1877  a  single  example 
taken  at  the  mouth  of  Salem  Harbor  by  the  I'.  S.  Fish  Commission. 

148.     Sand  Dab  (Limanda  ferrugiiua  Storer). 

Plattssa  fen            •   '•  \    Y.  l-.unia.  l-'ish.,  297.  pi.  48,  fig.  155,  1842. 

LimanJa  ffrni£!  ,h.  Incl.  I".  S.,  I,  pi.  49,  1884;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANX,  Hull.  47,  U.  S  \  ,,  1898;  IV,  pi.  CCCLXXVII,  fig.  929, 
1900. 

.vnish  olive,  with  numerous,  irregular  reddish  spots;  fins  similarly  marked: 
left  side  with  caudal  fin,  caudal  peduncle,  and  margins  of  dorsal  and  anal  fins  lemon 
yellow.  Atlantic  coast,  chiefly  northward. 


SAND  DAB. 


This  is  also  known  as  the  Rusty  Dab.  It  inhabits  the  coast  of  North  America 
from  Labrador  to  New  York.  He  Kay  calls  it  the  Rusty  Flatfish,  which  he  says  is  a 
rarc  '1  by  the  fishermen  to  occur  only  in  deep  water.  The  specimen 

described  by  him  was  iS  inches  long.  According  to  Dr.  Smith,  it  is  very  common  in 
Vineyard  Sound  and  observed  by  him  in  water  from  10  to  12  fathoms  deep,  where 
it  may  be  found  throughout  the  year.  Tin-re  is  no  fishery,  but  numbers  are  caught 
incidentally  while  bottom  fishing  for  other  species.  In  Great  Harbor  a  few  are  taken 
in  fyke  nets,  only  in  winter.  The  average  length  there  is  about  14  inches.  In 
Massachus,  •  it  is  a  common  resident  species,  inhabiting  deep  waters  in 

summer,  and  approaching  the  shores  in  winter. 


THE    FOOD    AND    GAME    FISHES    OF    NEW    YORK. 


459 


149.     Flatfish ;  Winter  Flounder  (Pseudopleuronectes  americanus  Walbaum). 

Pleuronectes planus  MITCHILL,  Trans.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  N.  Y.,  I,  387,  1815,  New  York. 

Platessa plana  DEKAY,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Fish.,  295,  pi.  48,  fig.  154,  1842;  STOKER,  Hist.  Fish. 
Mass.,  195,  pi.  XXX,  fig.  2,  T86y. 

Platessa pnsilla  DEKAY,  op.  cit.  296,  pi.  47,  fig.  153,  1842,  New  York. 

Pseudopleuronectes  americanus  GOODE,  Fish  &  Fish.  Ind.  U.  S.,  I,  182,  pi.  44,  1884;  BEAN, 
igth  Kept.  Comm.  Fish.  N.  Y.,  245,  pi.  I,  fig.  i,  1890;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
IX,  373,  1897;  H.  M.  SMITH,  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  C.,  1897,  108,  1898;  JORDAN  &  EVER- 
MANN,  Bull.  47,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  2647,  1898;  IV,  pi.  CCCLXXIX,  fig.  933,  1900; 
BEAN,  520!  Ann.  Rept.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  no,  1900;  SHERWOOD  &  EDWARDS,  Bull. 
U.  S.  F.  C.,  1901,  31,  1901. 


FLATFISH. 

Dark  rusty  brown,  spotted  or  nearly  plain  ;  young  olive  brown,  more  or  less 
spotted  and  blotched  with  reddish. 

The  Common  Flatfish  is  equally  well  known  as  Flounder  or  Winter  Flounder. 
It  ranges  from  the  Chesapeake  Bay  to  Labrador  and  appears  to  be  alike  abundant  in 
both  limits  of  its  distribution.  The  Flatfish  was  found  in  Blue  Point  Cove,  at  Blue 
Point  Life-saving  Station,  and  on  Fire  Island  Beach.  It  was  moderately  common  in 
all  of  these  localities.  The  species  is  a  permanent  resident  of  Great  South  Bay,  but 
undergoes  a  partial  hibernation  in  the  mud  in  winter,  and  the  adults  in  summer 
migrate  into  deeper  and  cooler  water.  A  few  individuals  were  observed  by  me  in  a 
fish  pound  at  Islip,  October  I,  1890. 

Dr.  Mitchill  describes  two  color  varieties  of  the  Flatfish.  One  of  these  had  a 
yellow  margin  on  the  lower  side,  surrounding  the  white  of  that  side.  This  border 
was  three-fourths  of  an  inch  wide  and  in  striking  contrast  with  the  pearl  of  the  con- 


460         SEVENTH     Ixl  1-nRT    «>K     I'H!      FOREST,     H^II    AND    GAME    COMMISSION. 

tiguous  parts  within  it  and  the  brown  of  the  adjacent  fins.  The  other  variety, 
obtained  April  9,  1815.  ha-  "  a  whiteness  of  the  upper  side  nearly  as  clear  as  that  of 
the  nether  surface  over  rather  more  than  half  its  extent.  The  anterior  part  is 
blanched  in  this  manner.  The  dorsal  fin  very  sensibly  partakes  of  the  lighter  hue  ; 
but  its  dark  brmvn  is  tinctured  with  yellow,  especially  on  the  rays.  Something  of 
the  same  kind,  though  less  distinct,  is  observable  on  the  ventral  fins,  and  on  about 
a  do/en  rays  of  the  anal."  The  length  of  this  individual  was  5  inches  and  the 
breadth  3.  Dr.  DrKay  obtained  a  specimen  in  April  which  was  reversed  and 
double.  "It-  color  on  both  sides  was  uniform  bronze,  with  a  white  patch  on  its 
right  side  near  the  chin,  almost  entirely  denuded  of  scales  ;  it  had  the  singular  pro- 
tuberance over  the  eye,  noticed  by  Dr.  Mitchill  in  his  iiic/tinognstcr.'" 

On  the  New  Jersey  coast  young  individuals  are  very  common  in  summer,  but  the 
adults  .ire  rarely  found  except  in  the  winter. 

At  \\.MuU  Hole.  Mass.,  this  is  a  very  abundant  permanent  resident,  frequenting 
muddy  or  grassy  bottoms.  The  average  weight  of  those  taken  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  the  Fish  Commission  Station  was  only  I  pound,  but  larger  fish  are  found 
in  the  deeper  water  of  the  sound  and  bay.  In  October  fish  averaging  2  pounds, 
and  apparently  migrating,  are  taken  with  lines  in  Vineyard  Sound  on  sandy  bottom. 

In  the  markets  this  species  is  extremely  common  in  the  winter  and  spring 
months,  and  the  flesh  is  delicious  even  when  the  eggs  are  nearly  mature.  It  feeds 
on  small  shells,  crabs  and  other  invertebrates  living  in  the  mud.  When  at  rest  it 
partly  submerges  itself  in  the  sand  or  mud.  and  changes  its  color  to  suit  its 
surroundings. 

In  Long  Island  bays  the  Flatfish  spawns  from  February  to  the  end  of  March, 
and  in  July  the  young  have  attained  to  the  length  of  half  an  inch.  At  Woods 
Hole,  Mass.,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  it  spawns  from  February  to  April.  On  being 
transferred  to  tanks  containing  running  water,  many  deposit  their  eggs  during  the 
night.  The  .  .f  an  inch  in  diameter  and  very  glutinous,  sticking  together 

in  masses  of  var  1  'he  average  number  to  a  fish  is  500,000.  March  6,  1897, 

a  fish  that  weighed  $%  pounds  after  spawning  furnished  30  fluid  ounces  of  eggs, 
numbering  1,462,000.  The  eggs  hatch  in  17  or  1 8  days,  when  the  mean  water  tem- 
perature is  37°  or  38°  F.